Skip to main content

Full text of "siliconGeneral :: dataBooks :: 1978 Silicon General Linear IC"

See other formats


Silicon General. 

LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 



VOLTAGE REGULATORS 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 
INTERFACE CIRCUITS ^ 

TRANSISTOR ARRAYS 



OTHER CIRCUITS 



m SAIL 

m 



INTRODUCTION 



Silicon General is the only semiconductor manufacturer 
committed totally to one discipline — linear IC's. Our entire 
organization is dedicated to this one area of specialization and 
has been since inception in 1969. During this time we have 
assembled one of the industry's broadest product lines. Most 
industry-standard linears are available from stock through our 
worldwide distributor network, and we have achieved an 
excellent reputation as an alternate source for all types of 
industrial, military and Hi-Rel requirements. 

Silicon General has also made significant innovative 
contributions, particularly in the design of new proprietary 
voltage regulating and power control devices. The 
SG 1524/2524/3524 Regulating Pulse Width Modulator has 
rapidly captured the attention of power supply designers who 
have utilized this device to achieve much greater efficiency and 
lower costs in switching supplies. Silicon General will soon 
introduce other new, highly advanced and original power control 
devices and we will continue to provide an alternate source for 
significant new linear devices. 

This new catalog provides all the essential information you 
need to specify Silicon General devices. Please note that these 
devices are available in chip form and in a wide range of standard 
packages. All devices are manufactured to the strict 
requirements of MIL-STD-883, Level B and a complete range of 
screening and testing capabilities to higher levels is available. 

For additional information, please contact our local 
representative or distributor in your area, or one of our factory 
applications engineers will be glad to assist you. 



PRODUCT SELECTOR GUIDE 



REGULATORS 




High Voltage, 
Compensated 


Page No. 


Memory Drivers Page No. 

55325/75325 


Positive Adjustable 


Page No. 


1536/1 436/1 436C 


52 


High Current 
Output Drivers 

1627/3627 60 


100/200/300 

105/205/305/305A 

117/217/317 


10 
10 
13 


Dual ..Compensated 

747/747C 
1558/1458 


49 
49 


723/723C 


19 






Switch Drivers 


1532/2532/3532 


27 


High Performance 

1556/1456/1456C 


52 


1629/3629 62 


Negative Adjustable 

104/204/304 


11 


108/208/308 
108A/208A/308A 


46 
46 


TRANSISTOR ARRAYS 


1511/3511 


22 


1118/2118/3118 


46 


Transistor Arrays 


Dual Tracking 




1118A/2118A/3118A 


46 


2001/2002/2003 69 


1501 A/2501 A/3501 A 


20 


Micropower/Programmable 




301 8/301 8A 70 


1568/1468 


31 


1250/2250/3250 


51 


3045/3046/3146 70 


41 94/41 94C 


32 


4250/4250C 


51 


3081/3082 71 


4501 


20 


Voltage Followers 




3083/31 83/31 83A 72 
3086 70 
3821/3822/3823 70 
3851/3852/3853 73 


Dual Tracking Adjustable 

1502/2502/3502 
Positive Fixed Voltage 


21 


102/202/302 
110/210/310 
High Slew Rate 


44 
44 


109/209/309 


12 


741S/741SC 


48 




123/223/323 


18 


Quad 




OTHER CIRCUITS 


7805/7805C (140/340-05) 
7806/7806C (140/340-06) 


33 
33 


124/224/324 


47 


Wideband Amplifiers Page No. 


7808/7808C (140/340-08) 


33 






733/733C 77 


7812/7812C (140/340-12) 


33 


INTERFACE CIRCUITS 


1401/2401/3401 78 


7815/7815C (140/340-15) 
7818/7818C (140/340-18) 


33 
33 


Sense Amplifiers 

552077520 
552177521 


Page No. 

64 
64 


1402/2402/3402 79 
3001 82 


7824/7824C (140/340-24) 
7805A/7805AC 


33 
36 


Multipliers 


7806A/7806AC 


36 


552277522 


64 


1595/1495 80 


7808A/7808AC 


36 


552377523 


64 


Modulators 


7812A/7812AC 


36 


552477524 


64 


1596/1496 81 


7815A/7815AC 


36 


552577525 
552777527 


64 
64 


Zero Voltage Switches 


7818A/7818AC 


36 


3058/3059/3079 83 


7824A/7824AC 


36 


552877528 
552977529 


64 
64 


Timers 


Negative Fixed Voltage 




553477534 


64 


555/555C 75 


120/220/320-05 


15 


553577535 


64 


556/556C 76 


120/220/320-5.2 


15 


553877538 


64 




120/220/320-08 


15 


553977539 


64 


APPLICATIONS NOTES 


120/220/320-12 


15 








120/220/320-15 


15 


Line Driver 




Applications Notes Page No. 


7905/7905C 


39 


1488 


58 


SG1 17 Voltage Regualtor 14 


7905.2/7905.2C 


39 


Line Receivers 




SG1401 Video Amplifier 85 


7908/7908C 


39 


1 489/1 489A 


59 


SG1402 Wideband Amplifier/ 


7912/791 2C 


39 


55154/75154 


66 


Multiplier 87 


791 5/791 5C 


39 


Bus Transceivers 




SG1501A Dual Tracking 


Regulating Pulse 
Width Modulators 

1524/2524/3524 


23 


55138/75138 
Comparators 

111/211/311 
710/710C 


65 

55 
57 


Regulator 91 
SG1524 Regulating Pulse 

Width Modulator 95 


OPERATIONAL 


71 1/71 1C 


57 


OTHER INFORMATION 


AMPLIFIERS 


> 


Quad Comparators 




Other Information 






139/239/339 


56 


Ordering Information 3 


General Purpose, 




139 A/239 A/339A 


56 


Product Quality Assurance 6 


Compensated 




3302 


56 


Cross Reference Guide 4 


107/207/307 


45 


Dual Peripheral Drivers 




Package Outlines 110 


741/741 C 


45 


55450B/75450B 


67 


Package Cross 


1760 


53 


55451 B/75451B 


* 


Reference Guide 112 


1217/3217 


45 


55452B/75452B 


* 


Distributors 113 


General Purpose, 


Page No. 


55453B/75453B 


* 


Representatives 114 


Uncompensated 




55454B/75454B 


* 




101/201 


43 


55460/75460 


67 


* Contact factory for data. 


101 A/201 A/301 A 


43 


55461/75461 


* 




748/748C 


50 


55462/75462 


* 




777/777C 


50 


55463/75463 


V 


Data subject to change without notice. 


1660 


53 


55464/75464 




tice. 



SG1543/2543/3543. 

Power Supply Output Supervisory Circuit. 

Refer to page 116. 



SG1503/2503/3503. 
Precision 2.5 Volt. 
Refer to page 11 9. 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Inquiries may be directed to the nearest distributor, representa- 
tive or the factory. Headquarters' offices are located at 11651 
Monarch Street, Garden Grove, California 92641. Telephone: 
(714) 892-5531, TWX: 910-596-1804. Telex. 69-2411. 

MIL-STD-883 Program - Parts tested and processed to 883 Level 
A, B or C are marked with the appropriate level immediately after 
the part no., i.e., SG101AT/883A, SG101AT/883B, SG101AT/ 
883C. 

Integrated Circuit Marking and Product Code Explanation — 

Where Silicon General is second-sourcing an existing device, the 



company will use the number assigned by the company which 
introduced the circuit, adding only an SG prefix. 



Part number may include suffix letter "A" indicating an improved 
electrical specification (SG101AT). Suffix letter "C" indicates 
Commercial temperature range (SG741CT). 

Federal Supply Code Number - Silicon General's Federal Manu- 
facturer's Supply Code Number is 34333. 



WHEN ORDERING 
STANDARD PRODUCT 

Specify: 

• Generic part number (Includes designation for both electrical 
grade and temperature range) 

• Package type (see Table A, below) 
Example: 

, SG , 1524 ,J, 



(1) 



(2) (3) 



(1) = Silicon General manufacture 

(2) = Generic part type 

(3) = Ceramic dual-in-line package 



WHEN ORDERING 
MIL-STD-883 SCREENED PRODUCT 

Specify : 

• Generic part number (prime electrical and -55°C to +125°C 
temperature range is standard) 

• Package type (see Table A below) 

• Class of 883 screening 



Example: 



iSG, 
(1) 



1524 
(2) 



4 
(3) 



£83, 
(4) 



(5) 



(1) = Silicon General manufacture 

(2) = Generic part type 

(3) = Ceramic dual-in-line package 

(4) = Full screening to M I L-STD-883A 

(5) - Class B screening level 



WHEN ORDERING CHIPS 

Refer to appropriate technical data sheet for schematic dia- 
grams, electrical characteristics and other data. Order by SG 
type numbers. All chips are 100% electrically tested @25°C to 
minimum specifications on all key parameters. All chip lots are 
visually inspected per MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B 
minimum. Unless otherwise requested, visual characteristics are 
guaranteed to a 10% LTPD. 

All chip lots contain units which will meet both 0°C to +70°C 
and -55°C to +125°C temperature ranges. Chips can be 
guaranteed to military temperature range (-55°C to +125°C 
specifications) upon special request. Chips can also be guar- 
anteed to meet special parameter limits. Consult factory for 
details. 

All chips are available with gold backing. Please specify at time 
of order if back metalization is required. Electrically tested, 
inked wafers (scribed and unscribed) are also available (20% 
LTPD). 

Chips are shipped in 100-unit trays. Minimum order: $250.00 
for standard device. Contact factory for additional pricing and 
delivery. 



TABLE B 



Lead Finish Description 


38510 Designator 


Hot Solder Dip 
Acid Tin Plate 
Gold Plate 


A 
B 
C 



TABLE A 



Package Description 


Silicon General 

Package 

Designation 


MIL-M-38510 

Package 

Designation 


Package Description 


Silicon. General 

Package 

Designation 


MIL-M-38510 

Package 
Designation 


2 Pin Metal Can TO-3 


K 


Y 


16 Pin 1/4" x 7/8" Plastic Dip 


N 


_ 


2 Pin Metal Can TO-66 


R 


- 


8 Pin 1/4" x 3/8" Ceramic Minidip 


Y 


_ 


3 Pin Metal Can TO-5 or TO-39 


T 


X 


14 Pin 1/4" x 3/4" Ceramic Dip 


J 


C 


3 Pin 3/8" x 3/8" Plastic TO-220 


P 


- 


16 Pin 1/4" x 7/8" Ceramic Dip 


J 


E 


8 Pin Metal Can TO-99 


T 


G 


14 Pin 1/4" x 3/4" Metal/Glass Dip 


D 


C 


9 Pin Metal Can TO-66 


R 


- 


16 Pin 1/4" x 3/4" Metal/Glass Dip 


D 


E 


1 Pin Metal Can TO-1 00 & TO-96 


T 


I 


1 Pin 1 /4" x 1/4" Metal Flat Pack 


F 


H 


12 Pin Metal Can TO-1 01 


T 


- 


14 Pin 1/4" x 1/4" Metal Flat Pack 


F 


A 


8 Pin 1/4" x 3/8" Plastic Minidip 


M 


_ 


16 Pin 1/4" x 3/8" Metal Flat Pack 


F 


F 


14 Pin 1/4" x 3/4" Plastic Dip 


N 


- 









*See page 1 13 for details of package outlines. 



CROSS REFERENCE 



PACKAGE 
SUFFIXES 



Y*\\ v\\\ \ \ 
Package ^»MNJ 


i\ 


3,8, 10 Pin Metal Can 


T 


H 


S; 


L 


G 


T 


T 


T 


8 Pin Plastic DILv 


M 


N 


T 


P 


PI 


E 


N 


V 


14, 16 Pin Plastic DIL 


N 


N 


P 


N 


P 


E 


CH 
DB 


N 


14, 16 Pin Ceramic DIL 


J 


J 


D 


J 


L 


F 


DC 
DD 


F 


3 Pin TO-3 Power 


K 


K 


K 


- 


K 


- 


LK 


DA 


8 Pin Ceramic DIL 


Y 


- 


- 


- 


U 


- 


- 


I 


3 Pin TO-220 Plastic 


P 


T 


U 


K 


T 


- 


Y 


- 


3, 9 Pin TO-66 Power 


R 


- 


J 


- 


R 


- 


TK 


DF 



RAYTHEON 



See page 1 12 for addition of package information 





SG Direct 




SG Direct 




SG Direct 




SG Direct 


Raytheon 


Replacement 


Raytheon 


Replacement 


Raytheon 


Replacement 


Raytheon 


Replacement 


RM101D 


SG101D 


RC105T 


SG305T 


RC723D 


SG723CD 


RC1458T 


SG1458T 


RM101Q 


SG101F 


RC105AT 


SG305AT 


RM723T 


SG723T 


RC1488D 


SG1488J 


RM101T 


SG101T 


RC107D 


JSG307D 


RC723T 


SG723CT 


RC1489D 


SG1489J 


RM101AD 


SG101AD 


RC107Q 


SG307F 


RC723DP 


SG723CN 


RC1489AJ 


SG 1489 A J 


RM101AQ 


SG101AF 


RC107DN 


SG307M 


RM733D 


SG733D 


RC1556T 


SG1456AT 


RM101AT 


SG101AT 


RC107DP 


SG307N 


RC733D 


SG733CD 


RC1556T 


SG1456T 


RM1D5Q 


SG105F 


RC107T 


SG307T 


RM733T 


SG733T 


RM1556AT 


SG 1556 AT 


RM105T 


SG105T 


RC108D 


SG308D 


RC733T 


SG733CT 


RM1556T 


SG1556T 


RM107D 


SG107D 


RC108Q 


SG308F 


RC733DP 


SG733CN 


RC1558T 


SG1558T 


RM107Q 


SG107F 


RC108T 


SG308T 


RM741D 


SG741D 


RM4194L 


SG4194J 


RM107T 


SG107T 


RC108AD 


SG308AD 


RC741D 


SG741CD 


RC4194L 


SG4194CJ 


RM108D 


SG108D 


RC108AT 


SG308AT 


RM741Q 


SG741 F 


RM4194TK 


SG4194R 


RM108Q 


SG108F 


RC109H 


SG309T 


RC741Q 


SG741CF 


RC4194TK 


SG4194CR 


RM108T 


SG108T 


RC109L 


SG309K 


RM741T 


SG741T 


RC7520M 


SG7520J 


RM108AD 


SG108AD 


RM555T 


SG555T 


RC741T 


SG741 CT 


RC7520MP 


SG7520N 


RM108AQ 


SG108AF 


RC555T 


SG555CT 


RC741DN 


SG741CM 


RC7521M 


SG7521J 


RM108AT 


SG108AT 


RC555N 


SG555CM 


RC741DP 


SG741CN 


RC7521MP 


SG7521N 


RM109H 


SG109T 


RM710T 


SG710T 


RM747D 


SG747D 


RC7522M 


SG7522J 


RM109L ^ 


SG109K 


RM710AT 


SG710AT 


RM747T 


SG747T 


RC7522MP 


SG7522N 


RM101T 


SG301T 


RC710T 


SG710CT 


RC747DF 


SG747CD 


RC7523M 


SG7523J 


RC101AD 


SG301AD 


RC710DP 


SG710CN 


RC747T 


SG747CT 


RC7523MP 


SG7523N 


RC101AQ 


SG301AF 


RM711T 


SG711T 


RM748T 


SG748T 


RC7524M 


SG7524J 


RC101DN 


SG301AM 


RC711T 


SG711CT 


RC748T 


SG748CT 


RC7524MP 


SG7524N 


RC101DP 


SG301 AN 


RC711DP 


SG711CN 


RC748DP 


SG748IM 


RC7525M 


SG7525J 


RC101AT 


SG301AT 


RM723D 


SG723D 


RC1458N 


SG1458M 


RC7525MP 


SG7525N 


RC105DP 


SG305N 















FAIRCHILD 





SG Direct 




SG Direct 




SG Direct 


Fairchild 


Replacement 


Fairchild 


Replacement 


Fairchild 


Replacement 


710F 


SG710F 


747DC 


SG747CD 


781 5HM 


SG781 5T 


710H 


SG710T 


747AHM 


SG747AT 


781 5HC 


SG7815CT 


710HC 


SG710CT 


747ADM 


SG747AJ 


781 5KM 


SG7815K 


710D 


SG710D 


747EHC 


SG747ET 


781 5KC 


SG7815CK 


710DC 


SG710CD 


747 E DC 


SG747EJ 


7818HM 


SG7818T 


71 1F 


SG711F 


748F 


SG748F 


781 8HC 


SG7818CT 


711H 


SG711T 


748H 


SG748T 


781 8KM 


SG7818K 


711D 


SG71 1 D 


748HC 


SG748CT 


7818KC 


SG7818CK 


71 IDC 


SG711CD 


748D 


SG748D 


7824HM 


SG7824T 


723 H 


SG723T 


748DC 


SG748CD 


7824HC 


SG7824CT 


723HC 


SG723CT 


776H 


SG1250T* 


7824KM 


SG7824K 


723D 


SG723D 


776HC 


SG3250T* 


7824KC 


SG7824CK 


723DC 


SG723CD 


777H 


SG777T 


9665D 


SG2001J 


733F 


SG733F 


777HC 


SG777CT 


9666D 


SG2002J 


733H 


SG733T 


777CT 


SG777CM 


9667 D 


SG2003J 


733HC 


SG733CT 


7805HM 


SG7805T 


78M05HM 


SG7805T* 


733D 


SG733D 


7805HC 


SG7805CT 


78M06HM 


SG7806T* 


733 DC 


SG733CD 


7805KM 


SG7805K 


78M08HM 


SG7808T* 


741 F 


SG741 F 


7805KC 


SG7805CK 


78M12HM 


SG7812T* 


741 H 


SG741T 


7806HM 


SG7806T 


78M15HM 


SG7815T* 


741 HC 


SG741CT 


7806HC 


SG7806CT 


78M24HM 


SG7824T* 


741 D 


SG741 D 


7806KM 


SG7806K 


78M05HC 


SG7805CT* 


741 DC 


SG741CD 


7806KC 


SG7806CK 


78M06HC 


SG7806CT* 


741 CT 


SG741CM 


7808HM 


SG7808T 


78M08HC 


SG7808CT* 


741 AHM 


SG741 AT 


7808HC 


SG7808CT 


78M12HC 


SG7812CT* 


741 ADM 


SG741AJ 


7808KM 


SG7808K 


78M15HC 


SG7815CT* 


741 EHC 


SG741 ET 


7808 KC 


SG7808CK 


78M24HC 


SG7824CT* 


741 E DC 


SG741 EJ 


781 2HM 


SG7812T 


75450AN 


SG75450BN 


747H 


SG747T 


781 2HC 


SG781 2CT 


75450AJ 


SG75450BJ 


747HC 


SG747CT 


781 2KM 


SG7812K 


75460AJ 


SG75460J 


747D 


SG747D 


781 2KC 


SG781 2CK 


75460AN 


SG75460N 



MOTOROLA 





SG Direct 




SG Direct 




SG Direct 


Motorola 


Replacement 


Motorola 


Replacement 


Motorola 


Replacement 


MC1436G 


SG1436T 


MC1711CF 


SG711CF 


MC7806CG 


SG7806CT 


MC1436CG 


SG1436CT 


MC1711CG 


SG711CT 


MC7806K 


SG7806K 


MC1455CG 


SG555CT 


MC1711CL 


SG711CD 


MC7806CK 


SG7806CK 


MC1455CP 1 


SG555CM 


MC1711F 


DG711F 


MC7808G 


SG7808T 


MC1456CG 


SG1456CT 


MC1711G 


SG711T 


MC7808CG 


SG7808CT 


MC1456G 


SG1456T 


MC1711L 


SG711D 


MC7808K 


SG7808K 


MC1458P 1 


SG1458M 


MC1723CG 


SG723CT 


MC7808CK 


SG7808CK 


MC1458G 


SG1458T 


MC1723G 


SG723T 


MC7812G 


SG7812T 


MC1468G 


SG1468T 


MC1723CL 


SG723CD 


MC7812CG 


SG7812CT 


MC1468L 


SG1468J 


MC1723L 


SG723D 


MC7812K 


SG7812K 


MC1468P 


SG1468N 


MC1741CF 


SG741CF 


MC7812CK 


SG7812CK 


MC1488L 


SG1488J 


MC1741CG 


SG741CT 


MC7815G 


SG7815T 


MC1489L 


SG1489J 


MC1741CL 


SG741CD 


MC7815CG 


SG7815CT 


MC1489AL 


SG 1489 A J 


MC1741CP-1 


SG741CM 


MC7815K 


SG7815K 


MC1495L 


SG1495D 


MC1741CP-2 


SG741CN 


MC7815CK 


SG7815CK 


MC1496G 


SG1496T 


MC1741F 


SG741F 


MC7818G 


SG7818T 


MC1536G 


SG1536T 


MC1741G 


SG741T 


MC7818CG 


SG7818CT 


MC1555G 


SG555T 


MC1741L 


SG741 D 


MC7818K 


SG7818K 


MC1 556G 


SG1556T 


MC1741SG 


SG741ST 


MC7818CK 


SG7818CK 


MC1 558G 


SG1558T 


MC1741SCG 


SG741SCT 


MC7824G 


SG7824T 


MC1568G 


SG1568T 


MC1741SCP-1 


DG741SCM 


MC7824CG 


SG7824CT 


MC1568L 


SG1568J 


MC1748G 


SG748T 


MC7824K 


SG7824K 


MC1 595L 


SG1595D 


MC1748CG 


SG748CT 


MC7824CK 


SG7824CK 


MC1 596G 


SG1596T 


MC3302P-I 


SG3302N 


MC7905CK 


SG320K-05 


MC1710CF 


SG710CF 


MC3302L 


SG3302L 


MC7912CK 


SG320K-12 


MC1710CG 


SG710CT 


MC7805G 


SG7805T 


MC7915CK 


SG320K-15 


MC1710CL 


SG710CD 


MC7805CG 


SG7805CT 


MC7952CK 


SG320K-5.2 


MC1710F 


SG710F 


MC7805K 


SG7805K 


MC75450P 


SG75450BN 


MC1710G 


SG710T 


MC7805CK 


SG7805CK 


MC75450L 


SG75450BJ 


MC1710L 


SG710D 


MC7806G 


SG7806T 







'Similar, not identical 



UIDE 



NATIONAL 



SIGNETICS 





SG Diraet 




SO Diraet 




SG Diraet 




SG Diraet 


National 


RtpiMSCinsnt 


National 


R#pl4HS#in9nt 


National 


Replacement 


National 


Raplacamant 


LM100H 


SG100T 


LM140K-18 


SG140K-18 


LM309H 


SG309T 


LM723CH 


SG723CT 


LM101D 


SG101D 


LM140H-24 


SG140T-24 


LM309K 


SG309K 


LM723CN 


SG723CN 


LM101F 


SG101F 


LM140K-24 


SG140K-24 


LM310H 


SG310T 


LM741F 


SG741F 


LM101H 


SG101T 


LM200H 


SG200T 


LM311H 


SG311T 


LM741H 


SG741T 


LM101AD 


SG101AD 


LM201 H 


SG201T 


LM312H 


SG3118AT 


LM741CH 


SG741CT 


LM101AF 


SG101AF 


LM201AH 


SG201AT 


LM317T 


SG317T 


LM741CN 


SG741CM 


LM101AH 


SG101AT 


LM202H 


SG202T 


LM317K 


SG317K 


LM741AD 


SG741AJ 


LM102H 


SG102T 


LM204H 


SG204T 


LM320H-O5 


SG320T-05 


LM741AH 


SG741AT 


LM104H 


SG104T 


LM205H 


SG205T 


LM320K-05 


SG320K-05 


LM747D 


SG747D 


LM105F 


SG105F 


LM207H 


SG207T 


LM320H-5.2 


SG320T-5.2 


LM747CD 


SG747CD 


LM10SH 


SG105T 


LM208H 


SG208T 


LM320K-5.2 


SG320K-5.2 


LM747F 


SG747F 


LM107D 


SG107D 


LM209H 


SG209T 


LM320H-12 


SG320T-12 


LM747H 


SG747T 


LM107F 


SG107F 


LM210H 


SG210T 


LM320K-1 2 


SG320K-12 


LM747CH 


SG747CT 


LM107H 


SG107T 


LM21 1 H 


SG211T 


LM320H-1 5 


SG320T-15 


LM747CN 


SG747CN 


LM108D 


SG108D 


LM212H 


SG21 18AT 


LM320K-15 


SG320K-15 


LM747AD 


SG747AJ 


LM108F 


SG108F 


LM21 7T 


SG21 7T 


LM323K 


SG323K 


LM747AH 


SG747AT 


LM108H 


SG108T 


LM217K 


SG217K 


LM324D 


DG324J 


LM748H 


SG748T 


LM108AD 


SG108AD 


LM220H-05 


SG220T-O5 


LM324N 


SG324N 


LM748CH 


SG748CT 


LM108AF 


SG108AF 


LM220K-05 


SG220K-05 


LM339D 


SG339J 


LM748CN 


SG748CM 


LM108AH 


SG108AT 


LM220H-5.2 


SG220T-5.2 


LM339AD 


SG339AJ 


LM1458N 


SG1458M 


LM109H 


SG109T 


LM220K-5.2 


SG220K-5.2 


LM339N 


SG339N 


LM1458H 


SG1458T 


LM109IC 


SG109K. 


LM220H-12 


SG220T-12 


LM339AN 


SG339AN 


LM1496N 


SG1496N 


LM110H 


SG110T 


LM220K-12 


SG220K-12 


LM340H-05 


SG340T-05 


LM1496H 


SG1496T 


LM111H 


SG111T 


LM220H-15 


SG220T-15 


LM340K-05 


SG340K-05 


LM1558H 


SG1558T 


LM112H 


SG1118AT 


LM220K-15 


SG220K-15 


LM340H-06 


SG340T-06 


LM1596H 


SG1596T 


LM117T 


SG117T 


LM223K 


SG223K 


LM340K-06 


SG340K-06 


LM3302D 


SG3302J 


LM117K 


SG117K 


LM224D 


SG224J 


LM340H-08 


SG340T-08 


LM3302N 


SG3302N 


LM120H-05 


SG120T-05 


LM239D 


SG239J 


LM340K-08 


SG340K-08 


LM4250H 


SG4250T 


LM120K-05 


SG120K-05 


LM239AD 


SG239AJ 


LM340H-1 2 


SG340T-12 


LM4250CH 


SG4250CT 


LM120H-5.2 


SG120T-5.2 


LM239N 


SG239N 


LM340K-12 


SG340K-12 


LM4250CN 


SG4250CM 


LM120K-5.2 


SG120K-5.2 


LM239AN 


SG239AN 


LM340H-15 


LM340T-15 


LM7520D 


SG7520J 


LM120H-12 


SG120T-12 


LM300H 


SG300T 


LM340K-1 5 


LM340K-15 


LM7520N 


SG7520N 


LM120K-12 


SG120K-12 


LM301AH 


SG301 AT 


LM340H-18 


LM340T-18 


LM7521D 


SG7521J 


LM120H-15 


SG120T-15 


LM301AD 


SG301AD 


LM340K-18 


LM340K-18 


LM7521N 


SG7521N 


LM120K-15 


SG120K-15 


LM301AF 


SG301AF 


LM340H-24 


LM340T-24 


LM7522D 


SG7522J 


LM123K 


SG123K 


LM301AN 


£■5301 AM 


LM340K-24 


LM340K-24 


LM7522N 


SG7522N 


LM124D 


SG124J 


LM302H 


SG302T 


LM367N 


SG305M 


LM7523D 


SG7523J 


LM139D 


SG139J 


LM304H 


SG304T 


LM555H 


SG555T 


LM7523N 


SG7523N 


LM139AD 


SG139AJ 


LM305H 


SG305T 


LM555C 


SG555CT 


LM7524D 


SG7524J 


LM140H-05 


SG140T-05 


LM305AH 


SG305AT 


LM555N 


SG555CM 


LM7524N 


SG7524N 


LM140K-05 


SG140K-05 


LM307D 


SG307D 


LM710H 


SG710T 


LM7525D 


SG7525J 


LM140H-06 


SG140T-06 


LM307F 


SG307F 


LM710AH 


SG710AT 


LM7525N 


SG7525N 


LM140K-06 


SG140K-06 


LM307H 


SG307T 


LM710CH 


SG710CT 


LM7528D 


SG7528J 


LM140H-08 


SG140T-08 


j LM307N 


SG308M 


LM710CN 


SG710CN 


LM7528N 


SG7528N 


LM140K-08 


SG140K-08 


LM308D 


SG308D 


LM711H 


SG711T 


LM7529D 


SG7529J 


LM140H-12 


SG140T-12 


LM308F 


SG308F 


LM711CH 


SG711CT 


LM7529N 


SG7529N 


LM140K-12 


SG 140K -12 


LM308H 


SG308T 


LM711CN 


SG711CN 


LM75450N 


SG75450BN 


LM140H-15 


SG140T-15 


LM308AD 


SG308AD 


LM723D 


SG723D 






LM140K-15 


SG140K-15 


LM308AF 


SG308AF 


LM723CD 


SG723CD 






LM140H-18 


SG140T-18 


LM308AH 


SG308AT 


LM723H 


SG723T 









SG Diraet 






Signaties 


Raplacamant 






LM1001AF 


SG101AD 


/UA711CA 


SG711CN 


LM101AK 


SG101AT 


HA711CK 


SG711CT 


LM101F 


SG101D 


|JUA723L 


SG723T 


LM101Q 


SG101F 


/M723CL 


SG723CT 


LM101K 


SGI 01 T 


JUA723CA 


SG723CN 


LM107K 


SG107T 


AiA733K 


SG733T 


LM109DB 


SG109T 


JUA733I 


SG733J 


LM109DA, 


SG109IC. 


-JUA733CA 


SG733CN 


LM201AF 


SG201AD 


ptA733CK 


SG733CT 


LM201AK 


SG201AT 


/iA733CI 


SG733CJ 


LM201DF 


SG201D 


AIA741T 


SG741JT 


LM201K 


SG201T 


JUA741CA 


SG741CN 


LM201AN-14 


SG201AN 


MA741CT 


SG741CT 


LM201Y 


SG201M 


AJA741CV 


SG741CM 


LM201Q 


SG201F 


JUA747T 


SG747T 


LM207K 


SG207T 


P1A747CA 


SG747CN 


LM207Y 


SG207M 


/UA747CK 


SG747CT 


LM209DB 


SG209T 


i^tA748T 


SG748T 


LM209KDA 


SG209K 


JUA748CA 


SG748CN 


LM301AF 


SG301AD 


/UA748CT 


SG748CT 


LM301AH 


SG301AT 


/LIA748CV 


SG748CM 


LM301AN-14 


SG301AN 


S5556K 


SG1556T 


LM301AN 


SG301AM 


N5556K 


SG1456T 


LM307K 


SG307T 


N5556V 


SG14S6M 


LM307A 


SG307M 


S558K 


SG1S58T 


LM309DB 


SG309T 


N5558K 


SG1458T 


LM309K 


SG309K 


N5558V 


SG1458M 


SE555K 


SG55SCT 


S5596K 


SG1596T 


NE555F 


SG555CT 


N 5596 A 


SG1496N 


NE555Y 


SG555CM 


N5596K 


SG1496T 


SE556K 


SG556T 


SN7520A 


SG7520N 


NE556K 


SG556CT 


SN7521A 


SG7521N 


JUA710Q 


SG710F 


SN7522A 


SG7522N 


JJA710K 


SG710T 


SN7523A 


SG7523N 


MA710CA 


SG710CN 


SN7524A 


SG7524N 


JUA710CK 


SG710CT 


SN7525A 


SG7525N 


JUA711Q 


SG711F 


SN75450A 


SG75450BN 


AW711H 


SG711T 








RCA 





SG Direct 






RCA 


Replacement 






CA3001 


SG3001 


CA3083E 


SG3083N 


CA3018T 


' SG3018T 


CA3083F 


SG3083J 


CA3018AT 


SG3018AT 


CA3086E 


SG3086N 


CA3026T 


SG3822T 


CA3086F 


SG3086J 


CA3045F 


SG3821J 


CA3146E 


SG3146N 


CA3046E 


SG3821N 


CA3183E 


SG3183N 


CA3054E 


SG3822N 


CA3183AE 


SG3183AN 


CA3055T 


SG300T 


CA3741T 


SG3741T 


CA3058F 


SG3058J 


CA3741CT 


SG741CT 


CA3059F/E 


SG3059J/N 


CA3747CT 


SG747CT 


CA3079E 


SG3079N 


CA3747E 


SG747N 


CA3081 E 


SG3081 N 


CA3747T 


SG747T 


CA3081 F 


SG3081J 


CA3748CT 


SG748CT 


CA3082E 


SG3082N 


CA3748T 


SG748T 


CA3082F 


SG3082J 







TEXAS INSTRUMENTS 



Texas 


SG Direct 


Texas 


SG Direct 


Texas 


SG Direct 


Texas 


SG Direct 


Texas 


SG Direct 


Texas 


SG Direct 


Instruments 


Replacement 


Instruments 


Replacement 


Instruments 


Replacement 


Instruments 


Replacement 


Instruments 


Replacement 


Instruments 


Replacement 


ULN2001J 


SG2001J 


SN52108L 


SG108T 


SN55450BJ 


SG55450BJ 


SN72308J 


SG308D 


SN7520J 


SG7520J 


SN75138J 


SG75138J 


ULN2002J 


SG2002J 


SN52108AF 


SG108AF 


SN55451 J 


SG55451J 


SN72308L 


SG308T 


SN7520N 


SG7520N 


SN75138N 


SG75138N 


ULN2003J 


SG2003J 


SN52108AJ 


SG108AD 


SN55452J 


SG55452J 


SN72308AZ 


SG308AF 


SN7521J 


SG7521J 


SG75154J 


SG75154J 


SN5520J 


SG5520J 


SN52108AL 


SG108AT 


SN55453J 


SG55453J 


SN72308J 


SG308D 


SN7521N 


SG7521N 


SG75325J 


SG75325J 


SN5521J 


SG5521J 


SN52555L 


SG555T 


SN55454J 


SG55454J 


SN72308L 


SG308T 


SN7522J 


SG7522J 


SN75325N 


SG75325N 


SN5522J 


SG5522J 


SN52710J 


SG710D 


SN55460J 


SG55460J 


SN72555L 


SG555CT 


SN7522N 


SG7522N 


SN75450BIM 


SG75450BN 


SN5523J 


SG5523J 


SN52710L 


SG710T 


SN55461J 


SG55461J 


SN72555P 


SG555CM 


SN7523J 


SG7523J 


SN75450BJ 


SG75450BJ 


SN5524J 


SG5524J 


SN52710S 


SG710F 


SN55462J 


SG55462J 


SN72710J 


SG710CD 


SG7523N 


SG7523N 


SN75451J 


SG75451J 


SN5525J 


SG5525J 


SN52711J 


SG711D 


SN55463J 


SG55463J 


SN72710L 


SG710CT 


SN7524J 


SG7524J 


SN75452J 


SG75452J 


SN5526J 


SG5526J 


SN5271 1 L 


SG711T 


SN55464J 


SG55464J 


SN72711J 


SG711CD 


SN7524N 


SG7524N 


SN75453J 


SG75453J 


SN5527J 


SG5527J 


SN52711Z 


SG711F 


SN55471J 


SG55471J 


SN7271 1 L 


SG711CT 


SN7525J 


SG7525J 


SN75454J 


SG75454J 


SN5528J 


SG5528J 


SN52733L 


SG733T 


SN55472J 


SG55472J 


SN72733L 


SG733CT 


SN7525N 


SG7525N 


SN75460N 


SG75460N 


SN5529J 


SG5529J 


SN52733N 


SG733N 


SN55473J 


SG55473J 


SN72733N 


SG733CD 


SN7528J 


SG7528J 


SN75460J 


SG75460J 


SN5534J 


SG5534J 


SN52741F 


SG741F 


SN55474J 


SG55474J 


SN72741Z 


SG741CF 


SN7528N 


SG7528N 


SN75461J 


SG75461J 


SN5535J 


SG5535J 


SN52741J 


SG741D 


SN7230U 


SG101D 


SN72741J 


SG741CD 


SN7529J 


SG7529J 


SN75462J 


SG75462J 


SN5536J 


SG5536J 


SN52741 L 


SG741T 


SN72301 L 


SG201T 


SN72741 L 


SG741CT 


SN7529N 


SG7529N 


SN75463J 


SG75463J 


SN5537J 


SG5537J 


SN52747J 


SG747D 


SN72301Z 


SG201F 


SN72741P 


SG741CM 


SN7534J 


SG7534J 


SN75464J 


SG75464J 


SN5538J 


SG5538J 


SN52747L 


SG747T 


SN72301AJ 


SG301 AD 


SN72741N 


SG741CN 


SN7534N 


SG7534N 


SN75471J 


SG75471J 


SN5539J 


SG5539J 


SN52748F 


SG748F 


SN72301AL 


SG301AT 


SN72747J 


SG747CD 


SN7535J 


SG7535J 


SN75472J 


SG75472J 


SN52107J 


SG107D 


SN52748J 


SG748D 


SN72301AZ 


SG301 AF 


SN72747L 


SG747CT 


SN7535N 


SG7535N 


SN75473J 


SG75473J 


SN52107L 


SG107T 


SN52748L 


SG748T 


SN72307J 


SG307D 


SN72747M 


SG747CN 


SN7538J 


SG7538J 


SN75474J 


SG75474J 


SN52107Z 


SG107F 


SN55138J 


SG55138J 


SN72307L 


SG307T 


SN72748F 


SG748CF 


SN7538N 


SG7538N 


SG1524 


SG1524 


SN52108F 


SG108F 


SN55154J 


SG55154J 


SN72307Z 


SG307F 


SN72748J 


SG748GD 


SN7539J 


SG7539J 


SG2524 


SG2524 


SN52108J 


SG108D 


SN55325J 


SG55325J 


SN72308Z 


SG308F 


SN72748L 


SG748CT 


SN7539N 


SG7539N 


SG3524 


SG3524 




■■■I 



MIL~iVt-3$£10 




mmmi 















PRODUCT QUALITY ASSURANCE 



Silicon General is totally committed to the manufacture of high- 
reliability integrated circuits. This commitment extends through- 
out the organization from initial product design to final shipment. 

Silicon General integrated circuits are manufactured and exam- 
ined to meet or exceed the requirements of MIL-STD-883 ., and, 
in addition, the Company has implemented the capability for 



complete screening and testing to the requirements of 
MIL-M-38510. 

Silicon General's manufacturing flow and standard quality assur- 
ance procedures are outlined below. If more complete informa- 
tion is required, the Silicon General Quality and Reliability 
Manual is available on request. 



Processing and Assembly Flow — The outline below describes the 
standard production processing procedures used exclusively at 
Silicon General to insure that all products are manufactured in 
full conformance to the requirements of Ml L-Q-9858A and 
MIL-STD-883 Condition B as a minimum. 

Post-Assembly Screening Procedures - The company's unique 
flexibility allows ready accommodations to special customer 
requirements, including post assembly screening procedures in 
compliance to MIL-M-38510 and MIL-STD-883, Method 5004. 



Additional screens available on special request include: Scanning 
Electron Microscope, Method 2018; Moisture Resistance, Method 
1004; Variable Frequency Vibration, Method 2007 and Salt 
Atmosphere, Method 1009. 

MIL-M-38510 Qualification and Quality Conformance 
Inspection — Group B, C and D tests are performed on a periodic 
basis or when specified by the customer. This testing is in com- 
pliance to MIL-M-38510 as detailed in MIL-STD-883, Method 
5005. 



STANDARD QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURE 



BASIC RAW MATERIALS - Silicon, Chemical, Masks, 
Headers, Wire, etc. 

▼ QC SAMPLE INSPECTION - Each arriving ship- 
ment is assigned a lot code identification to assure 
traceability and is then sample-processed through 
mechanical, visual, electrical, and functional lot 
acceptance testing prior to stocking. 

WAFER FABRICATION 

— ▼ 100% QC INSPECTION - At each photomasking 
step, examining for: 

• Mask alignment and resolution 

• Oxide and diffusion quality 

• In-process electrical evaluation 

100% ELECTRICAL PROBE OF COMPLETED WAFER 

Complete product performance testing on Teradyne J273 
automatic test equipment to data sheet or customer 
specified limits 



▼ QC SAMPLE INSPECTION OF PROBING - 

Performed on continuous sampling basis for 
evidence of adequate probe contact, correct 
inking, and freedom from probe point damage. 

MANUFACTURING WAFER INVENTORY 

4 WAFER SCRIBE AND BREAK 

O 100% DIE SORT AT 100X MAGNIFICATION 



— — ▼ QC SAMPLE INSPECTION (each lot) - Per 
MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B 
minimum magnification of 100X. 

DIE ATTACH 



-▼ QC CONTINUOUS SAMPLING INSPECTION - 

Per MIL-STD-883A, Method 2010 , Condition B 
minimum; Including die shear strength testing per 
Method 2019. 



— ▼ QC SAMPLE INSPECTION - MIL-STD-883 
Method 2010, Condition B minimum, magnifi- 
cation of 40X and 100X. 

^ FINAL SEAL - Hermetically sealed in a controlled, dry- 
nitrogen environment. 



LEAD BOND 



▼ QC CONTINUOUS SAMPLING INSPECTION - 

Per MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B 
minimum; including bond pull testing per 
Method 201 1 , Condition D. 

100% PRESEAL OPTICAL INSPECTION OF COM- 
PLETED DEVICE - Per MIL-STD-883, Method 2010 
Condition B minimum. 



▼ QC LOT INSPECTION SAMPLING AND 

ACCEPTANCE — Post cap visual inspection per 
MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B; 
including Bond Pull Strength testing per 
Method 201 1, Condition D, and Die Shear 
Strength testing per Method 2019. 

MANUFACTURING POST-ASSEMBLY SCREENING 

+ 100% ELECTRICAL TEST AND CLASSIFICATION - 

Complete performance testing of all specified parameters 
to either data sheet or customer specified limits. 

9 MARKING — To customer specified or Silicon General 
identification plus date code traceable to seal or lot 
acceptance date. 

PRESHIP PACKING 



-▼ QUALITY ASSURANCE - Group A Preship 
Electrical Test and Final Visual Inspection per 
M I L-STD-883, Method 2009. 



• SHIP 



Post Assembly Screening Procedures 



Silicon General manufactures products to the three standard levels of quality assurance processing outlined 
below. In addition, the company's unique flexibility allows ready accommodations to special customer 
requirements. The following screening procedures are in compliance to MIL-M-38510 and all methods are as 
detailed in MIL-STD-883, Method 5004. 





MIL-STD-883,CLASSA 


MIL-STD-883, CLASS B 


STANDARD PRODUCT 


SCREEN 


METHOD 


REQM'T 


METHOD 


REQM'T 


METHOD 


REQM'T 


Internal Visual 
Pre or Post Cap 


2010, Condition A 


100% 


2010, Condition B 


100% 


2010, Condition B 


100% 


Stabilization 
Bake 


1008, Condition C 
24 Hours @150°C 


100% 


1008, Condition C 
24 Hours @150°C 


100% 


1008, Condition C 
24 Hours @150°C 


100% 


Temperature 
Cycling 


1010, Condition C 
10 Cycles, 
-65°Cto+150°C 


100% 


1010, Condition C 
10 Cycles, 
-65°Cto+150°C 


100% 


1010, Condition C 
10 Cycles 
-65°Cto+150°C 


100% 


Constant 
Acceleration 


2001, Condition E 
30,000 g Y 2 then Y 1 


100% 


2001, Condition E 
30,000 g, Y<\ Plane 


100% 




Hermeticity 

a) Fine 

b) Gross 


1014, Condition A 
Helium, 10" 8 , 
atm/cc/sec 

1014, Condition C2 
Fluorocarbon 


100% 
100% 


1014, Condition A 
Helium 5 X 10-8, 
atm/cc/sec 

1014, Condition C2 
Fluorocarbon 


100% 
100% 


1014, Condition A 
Helium 10"?, 
atm/cc/sec 

1014, Condition C2 
Fluorocarbon 


5% 
LTPD 

5% 
LTPD 


Pre-Burn-in 

Electrical 

Test 


Per Applicable 

Procurement 

Document 


100% 


Per Applicable 

Procurement 

Document 


100% 




Burn-in Test 


1015, Condition A 
240 Hours @ 125°C 


100% 


1015 #< Condition A 

or F 

168 Hours @125°C 


100% 


Per Applicable 

Procurement 

Document 


Final Electrical 
Test 

a) DC@25°C 

b) DC @ Max 
and Min 
Rated 
Temperature 

c) Dynamic 
@25°C 

d) Functional 
@25°C 


Per Applicable 

Procurement 

Document 


100% 
100% 

100% 
100% 


Per Applicable 

Procurement 

Document 


100% 
100% 

100% 
100% 


Per Applicable 

Procurement 

Document 


100% 
100% 


Radiographic 


Method 2012 


100% 






Qualification 
and Quality 
Conformance 
Testing 


Method 5005 


Per 

Applicable 

Document 


Method 5005 


Per 

Applicable 

Document 


DC Electrical 
@25°C 


5% 
LTPD 


External 
Visual 


Method 2009 


100% 


Method 2009 


100% 


Method 2009 


100% 



NOTE: 

Additional Screens Available on Special Request — 

• Scanning Electron Microscope, Method 201 £ 

• Moisture Resistance, Method 1004 



• Variable Frequency Vibration, Method 2007 

• Salt Atmosphere, Method 1009 



VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

Positive Adjustable Regulators 
Negative Adjustable Regulators 
3-Terminal, Adjustable Regulators 
3-Terminal, Fixed Positive Regulators 
3-Terminal, Fixed Negative Regulators 
3-Terminal, 3-Amp, 5V Regulators 
Precision Negative Regulator 
Dual Polarity Tracking Regulators 
Adjustable Dual Polarity Regulators 
Switching Regulators 



Positive Voltage Regulators 



SG100/200/300 



This circuit is a positive voltage regulator designed for both linear and 
switching applications. With an input voltage rating of up to 40V, this 
device will provide 20mA of load current by itself and more than 5 amps 
with the aid of external transistors. Additional features include' low 
standby power dissipation, fast transient response, and freedom from 
oscillations. 



• Output voltage adjustable from 2 to 30V 

• Load regulation better than 0.05%/mA 

• Line regulation better than 0.20%/V 

• 1.0% maximum temperature variation 



SG105/205/305/305A 

This circuit is a positive voltage regulator designed for both linear and 
switching applications. Inherent component tracking of the monolithic 
integrated circuit process provides a high degree of stability and accuracy 
in addition to fast response to both line and load transients. With an input 
voltage rating of up to 50V, this device will deliver load currents of 20mA 
(45mA with 305A). Adding external transistors will increase the current 
capability to greater than 10 amps and further improve regulation. 

• Output voltage adjustable from 4.5 to 40V 

• Load regulation better than 0.01%/mA 

• Line regulation better than 0.06%/V 

• Ripple rejection of 0.01 %/V 

• 1.0% maximum temperature variation 



PARAMETERS* 


100 


200 


300 


105 


205 


305 


305A 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


-25 to +85 


to +70 


0to70 


°C 


Package Types 


T,J,Y 


T,J,Y, M,N 


T,J, Y 


T,J, Y,M,N 


T 


- 


Input Voltage Range 


8.5 to 40 


8.0 to 30 


8.5 to 50 


8.0 to 40 


8.5 to 50 


V 


Output Voltage Range 


2.0 to 30 


2.0 to 20 


4.5 to 40 


4.5 to 30 


4.5 to 40 


V 


Input/Output Differential 


3.0 to 30 


3.0 to 20 


3.0 to 30 


3.0 to 30 


3.0 to 30 


V 


Load Regulation 


0.5 l > 2 


0.1 2 ' 3 


0.1 2 ' 3 


20 2,3 


% 


Line Regulation V " ~ v out < 5V 
V ln -V out >5V 


0.2 
0.1 


0.06 
0.03 


%/V 


Ripple Feed thru Cref = lOjuf, f = 120Hz 


_ 




0.01 


0.01 


0.003 (typ) 


%/V 


Temperature Stability 


1.0 


2.0 


1.0 


1.0 


1.0 


% 


Output Noise Voltage 
(10Hz<f < 10KHz,C re f = 0) 


0.005 (typ) 


0.005 (typ) 


0.005 (typ) 


0.005 (typ) 


0.005 (typ) 


% 


Feedback Sense Voltage 


1.8 (typ) 


1.8 (typ) 


1.7 (typ) 


1.7 (typ) 


1.55 to 1.85 


V 


Standby Current Drain 


3.0 


3.0 


2.0 


2.0 


2.0 


mA 


Minimum Load Current 


3.0 


3.0 











mA 


Long Term Stability 


1.0 


1.0 


1.0 


1.0 


1.0 


% 



* Para meters apply at junction temperatures equal to or less than operating temperature range, and for a divider 
impedance seen by the feedback terminal of 2Vft, unless otherwise specified. 

Il_ < 12mA, Rsc = on. Output current and load regulation can be improved with external transistors. 
Improvement factors will be approx. equal to the composite current gain of added transistors. 
2 
Applies for constant junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken into account separately when 
the unit is operating under conditions of high dissipation. 

Same as Note 1, except Rsc = 10ft. 



.043 1 




CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 
Regulator Connected for 2-Amp Output Basic Regulator Circuit 






FEEOBACK.[i 

COMPENSATION C . 

REGULATED r 
OUTPUT 1L 

CURRENT r 
LIMIT ill 

NC E 



e]NC 

sJGNO 

-. UNREGUL/ 
1) INPUT 

jt BOOSTER 
i OUTPUT 

i] NC 
TjNC 



Negative Voltage Regulators 



SG104/204/304 



This circuit is a negative voltage regulator designed for both linear and 
switching applications. It is a complement of the SG 100/200/300. SGI 05/ 
205/305 and SG723/723C intended for systems requiring regulated 
negative voltages having a common ground with the unregulated supply. 
With an input voltage rating of up to 50V, this device will deliver load 
currents to 25mA. Adding external transistors will increase the current 
capability to greater than 10 amps and further improve regulation. 

• Output voltage adjustable from 15mV to 40V 

• 1mV regulation no toad to full load 

• 0.01 %/V line regulation 

• 1% maximum temperature variation 



PARAMETERS* 


104 


204 


304 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


-25 to +85 


Oto+70 


oc 


Package Types 


T 




Input Voltage Range 


-50 to -8 


-40 to -8 


V 


Output Voltage Range 


-40 to -0.01 5 


-30 to -0.035 


V 


Input/Output Differential l = 20 mA 1 


2.0 to 50 


2.0 to 40 


V 


Load Regulation 2 < l < 20 mA, R^. « 1.5ft 


5mV 


- 


Line Regulation 3 V ° ut < " 5V 

AV in = 0.1V in 


0.1 


% 


Ripple Feed thru C 19 = 10/uf, f = 120Hz, -7V < V in < -15V 


1.0 


1.0 


mV/V 


Output Voltage Scale Factor R23 = 2.4kft 


1.8 to 2.2 


1.8 to 2.2 


V/kft 


Temperature Stability V <— 1V 


1.0 


1.0 


% 


Output Noise Voltage C 19 = 0/tiF BW ■- 10Hz to 10KHz V < -5V 


0.007 (typ) 


0.007 (typ) 


% 


Standby Current Drain V ■ 0, lj_ = 5 mA 


2.5 


2.5 


mA 


Long Term Stability V < -1 V 


1.0 


1.0 


% 



* Parameters apply at junction temperatures equal to or less than operating temperature range unless otherwise specified. The line and 
load regulation specifications are for constant junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken into account 
separately when the unit is operating under conditions Of high dissipation. 

With l = 5 mA, min differential is 0.5V. With external transistors differential is increased, in the worst case, by approx. lv. 
2 
Output current and load regulation can be improved with external transistors. Improvement factor will be approx. equal to the 
composite current gain of added transistors. 

With zero output, the dc line regulation is determined from the ripple rejection. Hence, with output voltages between volts 
and —5 volts, a dc output variation, determined from the ripple rejection, must be added to find the worst-case line regulation. 



Basic Negative Regulator Circuit 

-GNO 




SG104/204/304Chip (See T-package 
diagram for pad functions) 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 

UNREGULATED 






11 



5 Volt Fixed Voltage Regulators 



SG109/209/309 



The SG109 series is a completely self-contained 5V regulator. Designed 
to provide local regulation at currents up to 1 amp for digital logic cards, 
this device is available in two commonly used transistor packages - the 
solid header TO-5 and the TO-3 power package. 

A major feature of the SG109's design is its built-in protective features 
which make it essentially blowout proof. These consist of both current 
limiting to control the peak currents and thermal shutdown to protect 
against excessive power dissipation. With the only added component being 
the possible need for an input bypass capacitor, this regulator becomes 
extremely easy to apply. 



• Fully compatible with TTL and DTL 

• Output current in excess of 1 amp 

• Internal thermal overload protection 

• No additional external components 



PARAMETERS 1 


109 


209 


309 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +150 


-25 to +150 


to +125 


°C 


Package Types 


T, K 


T. K 


- 


Output Voltage 


4.9 to 5.1 


4.8 to 5.2 


V 


Line Regulation 7V < Vj n < 25V 


50 


mV 


Load Regulation 5mA < l olJt < 0.5 A (1.5A for TO-3) 


TO-5: 50; TO-3: 100 


mV 


Total Output Voltage Tolerance 


4.75 to 5.25 


V 


Quiescent Current Vj n < 25V 


10 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 10 Hz < f < 10kHz 


75 (typ) 


dB 


Output Noise Voltage 10Hz < f < 100kHz 


40 (typ) 


juVrms 


Output Impedance 10Hz < f < 10kHz 


0.1 (typ) 


n 


Long Term Stability 


10 


mV 



* Unless otherwise specified, Tj = 25°C, V jn = 10 Volts, and l out = 0.1 A. 

2 7V < V jn < 25V, 5mA < l out < 1.0 A (0-2 A for TO-5), P < 20W (2W for TO-5), ATj max. 



Tjmax = — 55<>C to +150°C for the SG109 
= — 25°C to +150°C for the SG209 
= 0°Cto +125°Cfor the SG309 



Adjustable 


Output Regulator 


l 


SG109 


2 






J R1 


CI 






3 




> 1% • 






> R2 

I ? 1K 



Current Regulator 



1 



Fixed 5V Regulator 


1 


SG109 


2 


*C1 JL 
0.22 ^F -r 






3 






Z C2 













* REQUIRED IF REGULATOR IS AN 
APPRECIABLE DISTANCE FROM 
POWER SUPPLY FILTER. 

t ALTHOUGH NO OUTPUT CAPACITOR 
IS NEEDED FOR STABILITY, IT DOES 
IMPROVE TRANSIENT RESPONSE. 



NPUT t 

C1 _L 

0.22 n? ~r 



Q 



• DETERMINES OUTPUT CURRENT 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 
TOP VIEWS 




SG109/209/309 Chip 





\ 

1 





P>Package 
TO-220 

Front 
View 



2 - Output 

3 - Ground 
Tab - Ground 




Three Terminal Adjustable Voltage Regulator 



SG117 / SG217 / SG317 



Description 

This monolithic integrated circuit is an adjustable 3-terminal positive 
voltage regulator designed to supply more than 1.5 amps of load current 
with an output voltage adjustable over a 1 .2 to 37 volt range. Although ease 
of setting the output voltage to any desired value with only two. external 
resistors is a major feature of this circuit, exceptional line and load 
regulation are also offered. In addition, full overload protection consisting 
of current limiting, thermal shutdown and safe-area control are included in 
this device which is packaged in proven-reliability steel TO-3, TO-66 and 
solid-based TO-39 packages. The SG1 1 7 is rated for operation from -55° C 
to +150°C, the SG217 from -25° C to +150° C and the SG317 from 0°Ct6 
+125°C. 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 



Features 

• Output adjustable between 1.2 and 37 volts 

• Output current in excess of 1.5 amps 

• Floating operation for high voltages 

• 0.1% line and load regulation 

• Full overload protection 

• High-reliability, hermetically-sealed package 

• SG317 available in TO-220 

CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 

TOP VIEWS 



Power Dissipation 

Input-Output Voltage Differential 

Storage Temperature 


Internally Limited 

40V 

-65°Cto+l50°C 


(( ®)) ADJUST 


Operating Junction Temperature Range 
SG117 
SG217 
SG317 


-55°Cto+l50°C 

-25°Cto+150°C 

0°Cto+125°C 


^^-—-"'iNPUT 

T-Package 
TO-39 





Electrical Characteristics (See Note) 



PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 




SG1 17/21 7 


SG317 




MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


Line Regulation 


T A • 25°C, 3V < (V|N - V ) < 40V 




0.01 


0.02 




0.01 


0.04 


%/V 


Load Regulation 


T A • 25°C, V < 5V 




5 


15 




5 


25 


mV 


10 mA < Iq < IMAX v O > 5 V 




0.1 


0.3 




0.1 


0.5 


% 


Adjustment Pin Current 






50 


100 




50 


100 


MA 


Adjustment Pin Current Change 


2.5V < (V| N - Vo> < 40V, 
10 mA < l < IMAX 




0.2 


5 




0.2 


5 


MA 


Reference Voltage 


3V < (V| N - V ) < 40V 

10 mA<l < l MAX . P < PMAX 


1.20 


1.25 


1.30 


1.20 


1.25 


1.30 


V 


Line Regulation 


3V< (V| N - V X 40V 




0.02 


0.05 




0.02 


0.07 


%/V 


Load Regulation 


T A = 25°C. C ADJ - 




20 


50 




20 


70 


mV 


f» 120 Hz C/voj^lOmfd 




0.3 


1.0 




0.3 


1.5 


% 


Temperature Stability 


T MIN^ T j^ T MA x 




1.0 






1.0 




% 


Minimum Load Current 


(V |N - V > = 40V 




3.5 


5.0 




3.5 


10 


mA 


Current Limit 


(V |N - V ) < 15V 
<V IN ~ v O ) = 40v 


1.5 


2.2 
0.4 




1.5 


2.2 
0.4 




A 
A 


Output Noise, RMS 


T A = 25°C, 10 Hz < f ^ 10 kHz 




0.003 






0.003 




% 


Ripple Rejection 


T A = 250C, C ADJ = 




65 






65 




db 


f=120Hz C A DJ=10mfd 


66 


80 




66 


80 




db 


Long Term Stability 


T A =125°C 




0.3 


1 




0.3 


1 


%/khr 


Thermal Resistance, Junction 
to Case 


K Package 




2.3 


3 




2.3 


3 


°C/W 


T Package 




12 


15 




12 


15 


°C/W 



f 5 ! 



TO-220 Package 




NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, the above specifications apply over the following conditions 



-55°C< Tj< 150°C 
-25°C< Tj< 150°C 
0°C< Tj< 125°C 
(V, N -V )=5V / I = 0.5A,I MAX = 1.5A 
(V, N - V ) = 5V. I * 0.1 A, l MAX = 0.5A 
All regulation specifications are measured at constant junction temperatures using low duty-cycle pulse testing. 

' 13 



SG117: 
SG217: 
SG317: 
K-Package: 
T -Pack age: 



Three Terminal Adjustable Voltage Regulator 



Typical Performance Characteristic* 



Current Limiting 



8 









































"Vfe. 














s r \* 


ise»c 






/ 


T ( .-SS»C 






















^ 


^ 


~-~, 












Tj'IS'Cy'" 






8 10 21 30 M 
INPUT-OUTPUT DIFFERENTIAL IV) 

Temperature Stability 

















































































Dropou 


t Voltage 








S „ 


AV OOT »t0en.W 














I 














l L «1.U 








l t «IA 




1 

1 














l L *M»mA 




*.. 


















^jj'jOO^a' 








It -20mA/ 


10 


1 



JUNCTION TEMPERATURE PC) 



Minimum Operating Current 



3 
S2.0 





























T, 


-ii^.-"" - 












, ''''' ^ 


&" 














■\v 


IS0H 


, 




















ZigHQ 












p 


f£*i 


Tj = 2S»C 










\ 

































JUNCTION TEMFERATURE (»CI 



INPUT -0UTFUT DIFFERENTIAL (V 



APPLICATION DATA 

The SG1 17 adjustable 3-terminal regulator is actually designed 
to provide a fixed 1.25 volt reference voltage between the out- 
put and adjustment terminals. This voltage is converted to a 
programming current by the action of R1 as shown in Figure 1 
and this constant current then flows through R2 to ground. 
The output voltage of the regulator is then: 



(♦8?)« 



Since l ADJ is controlled to less than 100 fiA, the error asso- 
ciated with this term is negligible. It should be noted that the 
method of keeping l ADJ small is to return all the regulator 
quiescent current to the output terminal. This imposes the 
requirement for a minimum load current. If the load is less 
than this minimum, the output will rise. 

Since the SG1 17 is a floating regulator, it is only the input- 
output voltage differential which is important to regulator 
performance and operation at high voltages with respect to 
ground are possible. 

Good load regulation can be achieved with the SG117 even 
without remote sensing, since the case is the output terminal 
of the regulator which can be a very low impedance point. 
For best performance, the programming resistor (R1) should 



be connected as close to the regulator as possible; perhaps even 
with a separate connection to the case. The ground end of R2 
can be used as a remote sense lead and should be connected as 
close to the load as possible. 

No external capacitors are required with the SG117, but in 
some applications, performance may be improved with added 
capacitance as follows: 



1. An input capacitor at 0.1 mfd will protect against 
problems when high line impedance is present. The 
device can be more sensitive to input impedance when 
output or adjustment capacitors are used. 

2. Bypassing the adjustment terminal to ground with a 
10 mfd capacitor will improve the ripple rejection by 
about 15 dB. 

3. A 1 mfd tantalum capacitor on the output will improve 
transient response and keep the regulator from ringing 
due to light capacitive loading. 

In addition to external capacitors, it is sometimes good prac- 
tice to add protection diodes as shown in Figure 2 if there is a 
chance that a capacitor may discharge through the regulator IC. 



1 • -«■ 




-W- 



FIGURE t. Basic Adjustable Regulator Circuit 



FIGURE 2. Diode D 1 protects against C3 with an input short. 
Diode D2 protects against C2 with an output short. 



14 



Three Terminal Negative Regulator Series 



SG120/220/320 



The SG 120 series of negative regulators offer self-contained fixed- 
voltage capability up to 1 .5 amps of load current. With four factory set 
output voltages (-5V, -5.2V, -12V and -15V) and four package options, 
this regulator series is an optimum complement to the SG7800/140 line 
of three terminal positive regulators. 

Since these regulators require only a single output capacitor for 
satisfactory performance, and are protected from overload conditions 
by internal current limiting and thermal shutdown protection, ease of 
application is assured. 

Although designed as fixed-voltage regulators, the output voltage can 
be increased through the use of a simple voltage divider. The low 
quiescent drain current of the device insures good regulation when this 
method is used. Product is available in hermetically sealed TO-39, 
TO-66 and TO-3 power packages and commercial product is also 
available in TO-220. 



PACKAGES 




TOP VIEWS 



• Output voltage set internally to ±3% 

• One volt minimum input-output differential 

• Excellent line and load regulation 

• Short circuit current limited 

• Thermal overload protection 



I I JiilK CH I. 

jjp§MM|fc|L j 30 '** 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 











Input -Output 


Device Output Voltage 




Input Voltage 


Differential 


5.0 volts 






-25V 


25V 


' 5.2 volts 






-25V 


25V 


8.0 volts 






-35V 


30V 


12 volts 






-35V 


30V 


15 volte 






-40V 


30V 


Power dissipation 








Internally Limited 


Operating junction temperature range 






SG 120 series 








-55<>Cto+1S0°C 


SG220 series 








-25©C to -H50OC 


SG320 series 








0°C to +125°C 


Storage temperature renge 








-65<>C to +150°C 


Lead temperature (soldering. 


10 


sec) 




300<>C 



APPLICATIONS 



Fixed Output Regulator 



Dual Polarity, Trimmed Supply 



^1 



u 



C2 

1.0pF 



l . Ci is required only if regulator is separated from rectifier filter. 

2 Both Ci and C2 should be low ES.R: types such as solid tantalum. Ifalur 
electrohticsare used, at least 10 times values shown should be selected. 

3 If large output capacities are used, the regulators must be protected from r 
tary input shorts. A high current diode from output to input will suffice. 



Circuit for Increasing Output Voltage 



C1 . 


> 


4 

25„Fj 


Rl 


►' '. i 


:*c 2 

10uF 


2.2* F' 


t 


R 2 






, 3 


SG120 


2 I 



















1 


SG140-15 


2 














POS. 


' 














♦15.0V 


INPUT 


3 










^ 0.22 mfd . 


► 61 


510 


► 20k 




k 


1 


1N4720 


0.1 mfd 


L 




< 


:« 




J 




J 






COMMON 




♦_ 


C 2.2 mfd 




510 


\ 


fc < 


►20k 


i 


k* * s 








J 






NEC. 
INPUT 




1 












1N4720 






3 




2 












15.0V 



























NOTE: C3 optional for improved 
response and ripple rejecti 



v (REGULATOR) 



a 1 + «2. 



WHERE R2 • 300n FOR SGI 20-5 AND SG120 5.2 
R2 - 750J2 FOR SG120 12 
R2 = 1000« FOR SG120-15 



NOTE: This circuit will allow each output to be adjusted approximately ±1 volt around its nominal 
value. While there is some interaction in the adjustments, it is typically less than 10%. The linearity 
of the adjustment is a function of the potentiometer resistance with lower values increasing the 
linearity at the expense of power dissipation. The diodes protect the regulators from output polarity 
reversal due to inadvertent overloads or variations in input voltage sequencing. 

This same technique may be used with other voltages and/or regulators in the series by merely 
adjusting the circuit values. 
_ 



120/220 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2) 
























DEVICE TYPE (Note 5) 


120/220-5 


120/220-5.2 


120/220 -8 


120/220 - 


12 


120/220 - 


15 


Units 


NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 


-5 


-5.2 


-8 


-12 


-15 


Volts 


INPUT VOLTAGE (Uniess Otherwise Noted) 


-10 


-10 


-13 


-17 


-20 


Volts 


PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 




Output Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, l = 5mA 


-4.9 




-5.1 


-5.1 




-5.3 


-7.80 




-8.20 


-11.7 




-12.3 


-14.7 




-15.3 


Volts 


Line Regulation 
(Note 4) 


Tj = 25°C, \q = 5 mA 
AV|n Range 


5 25 
(-7V <V|n <-25V) 
1 j 


6 25 
(-8V <V|N <-25V) 
I I 


10 
(-10.5V<V,n 
J 


25 
<-25V) 


4 10 
(-14V<V, N <-32V)» 


5 10 
M7V<V,n<-35V) 


mV 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C, l = 5 mA 


I 3 I 15 
(-8V<V|n<-12V) 


I 6 ] 15 
(-9V<V| N <-12V) 


I 8 
(-11V<V|n< 


-17V) 


I 8 
(-16V<V|n< 


s 

;-22V) 


1 .8 I . 
(-20 V <V| N <-26V) 


mV 


Load Regulation 
P, R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 

5mA<lQ<1.5A 

5mA<lo^500mA 




15 

5 


50 
40 




20 
6 


-60 
50 




24 
7 


80 
25 




28 
8 


80 
25 




30 
10 


80 
25 


mV 
mV 


Load Regulation 
P, R, K -Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 
250 mA <l <750 mA 
100mA<l <250mA 




15 
5 


25 
20 




20 
6 


30 
25 




50 

7 


40 
15 




28 
8 


40 
15 




30 
10 


40 
15 


mV 
mV 


Total Output 

Voltage Tolerance 
K-Package 
T-Package 
R, P-Package 


AIq Range 

5 mA <Iq <1 .0A, P <20W 
5 mA <l <200 mA, P <2W 
5 mA <l <1 .0A, P <1 5W 


(-7.5V 
-4.8 


<v, N * 


%-25V) 
-5.2 


(-7.7V 
-5.0 


<V, N * 


^-25 V) 
-5.4 


(-10.5V 
-7.65 


<V| N <-25V) 
-8.35 


(-14.5V<V||\|<-32V) 
-11.5 -12.5 


(-17.5V<V| N <-35V) 
-14.5 -15.5 


Volts 


Quiescent Current 


Tj = 25°C 




1 


2 




1 


2 




1 


2 




1.5 


4 




1.5 


4 


mA 


Quiescent Current 
Change 


Line AV|fg Range 
Load AIq Range 






1.3 
.5 






1.3 
.5 






1.0 
.5 






1.0 
.5 






1.0 
.5 


mA 
mA 


Long Term Stability 


10u0 hours at Tj = 125°C 






20 






24 






32 






48 






60 


mV 


Temperature Coefficient 


lO = 5 mA 




-0.5 






-0.5 






-0.6 






-0.8 






-1.0 




mV/°C 


Ripple Rejection 


f = 120 Hz, AV|N = 10V 


54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




dB 


Output Noise Voltage 


Tj = 250C. 10 Hz <f < 100 kHz 




40 






45 






52 






75 






90 




jUVrms 


Dropout Voltage 


Tj = 250C, lo = 1.0A (Note 3) 




2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 




Volts 


Short Circuit Current 


Tj = 25°C (Note 6) 




2.1 






2.0 






1.8 






1.5 






1.3 




Amps 


Peak Output Current 


Tj = 250C (Note 3) 




2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.2 




Amps 


Thermal Shutdown 


Iq = 5 mA (Note 3) 




175 






175 






175 






175 






175 




°C 



1. Tj = -55°C to +150°C, IfJUT = 500 mA for R * p and K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise r 

2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing. 

3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package. 



4. AV|m min. @ -55°C must maintain an input/output differential of 2.5V. 
.5. P-Package available only in SG220. 
6. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV||\j range. 



320 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2) 



DEVICE TYPE 


320-5 


320 -5.2 


320-8 


320-12 


320-15 


Units 


NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 


-5 


-5.2 


-8 


-12 


-15 


Volts 


INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted) 


-10 


-10 


-13 


-17 


-20 


Volts 


PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 




Output Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, l = 5 mA 


-4.8 




-5.2 


-5.0 




-5.4 


-7.7 




-8.3 


-11.6 




-12.4 


-14.6 




-15.4 


Volts 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C, l = 5 mA 
AV|N Range 


f 5 40 

(-7V <V| N <-25V) 
1 | 


6 40 

(-8V<V| N <-25V) 
| i 


15 
(-10.5V<V|N 
I 


40 
^-25 V) 


4 20 
(-14V<V|M<-32V) 
| | 


15 20 
(-17V<V|N<-35V) 
1 1 


mV 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C, lo = 5 mA 


1 5 J 25 
(-8V<V, N <-12V) 


I 6 I » 
(-9V<V| N <-12V) 


« 8 ' 40 
(-11V<V|N<-17V) 


' 12 I 60 
(-16V<V| N <-22V) 


1 1 J 7. 

M7.5V<V| N <-30V) 


mV 


Load Regulation 
P, R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 

5mA<lQ<1.5A 

5mA<l <500mA 




15 
5 


100 
50 




20 
6 


100 
50 




12 
4 


100 
40 




28 
8 


80 
40 




30 
10 


80 
40 


mV 
mV 


Load Regulation 
P, R, K-Package 
T-Pqckage (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 
250 mA <l <750 mA 
100mA<l <250mA 




15 
5 


50 
25 




20 
6 


50 
25 




50 

7 


50 
25 




28 
8 


40 
20 




30 
10 


40 
20 


mV 
mV 


Total Output 

Voltage Tolerance 
K-Package 
T-Package 
R, P-Package 


5 mA <l <1 .0A, P <20W 
5 mA <Iq <200 mA, P<2W 
5 mA <l <1 -0A, P <1 5W 


(-7.5V 
-4.75 


<v IN < 


^-25V) 
-5.25 


(-7.7V 
-4.95 


<v IN < 


^-25V) 
-5.45 


(-10.5V 
-7.6 


'<V| N <-25V) 
-8.4 


M4.5V<V| N <-32V) 
-11.4 -12.6 


(-17.5V<V| N <-35V) 
-14.4 -15.6 


Volts 


Quiescent Current 


Tj = 25°C 




1 


2 




1 


2 




1 


2 




1.5 


4 




1.5 


4 


mA 


Quiescent Current 
Change 


Line AV|fg Range 
Load AIq Range 






1.3 
.5 






1.3 
.5 






1.0 
.5 






1.0 
.5 






1.0 
.5 


mA 
mA 


Long Term Stability 


1000 hours at Tj = 125°C 






20 






24 






32 






48 






60 


mV 


Temperature Coefficient 


lO = 5 mA 




-0.5 






-0.5 






-0.6 






-0.8 






-1.0 




mV/°C 


Ripple Rejection 


f=120Hz, AV|N = 10V 


54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




dB 


Output Noise Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz <f < 100 kHz 




40 






45 






52 






75 






90 




jUV rms 


Dropout Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, Iq = 1 .0A (Note 3) 




2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 




Volts 


Short Circuit Current 


Tj = 25°C (Note 4) 




2.1 






2.0 






1.8 






1.5 






1.3 




Amps 


Peak Output Current 


Tj = 25°C (Note 3) 




2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.2 




Amps 


Thermal Shutdown 


l = 5 mA (Note 3) 




175 






175 






175 






175 






175 




°C 



1 . Tj = 0°C to +125°C, louT = 5 00 mA for R » p a nd K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package. unless otherwise noted. 

2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing. 

3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package. 

4. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|N range. 



3 Amp, 5 Volt Positive Regulator 



SG123 / SG223 / SG323 

Description 

The SG123 is a three terminal, three amp, five volt 
regulator similar to the LM123 but with a special low 
voltage zener instead of the band gap reference. The SG123 
has superior load regulation, lower input-output differential 
minimums, lower quiescent current, and better temperature 
coefficient. The circuit is specified identically to the 
LM123 and is pin for pin compatible with that device. 
The SG123 uses special processing techniques to achieve 
reliable operation at high temperatures and high current 
levels for extended periods of time. 

The SG123 has been designed for ease of operation as well 
as performance. It is completely internally phase 
compensated, and requires no external capacitors unless 
used with long lead lengths or high speed transients. 
The device is protected by thermal shutdown, standard 
current limiting, and an instantaneous power limiting 
circuit sensitive to high input voltages. In addition, the 
power transistor is an upgrade of previous three terminal 
designs and is unusually rugged. 

Operation is guaranteed over the junction temperature 
range of — 55°C to +1 50°C. The SG223 is a similar 
device guaranteed to operate from — 25°C to + 150°C. 
The SG323 is guaranteed over the junction temperature 
range of 0°C to -I 125°C. 



Features 

• 3A Output Currents 

• Full Internal Protection 

• 7.0 V Minimum Input Voltage, Typical 

• Zener Reference for Top Performance 




CONNECTION DIAGRAM 



CHIP LAYOUT 




TOP VIEW 

K-Package 

TO-3 




tt^ofc&Pif 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Input Voltage 

Power Dissipation 

Operating Junction Temperature Range 

SGI 23 

SG223 

SG323 
Storage Temperature Range 
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec) 



20V 
Internally Limited 

-55°Cto +150°C 

-25°Cto +150°C 

0°Cto +125°C 

-65°Cto + 150°C 

300°C 



Electrical Characteristics (Note 1) 



PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


SG123/SG223 


SG323 


UNITS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


Output Voltage 


T = 25°C 

V = 7.5V, 1 = 


4.7 


5 


5.3 


4.8 


5 


5.2 


V 


Output Voltage 


7.5V < V < 15V 
< 1 < 3A, P < 30W 


4.6 




5.4 


4.75 




5.25 


V 


Line Regulation (Note 2) 


T = 25°C 

7.5V < V < 15V 




5 


25 




5 


25 


mV 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 


T = 25°C, V = 7.5V 
< 1 < 3A 




25 


100 




25 


100 


mV 


Quiescent Current 


7.5V < V < 15V, 
< 1 < 3A 




12 


20 




12 


20 


mA 


Short Circuit Current Limit 


T = 25°C 

V = 15V 

V = 7.5V 




3 
4 


4.5 
5 




3 
4 


4.5 
5 


A 
A 


Long Term Stability 








35 1 






35 


mV 


Thermal Resistance Junction 
to Case (Note 3) 






2 






2 




°C/W 



Note 1: Unless otherwise noted, specifications apply for -55°C < T < + 150°C for the SG123, 25°C < T < f 150°C 
for the SG223, and 0° < T < + 125°C for the SG323. Specifications apply for P < 30W. "" ~ 

Note 2: Load and line regulation are specified with high speed tests in order to separate their effects from temperature 
coefficient. Pulse testing is required with a pulse width < 1 ms and a duty cycle < 5%. 

Note 3: The junction to ambient thermal resistance of the TO-3 package is about 35°C W. 

18 



General-Purpose Positive Regulator 



SG723/723C 



This regulator is designed for use with either positive or negative 
supplies as a series, shunt, switching, or floating regulator with currents 
up to 150mA. Higher current requirements may be accommodated 
through the use of external NPN or PNP power transistors. 

• Positive or negative supply operation 

• 0.03% line and load regulation 

• Output adjustable from 2 to 37V 

• Low standby current drain 

• 0.002%/°C average temperature variation 



PARAMETERS 


723 * 


723C 1 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


OC 


Package Types 


T*,J 


T\J, N 


- 


Input Voltage Range 


9.5 to 50 


9.5 to 50 


V 


Output Voltage Range 


2.0 to 37 


2.0 to 37 


V 


Input/Output Differential 


3.0 to 38 


3.0 to 38 


V 


Load Regulation ' 


0.15 


0.2 


%v out 


Line Regulation Vj n = 12 to 40V 


0.2 


0.5 


%V ou t 


Ripple Rejection C re f = 5/uF; f = 50Hz to 10KHz 


86 (typ) 


86 (typ) 


dB 


Reference Voltage 


6.95 - 7.35 


6.80 - 7.50 


V 


Temperature Stability 


0.015 


0.015 


%/oc 


Output Noise Voltage C re f = 0; BW = 100Hz to 10KHz 


20 (typ) 


20 (typ) 


MV rms 


Standby Current Drain 


3.5 


4.0 


mA 


Minimum Load Current 








mA 


Long Term Stability 


0.1 (typ) 


0.1 (typ) 


%/khr 



Parameters apply at T A = +25°C, except temperature stability is over temperature ranges. 

Applies for constant junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken into account s 
when the unit is operating under conditions of high dissipation. 

3 I L = 1 to 50 mA. 

•T-package is TO-96 (can height: 240" max., 230" min.) 




SG723/723C Chip 
(See T-Package for pad functions) 
Note: Vz (Pin X) is available only in 
J or N-Package 





High Current Regulator 
External NPN Transistor 
l L = 1A 



Basic High Voltage Regulator 
V out = 7 to 37 volts 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



NC{i 




gv. 


vz {• 




gVREF 


vout£ 
v c £ 


TOP VIEW I 
JorN | 


-> NON-INVERTING 
!J INPUT 

71 INVERTING 
?* INPUT 
7i CURRENT 
il SENSE 


FREQ COMP £ 




Jl CURRENT 
J LIMIT 


NCO 


n 


[] NC 



VZ available only in 
J or N Package 





Basic Low Voltage 

Regulator 

Vout * 2 to 7 volts 



19 



Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators 



SG1501A/2501A/3501A/4501 

SG1501A dual tracking regulators are factory set to provide 
balanced ±15V outputs, but a single external adjustment can be 
used to change both outputs simultaneously. Line regulation of 
20 mV and load regulation of 30 mV is guaranteed and, stability, 
over temperature, is 1% or less. Provision is made for adjustable 
current limiting and operation in excess of 2 amps is feasible with 
external transistors. 



In the SG1501A, a built-in sensing circuit monitors junction 
temperature and' shuts down the regulator above 170°C 
eliminating the need for concern about power dissipation under 
short circuit conditions. The SG1501A series also offers superior 
input/output voltage range and current handling capability (refer 
to table of specifications). 



• Thermal shutdown protection 

• ±35V inputs 

• Output current to 200mA 

• Output adjustable from ±10V to ±23V 



PARAMETERS 1 


1501 A 


2501 A 


3501 A 


4501 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


to +70 


to +70 


OC 


Package Types 


T, J 


T.J.N 


- 


Output Voltage 


±14.8/15.2 


±14.5/15.5 


±14.25/15.75 


V 


Input Voltage 


±35 


±30 


±30 


V 


Input/Output Differential 


2 


2 


2 


V 


Output Voltage Balance 


150 


300 


300 


mV 


Line Regulation (Vj n = 17 to Vmax^ 


20 


20 


20 


mV 


Load Regulation (lj_ = to 50mA) 5 


30 


30 


30 


mV 


Output Voltage Range 


10 to 23 


10 to 23 


10 to 23 


V 


Input Voltage Range (8V out ) 


10 to 35 


10 to 30 


12to30 4 


V 


Ripple Rejection (f - 120Hz) 


75 (typ) 


75 (typ) 


75 (typ) 


dB 


Temperature Stability 


1.0 


1.0 


1.0 


% 


Short Circuit Current Limit 


60 (typ) 


60 (typ) 


60 (typ) 


mA 


Output Noise Voltage 


50 (typ) 


50 (typ) 


50 (typ) 


juVrms 


Positive Standby Current 


4 


4 


4 


mA 


Negative Standby Current 


5 


5 


5 


mA 


Long Term Stability 


0.1 (typ) 


0.1 (typ) 


0.1 (typ) 


%/khr 


Output Current 


200 


200 


100 


mA 


Thermal Shutdown Protection 


yes 


yes 


yes 


- 



All specifications apply to both positive and negative sides of the regulator, either singly or together. Unless otherwise specified 
T A = +25°C, V jn = 20V, V out = 15V, l L = 0, Rsc = 0&, CI = C2 = 0.01 mfd, C3 = C4 = 1.0 mfd, voltage adjust pin open 



BW = lOOHzto 10kHz 



10V output 



Over temperature range 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 




SG1501A/2501 A/3501 A Chip (See T-package diagram 
for pad. functions) Note: Balance Adjust (Pin X) is 
available only on D or N package.) 



NEG. INPUT V-[s 




>] P0S. INPUT V+ 


NEG. INPUT V- 


NC [» 




6 1 NC 


NEG. OUTPUT /-""TrT'-X POS. INPUT V+ 


NEG. OUTPUT H 








TOP VIEW . 




NEG. SENSE /0 Topvitw qW OUTPUT 


NEG. SENSE !i 




*} P0S. SENSE 






package ; 




NEG. STAB. \W ^ 7 POS. SENSE 


NEG. STAB, i 




j] POS. STAB. 


\® (3) ®7 

VOLT. ADJ>^ ^jL-^POS. STAB. 


NC ji 




2; BALANCE A0J. 


V0LTA0J . k 


jl 


<: GND 


GN0 



See Applications Notes for additional information 



20 



Adjustable Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators 



SG1502/2502/3502 

This circuit is identical to the SGI 501 series of dual polarity tracking 
regulators except that the internal voltage setting resistors are not included 
and the current limit inputs have been disconnected from the pass 
transistors. While this circuit does require external divider resistors, 
maximum versatility is offered in adjusting the output voltage levels, and 
additional current-limit inputs ease the application of foldback current 
limiting. In all other respects, this circuit performs as the SGI 501. 



• Positive and negative output voltages 

independently adjustable from 10 to 28V 

• Output currents to 100mA 

• Line and load regulation of 0.1% 

• 1% maximum temperature variation 

• Standby current drain only 4mA 

• Internal thermal shutdown protection 



PARAMETERS* 


1502 


2502 


3502 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


to +70 


OC 


Package Types 


jV 




J, N 


- 


Input Voltage Range 


±12/30 


±12/25 


V 


Output Voltage Range 


±10/28 


±10/23 


V 


Input/Output Differential 


2 


2 


V 


Line Regulation (AV in = 10V) 5 


0.2 


0.2 


%V ou t 


Load Regulation 0i_ = to 50mA) a 


0.3 


0.3 


%V ou t 


Temperature Stability 


1.0 


1.0 


%V ou t 


Current Limit Sense Voltage 


0.6 (typ) 


0.6 (typ) 


V 


Reference Voltage 


6.3/6.6 


6.2/6.8 


V 


Ripple Rejection f = 1 20Hz 


75 (typ) 


75 (typ) 


dB 


Output Noise Voltage 2 


50 (typ) 


50 


/tiVrms 


Positive Standby Current 3 


4 


4 


mA 


Negative Standby Current 


5 


5 


mA 


Long Term Stability 


0.1 (typ) 


0.1 (typ) 


%/khr 



All specifications apply to both positive and negative sides of the regulator either singly or together. Unless otherwise specified 
T A = +25°C, V, n = +20V, V out = +15 V, l L = 0, R sc = 0«, CI = C2 = 0.01 mfd, C3 = C4 = 1.0 mfd. 



BW= lOOHztO 10kHz 



Divider 1 = 0.5mA 



1502 not available in plastic 



Over temperature range 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 



BASIC REGULATOR CIRCUIT 



V|n OUT CL SENSE STAB I BAL GNO 
raSITIVE I **" 



NEGATIVE | 

II OUT CL SENSE STAB I HEF 



T«! 



t 



!? 



jS L^-y.J |" |" 



!» 



NEGATIVE VO- *f™ 2 , POSITIVE V<> - {j} NEGATIVE V 

For best temperature performance, the parallel im- 
pedance of R1 and R2 should be 6.3 K ohm while 
that of R3 and R4 should be 10 K. Increasing the 
value of C1 and C2 will reduce the frequency response 
while transient response may be improved by increas- 
ing C3 and C4. For very low-noise applications, a 4.7 
mfd capacitor for Cref may be added. Rsc is selected 
such that a sense voltage of 0.6 volts (at Tj = 25°C) 
is developed at the maximum load current desired. 



NE6. INPUT V-5 




3 POS. INPUT v+ 


NEC OUTPUT (• 




•] POS. OUTPUT 


CURRENT Si 
LIMIT u 

NEG. SENSE E 


«.«. 


71 CURRENT 
51 LIMIT 

«] POS. SENSE 


NEC. STAB. £ 




3 POS. STAB. 


REF. BYPASS £ 




Ij BALANCE 
il ADJUST 


VOLTAGE AOiUST^ 


n 


j] GNO 




See Applications Notes for additional information 



21 



Precision Negative Regulator 



SG1511 / SG3511 

Description 

This monolithic voltage regulator is designed for negative 
applications as a complement to the popular SG723 
positive regulator and has the same high degree of 
versatility, and wide range of applications. The SG1511 / 
3511 regulator consists of a temperature compensated 
reference, error amplifier, series pass transistor, 
temperature compensated, low-threshold current limit and 
remote shutdown circuitryrThis device by itself will 
supply load currents of up to 50mA with higher current 
requirements easily accommodated through the use of 
external NPN or PNP power transistors. 

The SG151 1 is specified to operate over the full military 
temperature range of — 55°C to + 125°C while the SG351 1 
is designed for commercial applications of 0°C to +70°C. 



Features 

• Output adjustable from -2 to -37 volts 

• Output current to 50mA 

• .002% /C average temperature variation 

• Temperature compensated current limiting 

• .03% line and load regulation 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Input voltage 

Input-output voltage differential 

Maximum output current 

Current from V REF 

Power dissipation 

Derate above 25 °C 
Operating temperature range 
Storage temperature range 



-40 volts 
—40 volts 
—50mA 
— 5mA 

680mW 

5.4mW/°C 
-55°Cto +125°C 
-65°Cto +150°C 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 




N.C. (i 

N.C. [» 

-Voot f« 

Current Limit |H 

Current Sense fj 

Compensation [n 

Shutdown |m 




TOP VIEW 
JorN 
Package 



H 



3 N.C. 
i]N.C. 

g-v 1N 

3v BEF 

3 Ground 
2] Invert Input 
1] Non. Inv. Input 



Electrical Characteristics Unless otherwise specified, 

T A = 25°C, V in = 12V, V ^-5V, l L = 1mA, R sc = Oil, C = 2200 pf, R S1) = 


On. 






Parameters 


Conditions 


Min. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Units 


Input Voltage Range 




-9.5 




40 


V 


Output Voltage Range 




-2.0 




37 


V 


Input-Output Differential 




-3.0 




38 


V 


Line Regulation 


V„ I = -9to-12V 




.01 


0.1 


% v 


V,„ = -12 to -40V 




.02 


0.2 


% v 


Load Regulation 


l r , = 1 to 20mA 




.03 


0.1 


% v 


Ripple Rejection 


f ■= 50 Hz to 10 kHz 




86 




db 


Temperature Stability 


Over Operating Range 




.002 


.015 


%/°c 


Current Limit Sense Voltage 






70 




mV 


Current Limit T c 






i0.2 




mV/°C 


Reference Voltage 




. -5.9 


-6.2 


-6.5 


V 


Shutdown Resistance (R s „) 




2.0 


3.0 


5.0 


K ohm 


Standby Current Drain 


V iM =-30V 




1.5 


2.5 


mA 


Output Noise Voltage 


BW = 100Hz to lOKHz 




20 




MV,, ns 


Long Term Stability 






0.1 




% 1 Khr. 



Applications 

Basic Negative Voltage Regulator (Fig. 1) 

1. For low voltage applications, (V = — 2 to - 



Ri -<- R 2 



R 3 = 



Ri R2 



6V): 



W7 ^R 7 <500 ilt A, R 4 =oo 

2. For high voltage application, (V = —6 to —37V) 
m — ^ KEP W* 3 + ^ 4 ) d _ R3 R4 

V - p^ - . Rl - R 3 + R 4 . R2-00 

3. For constant-current limiting: 
r _ 70 mV 

n * F ~ l s , (max) 

4. If shut-down is not required, set R SD = 0. 
Regulator will shut-down when R SD > 5K ohms. 

High Current Applications (Fig. 2) 

1. Select Ri, R 2 , R3 and R 4 as per basic regulator application. 

2. For thermal shutdown, mount thermistor R s „ with close 
thermal coupling to the 2N3055 power transistor. 

3. R5 and R 6 provide foldback current limiting: 
70mV _ 70mV V R 5 

R„. ' '-"~ R S( . R S ,,(R5+R 6 ) 



l.c = - 



(Fig. 1) 



T 



H 



T R.. 
C.L. 1 



u 



[ «* Y 21 



~T. 



— *-v 



1, 



i :r. |r. 



(Fig. 2) 



& 



Regulating Pulse Width Modulator 



SG1524 / SG2524 / SG3524 



Description 

This monolithic integrated circuit contains all the control 
circuitry for a regulating power supply inverter or switching 
regulator. Included in a 16-pin dual-in-line package is the 
voltage reference, error-amplifier, oscillator, pulse width 
modulator, pulse steering flip-flop, dual alternating output 
switches and current limiting and shut-down circuitry. This 
device can be used for switching regulators of either polar- 
ity, transformer coupled DC to DC converters, transformer- 
less voltage doublers and polarity converters, as well as 
other power control applications. The SG1524 is specified 
for operation over the full military temperature range of 
-55°C to +125°C, while the SG2524 and SG3524 are 
designed for commercial applications of 0°C to +70°C. 



Features 

• Complete PWM power control circuitry 

• Single ended or push-pull outputs 

• Line and load regulation of 0.2% 

• 1% maximum temperature variation 

• Total supply current less than 10mA 

• Operation beyond 100kHz 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Input Voltage 

Output Current (each output) 
Reference Output Current 
Oscillator Charging Current 



40V 

100mA 

50mA 

5mA 



Power Dissipation (package limitation) 


1000mW 


Derate above 25°C 


8mW/°C 


Operating Temperature Range 




SG1524 


-55°Cto+125°C 


SG2524/SG3524 


0°C to +70° C 


Storage Temperature Range 


-65°Cto+150°C 



BLOCK DIAGRAM 




CONNECTION DIAGRAM 



CHIP LAYOUT 





23 



Regulating Pulse Width Modulator 



SG1524 / SG2524 / SG3524 



Electrical Characteristics (Unless otherwise stated, these specifications apply for T A =-55°C to ■» 
+70°C for the SG2524 and SG3524, V IN = 20V, and f = 20kHz) 


125°C for the SG1524 and 0°C to 


PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


SG1 


524 


SG2524 


SG3524 


UNITS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


Reference Section: 




4.8 


5.0 


5.2 


4.6 


5.0 


5.4 


V 


Output Voltage: 


Line Regulation 


V, N = 8 to 40 Volts 


- 


10 


20 


- 


10 


30 


mV 


Load Regulation 


l L =0 to 20mA 


- 


20 


50 


- 


20 


50 


mV 


Ripple Rejection 


f = 120Hz,T A =25°C 


- 


66 


- 


- 


66 


- 


dB 


Short Circuit Current Limit 


V REF =0.T A =25°C 


- 


100 


- 


- 


100 


- 


mA 


Temperature Stability 


Over Operating Temperature Range 


- 


0.3 


1 


- 


0.3 


1 


% 


Long Term Stability 


T A =25°C 


- 


20 


- 


- 


20 


- 


mV/khr 


Oscillator Section: 


C T = .001 mfd. R T = 2kS2 




300 






300 




kHz 


Maximum Frequency 


Initial Accuracy 


R T and C T constant 


- 


5 


- 


- 


5 


- 


% 


Voltage Stability 


V, N = 8 to 40 Volts, T A = 25°C 


- 


- 


1 


- 


- 


1 


% 


Temperature Stability 


Over Operating Temperature Range 


- 


- 


2 


- 


- 


2 


% 


Output Amplitude 


Pin 3. T A = 25°C 


- 


3.5 


- 


- 


3.5 


- 


V 


Output Pulse Width 


C T = .01 mfd,T A =25°C 


- 


0.5 


- 


- 


0.5 


- 


MS 


Error Amplifier Section: 


V CM = 2.5 Volts 




0.5 


5 




2 


10 


mV 


Input Offset Voltage 


Input Bias Current 


V CM = 2.5 Volts 


- 


2 


10 


- 


2 


10 


/uA 


Open Loop Voltage Gain 




72 


80 


- 


60 


80 


- 


dB 


Common Mode Voltage 


T A =25°C 


1.8 


- 


3.4 


1.8 


- 


3.4 


V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


T A =25°C 


- 


70 


- 


- 


70 


- 


dB 


Small Signal Bandwidth 


A v =0vjB.T a =25°C 


- 


3 


- 


- 


3 


- 


MHz 


Output Voltage 


T A =25°C 


0.5 


- 


3.8 


0.5 


- 


3.8 


V 


Comparator Section: 


% Each Output On 







45 







45 


%. 


Duty Cycle 


Input Threshold 


Zero Duty Cycle 


- 


1 


- 


- 


1 


- 


V 


Input Threshold 


Max. Duty Cycle 


- 


3.5 


- 


- 


3.5 


- 


V 


Input Bias Current 




- 


1 


- 


- 


1 


- 


PA 


Current Limiting Section: 


Pin 9 = 2V with Error Amplifier 
Set for Max Out, T A = 25°C 


190 


200 


210 


180 


200 


220 


mV 


Sense Voltage 


Sense Voltage T.C. 




- 


0.2 


- 


- 


0.2 


- 


mV/°C 


Common Mode Voltage 




-1 


- 


+1 


-1 


- 


+1 


V 


Output Section: (Each Output) 




40 






40 






V 


Collector-Emitter Voltage 


Collector Leakage Current 


V CE = 40V 


- 


0.1 


50 


- 


0.1 


50 


/iA 


Saturation Voltage 


l c = 50mA 


- 


1 


2 


- 


1 


2 


V 


Emitter Output Voltage 


V IN = 20V 


17 


18 


- 


17 


18 


- 


V 


Rise Time 


R c =2Kohm,T A =25°C 


- 


0.2 


- 


- 


0.2 


- 


MS 


Fall Time , 


R c =2Kohm,T A =25°C 


- 


0.1 


- 


- 


0.1 


- 


MS 


Total Standby Current: 


V IN =40V 




8 


10 




8 


10 


mA 


(Excluding oscillator charging 
current, error and current limit 
dividers, and with outputs open) 



OPEN LOOP TEST CIRCUIT 




SG1524 
7 2 19 10 4 



A A N.I. A ,nv - A~ JL Shut icur 

ORamp Omput Qlnput Q Comp. Down (Tyi 



Rt< Cl ~ 




Regulating Pulse Width Modulator 



SG1524 / SG2524 / SG3524 



Oscillator 

The oscillator in. the SG1524 uses an external resistor (R T ) 
to establish a constant charging current into an external 
capacitor (C T ). While this uses more current than a series 
connected RC, it provides a linear ramp voltage on the 
capacitor which is also used as a reference for the compara- 
tor. The charging current is equal to 3.6V -r R T and should 
be kept within the range of approximately 30 juA to 2 mA, 
i.e., 1 .8k < R T < 100k. The range of values for C T also has 
limits as the discharge time of C T determines the pulse 
width of the oscillator output pulse. This pulse is used 
(among other things) as a blanking pulse to both outputs 
to insure that there is no possibility of having both outputs 
on simultaneously during transitions. This output dead 
time relationship is shown in Figure 1. A pulse width below 
approximately 0.5 microseconds may allow false triggering 
of one output by removing the blanking pulse prior to the 
flip-flop's reaching a stable state. If small values of C T 
must be used, the pulse width may still be expanded by 
adding a shunt capacitance (« 100 pf) to ground at the 
oscillator output. (Note: Although the oscillator output is 
a convenient oscilloscope sync input, the cable and input 
capacitance may increase the blanking pulse width slightly.) 
Obviously, the upper limit to the pulse width is determined 
by the maximum duty cycle acceptable. Practical values of 
C T fall between .001 and 1.0 mfd. 



The use of Figure 2 will allow selection of Rj and C-r 
for a wide range of operating frequencies. Note that for 
series regulator applications, the two outputs can be con- 
nected in parallel for an effective - 90% duty cycle and 
the frequency of the oscillator is the frequency of the out- 
put. For push-pull applications, the outputs are separated 
and the flip-flop divides the frequency such that each 
output's duty cycle is - 45% and the overall frequency is 
Va that of the oscillator. 

If it is desired to synchronize the SG 1524 to an external 
clock, a pulse of « + 3 volts may be applied to the oscilla- 
tor output terminal with R T C T set slightly greater than 
the clock period. The same considerations of pulse width 
apply. The impedance to ground at this point is approxi- 
mately 2k ohms. 

If two or more SG1524's must be synchronized together, 
the easiest method is to interconnect all pin 3 terminals, 
tie all pin 7's together and to a single C-r, leave all pin 6's 
open except one which is connected to a single Rj. 



The oscillator period is approximately t = R T C T where t is 
in microseconds whenR T = ohms andC T = microfarads. 

























i 5 


















| 5 

§ 3 

» 2 

i 


















































i 


















§ °- 5 


































FIGL 


.001 .002 .005 .01 .02 .05 
TIMING CAPACITOR VALUE (C T ) - MICROFARADS 

J RE 1. Output stage dead time as a function 
of the timing capacitor value. 











100 






















| 50 






















1 20 








^V 








^T2 










*-3 


\$r*$f*X t/ 


i» 






Hr 


*jr *£ 


r ^ 




°y *& 
























o s 

i 

2 












































' J 


















1 


2 


o s 


1 


M 21 


DO 9 


00 1 






OSCILLATOR PERIOD - MICROSECONDS 


FIGURE 2. Oscillator period as a function of Rj and Cj. 



25 



Regulating Pulse Width Modulator 



SG1524 / SG2524 / SG3524 



Current Limiting 

The current limiting circuitry of the SG1524 is shown in 
Figure 3. 

By matching the base-emitter voltages of Q1 and Q2, and 
assuming negligible voltage drop across R-,, 

Threshold = V BE (Q1) + I, R 2 - V BE (Q2) = h R 2 
»200mV 

Although this curcuit provides a relatively small threshold 
with a negligible temperature coefficient, there are some 
limitations to its use, the most important of which is the 
±1 volt common mode range which requires sensing in the 
ground line, Another factor to consider is that the frequency 
compensation provided by R-jC-, and Q1 provides a roll- 
off pole at approximately 300 Hertz. 

Since the gain of this circuit is relatively low, there is a 



transition region as the current limit amplifier takes over 
pulse width control from the error amplifier. For testing 
purposes, threshold is defined as the input voltage to get 
25% duty cycle with the error amplifier signaling maximum 
duty cycle. 

If this current limit circuitry is unused, pins 4 and 5 should 
both be grounded. 






In this conventional single-ended regulator circuit, the two outputs of 
the SGI 524 are connected in parallel for effective - 90% duty -cycle 
modulation. The use of an output inductor requires and R-C phase 
compensation network for loop stability. 



Push-pull outputs are used in this transformer-coupled DC-DC regu- 
lating converter. Note that the oscillator" must be set at twice the 
desired output frequency as the SG1524's internal flip-flop divides the 
frequency by 2 as it switches the P.W.M. signal from one output to the 
other. Current limiting is done here in the primary so that the pulse 
width will be reduced should transformer saturation occur. 



26 



Precision General-Purpose Regulator 



SG1532 / SG2532 / SG3532 



DESCRIPTION 

This monolithic integrated circuit is a versatile, general- 
purpose voltage regulator designed as a substantially improved 
replacement for the popular SG723 device. The SG1532 series 
regulators retain all the versatility of the SG723 but have the 
added benefits of operation with input voltages as low as 4.5 
volts and as high as 50 volts; a low noise, low voltage refer- 
ence; temperature compensated, low threshold current limit- 
ing; and orotective circuits which include thermal shutdown 
and independent current limiting of both the reference and 
output voltages. Also included is a separate remote shutdown 
terminal and - in the dual-in-line package - open collector 
outputs for low input-output differential applications. 

These devices are available in both hermetic 14-pin cerdip DIL 
and 10-pin TO-96 packages. In the T-package, these units 
are interchangeable with the LAS-1000 and LAS- 1 100 
regulators. The SGI 532 is rated for operation over the tem- 
perature range of -55<>C to +125QC while the SG2532 and 
SG3532 are intended for industrial applications of 0°C to 
+70OC. 



FEATURES: 

• Input voltage range of 4.5 to 50 volts 

• 2.5 volt low noise reference 

• Independent shutdown terminal 

• Improved line and load regulation 

• 80 mV current limit sense voltage 

• Fully protected including thermal shutdown 

• Useful output current to 150 mA 

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS: 



CONNECTION 
DIAGRAMS 

TOP VIEWS 



CURRENT LIMIT 




CURRENT SENSE 



T-Package (TO-9i 



SHUTDOWN 


8 


7 


Vz 


9 


6 


V 0UT 


10 


5 


v c 


11 


4 


v+ 


12 


3 


FREQ. COMP 


13 


2 


N.C. 


H r 


I ' 



V REF 

N.I. INPUT 

INV. INPUT 

CURRENT SENSE 

CURRENT LIMIT 

N.C. 



J-Package (TO-116) 




Input Voltage 

SG 1532/2532 
SG3532 

Output Current 

Reference Current 

Zener current (J-package only) 

Storage Temperature Range 

Power Dissipation 
T-Package (TO-96) 
Derate Above 25°C 

J-Package (TO-116) 
Derate Above 25°C 

Operating Temperature Range 
SG1532 
SG2532.and SG3532 



50 Volts 
40 Volts 

250 mA 

25 mA 

25 mA 

-65OCto+150OC 

800 mW 
6.4 mW/0C 

1000mW 
8mW/0C 

-55QCto+125oC 
QOC to +70OC 



SIMPLIFIED SCHEMATIC 

is numbered for J-Package — T-Package numbers in parenthesis 



| ® VC 




-©COMP 



January 1978 



27 



Data subject to change without notice. 



Precision General-Purpose Regulator 



SG1532 / SG2532 / SG3532 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2) 



PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


SG1532/2532 


SG3532 


UNITS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


Input Voltage 


Ta = 250C 


4.5 


- 


50 


4.5 


- 


40 


Volts 


Input Voltage 


Over Temperature Range 


4.7 


- 


50 


4.7 


- 


40 


Volts 


Output Voltage 




2.0 


- 


38 


2.0 


- 


38 


Volts 


Max Output Current 


Rsc = 0, Vo = 0, T A = 250c 


- 


175 


250 


- 


175 


250 


mA 


Min(V||\|-Vo) 


IO=100mA,TA = 25oc 


- 


1.7 


2.0 


- 


1.7 


2.0 


Volts 


Reference Voltage 


Ta = 250C 


2.40 


2.50 


2.60 


2.40 


2.50 


2.60 


Volts 


Reference Voltage 


Over Temperature Range 


2.35 


- 


2.65 


2.35 


.r- 


2.65 


Volts 


Temperature Stability 




— 


.005 


.015 


— 


.605 


.015 


%/0C 


Ref Short Ckt Current 


VREF = / T A = 25OC 


— 


15 


25 


— 


15 


25 


mA 


Line Regulation 


8V<V|N<40V 


— 


.005 


.01 


- 


.005 


.02 


%/V 


Line Regulation 


8V< V|N<20V / lo = 25mA 


- 


.01 


.02 


- 


.01 


.03 


%/V 


Load Regulation 


1 mA< lo< 25 mA 


- 


.002 


.004 


- 


.002 


.004 


%/mA 


Load Regulation 


1 mA< lo< 100 mA 


- 


.002 


.005 


- 


.002 


.005 


%/mA 


Current Limit 
Sense Voltage 


RSC= 100ft, Vo = 


.06 


.08 


.10 


.06 


.08 


.10 


Volts 


Shutdown Voltage 
Threshold 




.40 


.70 


1.0 


.40 


.70 


1.0 


Volts 


Shutdown Source 
Current 


Vo = high 


100 


200 


300 


100 


200 


300 


MA 


Zener Voltage 


J-Package only 


6.0 


6.4 


7.0 


6.0 


6.4 


7.0 


Volts 


Standby Current 


V|N = 40V 


- 


2.5 


3.5 


- 


2.5 


3.5 


mA 


Error Amplifier 
Offset Voltage 







2.0 


10 





2.0 


15 


mV 


Error Amplifier 
Input Bias Current 




_ 


4 


15 


_ 


4 


20 


//A 


Open Loop Gain 


Ta = 250C 


66 


68 


72 


60 


68 


72 


dB 


Ripple Rejection 


f= 120Hz, Ta = 250C 


- 


66 


- 


- 


66 


- 


dB 


Output Noise 


10Hz < f < 100kHz, Ta = 250C 


- 


50 


- 


- 


50 


- 


JuVrms 


Long Term Stability 


V|N = 30V,Ta= 1250C 


- 


0.3 


1.0 


- 


0.3 


1.0 


%/kHr 


Thermal Shutdown 




- 


175 


- 


- 


175 


- 


OC 



Note 1 : Unless otherwise specified, V||\| = 10V, Vo - 5V, Ifj : 
Note 2: All regulation specifications are measured at constant 
pulse test. 



= 1 mA, Ta -" specified operating range, 
junction temperature using low duty-cycle 



Irnxnl j-package 

/p-lr" 



PACKAGE 
CONFIGURATION 



oat 

0.220 



IH-JL 





T-PACKAGE 
Ik (TO-96) 



28 



Precision General-Purpose Regulator 



SG1532 / SG2532 / SG3532 



STANDBY CURRENT 















3 
















Tj = 125QC 






2 


/ 










/, 




Tj = 250C 








/// 




Tj = -55oc 









1 











20 30 40 

Input Voltage - V 



MINIMUM INPUT — OUTPUT VOLTAGE 



I,s 



Vo = 5V 
RSC = 
AVo = 100 mV 




V+ toVo 
Vc to Vo 







Tj = -55QC 
TJ = 25QC_ 






















■H^ffS- 


IijjS-- 


***&2-- --- 


- — zzz 




20 40 60 80 100 
Load Current — mA 



8 -4 



CURRENT LIMITING 



RIPPLE REJECTION 











V|N = 
Vo = 


10V 
5V 










RSC 


= 10U 




tj 
tj 


= 125QC - 
= 25oc - 


vA 








Tj 


= -55QC — 





















-0 

00 

i -20 
.2 

S 
'ST 
CC 

"5. -40 

a 
£ 

-60 












V|M = 

Vo = 

I L =1 

c c = 

Tj = 2 


10V 
5V 








1000 PF 
50C 




























-80 









20 40 60 80 100 

Current Limit Sense Voltage - mV 



Frequency — Hertz 



FREQUENCY RESPONSE 



TRANSIENT RESPONSE 



80 








1 

V|N = 10V 
Vo = 5V 






*~^<s 






40 


^> 


s Open Loop Gain ^S 

\ |cc = o-> 

^ Cc = 1000 PF 


l L =1r 


nA 


180 




„ Pha 


>e Angle 

Cc = 0=- 


^ 

^ X s 









V 

V 


y- CC = 100( 


PF >, 


^'" 




280 










X^ 



f +50 
O 













| 






Line Responsi 


s 


ft 






I AV|N = 3V 








' V|N = 10V, Vo = 5V 

lL=1mA, Cc= 1000 PF 
Tj = 250C, RsC = 








\^ Load Response 








AlL=10mA 




/ 










' 





1k 10k 100k 1M 

Frequency — Hertz 



> 10 15 

Time — Microseconds 



29 



Precision General-Purpose Regulator 



SG1532 / SG2532 / SG3532 

APPLICATIONS 



BASIC LOW CURRENT REGULATOR 







v+ 
Vref 

N.I. 
S.D. 
V- 


vo 
v z 

C.L. 

C.S. 

INV 

COMP 














-1 




; RSC 






:ri 


1 


i 


~1 ] 


> R 2 


GND — - 











Vo- Vref (1*51) 
R3 = Rl + R 2 



ISC 



Sense Voltage 
RSC 



Cc=1000PF 
iQto 100 mA 



HIGH CURRENT REGULATOR WITH FOLDBACK 
CURRENT LIMITING AND REMOTE SHUTDOWN 



+V| N - 



R3 T 



v c 
v+ 

vref 
n.i. 

S.D. 
V- 



vo 
vz 

C.L. 

C.S. 

INV 

COMP 



"*^< 



I 



R4 

■f VA — > 



Rsc 
.05n 



Ri 
5ion: 



cc T 

PF I 



K R2< 
510O 



CO 

4=100 

MFD 



Output Voltage = 5V Ljne Reg 10 - 30V = 3 mV 

Max Output Current = 8A Load Reg - 5A = 17 mV 

Min Vim at No Load = 6.9V Short Circujt Current = 1-8A 
MinV|Nat5A = 8.2V 



HIGH EFFICIENCY, LOW VOLTAGE REGULATOR 













^ 2N6050 


"I 








:\M 


; 




























vc 
v+ 

vref 
n.i. 

S.D. 
V- 


vo 
vz 

C.L. 

C.S. 

INV. 

COMP 


















R3^ 
40QS 




2 


RSC < 

.01Q i 










R1 < 

5100^ 


■ + J 


Co 

-100 
MFD 




« 




— I R2 : 

510Q< 

ic c 

1000 PF 








GND 











90% EFFICIENT LINEAR REGULATOR 

High /3 PNP 




Output Voltage = 5V 
Max Output Current = 9A 
Min V|N at 5A = 7.0V 



Line Reg 7- 20V = 10 mV 
Load Reg - 5A = 25 mV 
Constant Current Limiting 



Output Voltage = 5V (Note 1) 
Max Output Current = 3A (Note 2) 
Min(V||\|-Vo>at2A = 0.4V 
Line Reg 6- 30V = 10 mV 
Load Reg - 2A = 20 mV 



GND 



Notes: 

1. For output voltages above 8 volts and load currents 
which allow PNP base current to be limited to 25 mA, 
the internal zener may be used, eliminating the need 
for the two external diodes and the divider on VreF- 

2. Rsc can De eliminated if the 200 mA current limit 
on Vo is adequate. Overall current limiting is depen- 
dent upon PNP 0. For greater accuracy, load current 
may be sensed in the ground line. 



30 



Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulator 



SG1568/1468 



SGI 568/1468 is a duat polarity tracking regulator designed to provide balanced positive and negative output voltages at currents to 100mA. The 
device is set internally for ±15V outputs but a single external adjustment can be used to change both outputs simultaneously from 14.5 to 20 volts. 
Input voltages up to ±30 volts can be used and there is provision for adjustable current limiting. 



• Outputs balanced to within 1% (SG1568) 

• Line and load regulation of 0.06% 

• 1% maximum output variation due to temperature changes 

• Standby current drain of 3.0mA 

• Remote sensing provisions 



PARAMETERS* 


SG1568 


SG1468 


UNIT 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +75 


oc 


Package Types 


T,J 


T,J,N 


- 


Peak Load Current 


100 


mA 


Storage Junction Temp Range 


-65 to +175 


oc 


Output Voltage 


14.8/15.2 


14.5/15.5 


V 


Input Voltage 


30 


30 


V 


Input-Output Voltage Differential 


2.0 


2.0 


V 


Output Voltage Balance 


±150 


±300 


mV 


Line Regulation Voltage 
(V jn = 18V to 30V) 
n"low ! toT nlgh 2 ) 


10 
20 


10 
20 


mV 


Load Regulation Voltage 

(l|_ = to 50 mA, Tj = constant) 
< T A = T|ow to T high> 


10 
30 


10 
30 


mV 


Output Voltage Range 


14.5/20 


14.5/20 


V 


Ripple Rejection (f = 120Hz) 


75 (typ) 


75 (typ) 


dB 


Output Voltage Temperature Stability 
(T, ow toT n j gn ) 


1.0 


1.0 


% 


Short-Circuit Current Limit 
(RSC ~ 1° ohms) 


60 (typ) 


60 (typ) 


mA 


Output Noise Voltage 
(BW = 100Hz - 10kHz) 


100 (typ) 


100 (typ) 


juV(rms) 


Positive Standby Current 
(V jn = +30V) 


4.0 


4.0 


mA 


Negative Standby Current 
(V ln = -30V) 


3.0 


3.0 


mA 


Long-Term Stability 


0.2 (typ) 


0.2 (typ) 


%/kHr 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



(VCC = +20 V, V EE = — 20V, CI = C2 = 1500 pF, C3 = C4 
l|_ + = l(_" = 0, T c = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 

! T| OW = OOC for 1468 2 

= —55°C for 1568 



■ 1.0 HF, R SC + = R sc ~ = 4.0ft, 



•high 



= +75° C for 1468 



NEG. INPUT V- (l 




i]. POS. INPUT V+ 


NCE 




*\ NC 


NEG. OUTPUT £ 
NEG. SENSE |t 
NEG. COMP fi 


Top View , 
JorN 
Package 


s] POS. OUTPUT 
*} POS. SENSE 
3] POS. COMP 


NC £ 




i] BALANCE ADJ. 


VOLT ADJ. £ 


n 


T]gno 





SG1568/1468 Chip (See J-Packqge 
diagram for pad functions) 



= +125°C for 1568 



±1 .5 Amp Regulator 
(Short Circuit Protected, 
with Proper Heatsinking) 



Basic 50 mA Regulator 





♦v* 


- V i„ 




;«sc* 


GND 


»wj 




-; 


1] 




^ 


, I.0.F 






I0»F , 



C1 and C2 should be located as close 
to the device as possible. A 0.1 uF 
ceramic capacitor may be required on 
the input lines if the device is located 
an appreciable distance from the 
rectifier filter capacitors. 

C3 and C4 may be increased to 
improve load transient response and to 
reduce the output noise voltage. At low 
temperature operation it may be 
necessary to bypass C4 with a 0.1//F 
ceramic disc capacitor. 



•TO 



Ji 



See Applications Notes for additional information. 
31 



Dual Tracking Voltage Regulator 



SG4194 



DESCRIPTION 

The SG4194 is a dual polarity tracking regulator 
designed to provide balanced or unbalanced output 
voltages at currents up to 200 mA. Both output 
voltages may be programmed between the limits of 
±100 mV and ±42 volts by a single resistor. A balance 
terminal allows adjustment for non-symmetrical 
positive and negative output voltages. 

This device is designed for ease of application with a 
minimal number of external components. In addition, 
internal current limiting and thermal shutdown 
provide full overload protection. 

The SG4194 regulator is available in two package 
types to meet a wide range of dissipation requirements. 
The R (TO-66) power package is rated at 3W at 
Ta = 25oC, while the J (TQ-116) 14-pin ceramic 
DIP will dissipate 1W at Ta = 25QC. 



Balanced Output Voltage - 




4.7^ F -vs=-15 



RO<kn) = 2.5Vout 



Unbalanced Output Voltage — 




Adjust RO for -VS = -6V (15KS2 ) then 
itR3for+VS = +12V(20Kft) 



• Simultaneously adjustable outputs with one 
resistor to ±42V 

• Load current ±200mA 

• Internal thermal shutdown at T= 175°C 

• Provision for ±V unbalancing 

• 3W power dissipation 

• .2% load regulation 

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 

Input Voltage ±V to Ground SG4194 : ±45V 

SG4194C: ±35V 

Input-Output Voltage Differential SG4194: ±45V 

SG4194C: ±35 V 
Power Dissipation at TA = 25°C 

J Package LOW 

Derate above 25°C 8 mW/°C 

R Package 3.0W 

Derate above 250C 24 mW/OQ 

Load Current 

J Package 1 50 mA 

R Package 250 mA 

Operation Junction Temperature Range 

SG4194 -550C to +150°C 

SG4194C 0OCto+125QC 

Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10s) +300°C 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 




"J" Dual In-Line Package 

(TOP VIEW) 

SG4194J 

SG4194CJ 



"R" (TO-66) Package 

(TOP VIEW) 

SG4194 R 

SG4194CR 






R -Package 
Pin Numbers 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 



PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


SG4194 


SG4194C 


UNITS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


Line Regulation 


AVin = 0.1Vin 




0.02 


0.1 




0.02 


0.1 


% Vout 


Load Regulation 


4194R: IL=1 to 200 mA 
4194J: IL= 1 to 100mA 




0.001 


0.002 




0.001 


0.004 


% Vo /mA 


TC of Output Voltage 






0.002 


0.015 




0.003 


0.015 


%/°c 


Stand-By Current Drain 
(NoteD 


Vin = Vmax. Vo = 0V 




+0.3 


+1,0 




+0.3 


+1.5 


mA 


Vin = Vmax,V o = 0V 




-1.2 


-2.0 




-1.2 


-3.0 


Input Voltage Range 




±9.5 




±45 


±9.5 




±35 


V 


Output Voltage Scale Factor 


Rset = 71.5K,Tj = 25°C 


2.45 


2.5 


2.55 


2.38 


2.5 


2.62 


Kft/V 


Output Voltage Range 


Rset = 71.5K 


0.10 




±42 


0.10 




±32 


V 


Output Voltage Tracking 








1.0 






2.0 


% 


Ripple Rejection 


f = 1 20Hz, Tj = 25°C 




70 






70 




dB 


Input-Output Voltage 
Differential 


I l = 50mA 


3.0 






3.0 






V 


Output Short Circuit Current 


Vin = ±30V Max 




300 






300 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage 


Cl_ = 4.7jUF,V = ±15V 
f = 10Hzto 100kHz 




250 






250 




JUVRMS 


Internal Thermal Shutdown 






175 






175 




°c 



Note 1 : ±l Quiescent wi " increase by 50/iA/V out on positive side and 100jUA/V out on negative side. 



32 



Voltage Regulators 



SG7800 / 140/ 340 Series ^ 3-Terminal Positive Regulators 



The SG7800/1 40/340 series of voltage regulators are monolithic 
integrated circuits designed to provide fixed output voltages at currents 
in exccess of one amp. These devices feature self-contained protective 
features which make them essentially blow-out proof. These consist of 
peak current limiting, safe-area control, and thermal shutdown for 
protection against excessive power dissipation. 

In addition to providing fixed voltages by themselves, these 
regulators can be used with external components for adjustable outputs 
and are available in TO-220 as well as hermetically sealed TO-39, TO-66 
and TO-3 power packages. 



• Output current in excess of one amp 

• Internal thermal shutdown protection 

• Self-contained foldback current limiting 

• Hermetically sealed steel power package 



Input voltage 

Power dissipation (Note 1) 
Storage temperature range 
Operating junction temperature range 

SG7800 series 

SG7800C series 

SG140 series 

SG240 series 

SG340 series 
Lead temperature (soldering, 10 sec.) 



+35V, except +40 for SG7824 
Internally limited 
-65° to +150° C 

0to+150°C 
to +125°C 
-55°Cto+150°C 
0to+150°C 
0to+125°C 
+300° C 




SG7800/ SERIES SUMMARY 



Part No. 



SG7805/7805C, SG 140-05/340-05 



SG7806/7806C, SG 140-06/340-06 



SG7808/7808C, SG 140-08/340-08 



SG7812/7812C, SG 140- 12/340- 12 



SG7815/7815C, SG 140- 15/340- 15 



SG7818/7818C, SG 140- 18/340- 18 



SG7824/7824C, SG 140-24/340-24 



Description 



Positive 5- Volt Regulator 



Positive 6-Volt Regulator 



Positive 8- Volt Regulator 



Positive 12- Volt Regulator 



Positive 15- Volt Regulator 



Positive 18- Volt Regulator 



Positive 24- Volt Regulator 



Tab 



F°l 



PACKAGES 

P-Package 
TO-220 

FRONT VIEW 

1 — Input 

2 - Output 

3 — Ground 
Tab — Ground 




T-Package 
TO-39 



TOP VIEWS 



APPLICATIONS 

Fixed Output Regulator 



f T_ 



SG7800/140 



T 



= o.ipf 



NOTES: 

+ Increasing value of output capacitor increases system transient response. 
++ Required only if regulator is located an appreciable distance from power supply filter. 



Circuit for Increasing Output Voltage 



I' 



x 



vo=v X x(i + py) + iqR2 



High Input Current, Short Circuit Protected 



R SC \ / 2N4398 




SG7800/140 



T 






33 



7800/140 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2) 



DEVICE TYPE 


7805 
140-05 


7806 
140-06 


7808 
140-08 


7812 
140-12 


7815 
140-15 


7818 
140-18 


7824 
140-24 


Units 


NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 


5 


6 


8 


12 


15 


18 


24 


Volts 


INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted) 


10 


11 


14 


19 


23 


27 


33 


Volts 


PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 




Output Voltage 


Tj = 25C-C 


4.8 




5.2 


5.75 




6.25 


7.7 




8.3 


f1.5 




12.5 


14.4 




15.6 


17.3 




18.7 


23.0 




25.0 


Volts 


Line Regulation 
(Note 4) 


Tj = 250C 


5 50 
(7V<V| N <25V) 


6 60 
(8V<V| N <25V) 


8 
(10.5V <V| N 


80 
<25V) 


12 120 
(14.5V <V|M<30V) 


15 150 
(17.5V <V|N<30V) 


20 180 
( 21V<V|(vi<33V) 


25 240 
(27V<V|n<38V) 


mV 


Line Regulation 
(Note 4) 


Tj = 25<>C 


(8V« 


1 

5 | 25 
SV| N <12V) 


I 6 I 30 

(9V<V| N <13V) 


J 8 I 40 
(11V<V| N <17V) 


I 12 I 60 
(16V<Vj N <22V) 


I 15 I 75 
(20V<V| N <26V) 


1 20 1 90 
(24V <V| N <30V) 


1 25 1 120 
(30V <V, N <36V) 


mV 


Load Regulation 

J R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 250C 

6mA<l < 1.5A 

5 mA < \q < 500 mA 




15 
5 


50 
25 




20 
6 


60 
30 




24 

7 


80 
40 




28 
8 


120 
60 




30 

10 


150 
75 




40 
12 


180 
90 




50 
16 


240 
120 


mV 
mV 


Load Regulation 

J R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 
250 mA <l <750 mA 
100mA<l <250mA 




15 
5 


25 
15 




20 
6 


30 
15 




24 

7 


40 
20 




28 
8 


60 
30 




30 
10 


75 
40 




40 
12 


90 
45 




50 
16 


120 
60 


mV 
mV 


Total Output 
Voltage Tolerance 


AIq Range 

K-Pkg: 5 mA <Iq <10A, P <20W 

T-Pkg: 5 mA*< l <200 mA, P <2W 

R-Pkg: 5mA<l <1.0A P<15W 


4.75 
(8V« 


*V|N< 


5.25 
20V) 


5.7 
(9V« 


;v, N < 


6.3 
21V) 


7.6 8.4 
(11.5V <I <23V) 


11.4 12.6 
(15.5V <V )N <27V) 


14.25 
(18.5V <V tN 


15.75 
^30V) 


17.1 18.9 
(22V<V| N <33V) 


22.8 25.2 
(28V<V|(\j<38V) 


Volts 


Quiescent Current 


Tj = 25°C 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 


mA 


AV|n Range 


Tj = -55°Cto+150°C 


(8V« 


%V|N< 


25V) 


(9V« 


SV| N < 


25V) 


(11.5V 


<v, N « 


^25 V) 


(15V 


s;v, N < 


30V) 


(18.5V 


<v, N 


<30V) 


(22V<V| N <33V) 


(28V<V| N <38V) 




Quiescent Current 
Change 


Over Line Regulation Ranga 
Over Load Reflation Range 






1.3 
0.5 






1.3 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 


mA 
mA 


Long Term Stability 


1000 hours at Tj = 125°C 






20 






24 






32 






48 






60 






72 






96 


mV 


Temperature Coefficient 


lO = 5 mA 




-0.5 






-0.5 






-0.6 






-0.8 






-1.0 






-1.2 






-1.5 




mV/oc 


Ripple Rejection 


f = 120 Hz, AV| N = 10V 




78 






75 






72 






71 






70 






69 






66 




dB 


Output Noise Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz < f < 100 kHz 




40 






45 






52 






75 






90 






110 






170 




jUVrms 


Oropout Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, l = 1.0A (K-Pkg.only) 




2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 




Volts 


Short Circuit Current 


Tj = 25°C (Note5> 




2.1 






2.0 






1.8 






1.5 






1.3 






1.0 






0.7 




Amps 


Peak Output Current 


Tj = 25°C 




2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.2 






2.2 






2.2 




Amps 


Thermal Shutdown 


Iq = 5 mA 




175 






175 






175 






175 






175 






175 






175 




°C 



1. Tj = -55°C to +150°C, louT = 500 mA for R, K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise noted. 

2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing. 

3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package. 



4. AV|n min. @ -55°C must maintain an input/output differential of 2.5V. 

5. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|M range. 



7800C/340 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2) 



DEVICE TYPE 


7805C 
340-05 


7806C 
340-06 


7808C 
340-08 


7812C 
340-12 


781 5C 
340-15 


7818C 
340-18 


7824C 
340-24 


Units 


NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 


5 


6 


8 


12 


15 


18 


24 


Volts 


INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted) 


10 


11 


14 


19 


23 


27 


33 


Volts 


PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 




Output Voltage 


Tj = 25°C 


4.8 




5.2 


5.75 




6.25 


7.7 




8.3 


11.5 




12.5 


14.4 




15.6 


17.3 




18.7 


23.0 




25.0 


Volts 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C 


5 100 
(7V<V| N <25V) 


6 120 
(8V<V| N <25V) 


8 160 
(10.5V <V|N< 25V) 


12 

(14.5V <V| N 


240 
<30V) 


15 
(17.5V<V| N 


300 
<30V) 


20 360 
(21V<V| N <33V) 


25 480 

(27V<V| N <38V) 


mV 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 250C 


(8V^ 


;V| N <12V) 


I 6 I 60 
(9V<V| N <13V) 


I 8 I 80 

(11V<V| N <17V) 


I 12 I 120 
(16V<V| N ^2V) 


I 15 I 150 
(20V<V| N <26V) 


I 20 I 1 80 
(24V<V| N <30V) 


I 25 I 240 
(30V<V|N<36V) 


mV 


Load Regulation 

P, R, K-Package . 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 

5 mA < l < 1.5A 

5mA < l Q < 500mA 




15 
5 


100 
50 




20 
6 


120 
60 




24 
7 


160 
80 




28 
8 


240 
120 




30 
10 


300 
150 




40 
12 


360 
180 




50 
16 


480 
240 


mV 
mV 


Load Regulation 

P, R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 
250 mA <l <750 mA 
100mA<l o <250mA 




15 
5 


50 
25 




20 
6 


60 
30 




24 
7 


80 
40 




28 
8 


120 
60 




30 
10 


150 
75 




40 
12 


180 
90 




50 
16 


240 

120 


mV 
mV 


Total Output 
Voltage Tolerance 


Alo Range 
K-Pkg: 5 mA <l O <1-0A, P<20W 
T-Pkg. 5mA<l O <200mA,P<2W 
P, R-Pkg: 5mA<l Q <1 .0A P <1 5W 


4.75 
(7V< 


V| N <2 


5.25 
0V) 


5.7 6.3 
(8V<V !N <21V) 


7.6 
(10.5V <V| N 


8.4 
<23V) 


11.4 ■ 12.6 
(14.5<V| N <27V)I 


14.25 
(17.5V <V| N 


15.75 
<30V) 


17.1 18.9 
(21V<V IN <33V) 


22.8 25.2 
(27V <V| N <38V) 


Volts 


Quiescent Current 


Tj = 25°C 




4 


8.0 




4 


8.0 




4 


8.0 




4 


8.0 




4 


8.0 




4 


8.0 




4 


8.0 


mA 


AV|n Range 


Tj = 0°C to +1 25°C 


<7V« 


*V| N < 


25V) 


(8V< 


= V| N < 


25V) 


(10.5V 


<V, N 


<25V) 


(14.5V 


<V !N 


<30V) 


(17.5V <V||\|<30V) 


(21V<V| N <33V) 


(27V<V| N <38V) 




Quiescent Current 
Change 


With Line AV|n Range 
With Load Alo Range 






1.3 
0.5 






1.3 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 


mA 
mA 


Long Term Stability 


1000 hours at Tj = 125°C 






20 






24 






32 






48 






60 






72 






96 


mV 


Temperature Coefficient 


lO = 5 mA 




-0.5 






-0.5 






-0.6 






-0.8 






-1.0 






-1.2 






-1.5 




mV/OQ 


Ripple Rejection 


f = 120 Hz, AV| N = 10V 




78 






75 






72 






71 






70 






69 






66 




dB 


Output Noise Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz < f < 100 kHz 




40 






45 






52 






75' 






90 






110 






170 




jUVrms 


Dropout Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, lo = 1.0A (K-Pkg. only) 




2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 




Volts 


Short Circuit Current 


Tj = 25°C (Note 4) 




2.1 






2.0 






1.8 






1.5 






1.3 






1.0 






0.7 




Amps 


Peak Output Current 


Tj = 25°C 




2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.2 






2.2 






2.2 




Amps 


Thermal Shutdown 


Iq = 5 mA 




175 






175 






175 






175 






175 






175 






175 




°C 



1. Tj =0°Cto+125°C, 

2. All regulation tests are 



'OUT = 500 mA for P, R, K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, i 
made at constant junction temperature with low duty -cycle pulse 



jnless otherwise n 
testing. 



3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package. 

4. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|n range. 



Precision Positive Fixed Voltage Regulators 



SG7800A / SG7800AC 



The SG7800A and SG7800AC series ot voltage regulators are 
monolithic integrated circuits designed to provide fixed output voltages 
at currents in excess of one amp. These units feature a unique on-chip 
trimming system to set the output voltage to within ±1 .5% of nominal. In 
addition, improvements in input voltage capability and line and load 
regulation have made these devices substantially superior while being 
completely interchangeable with the standard SG7800, SG140 and 
SG340 series devices. 

All protective features of thermal shutdown, current limiting, and 
safe-area control have been designed into these units with added 
reliability offered by the hermetically sealed TO-39, TO-66 and TO-3 
power packages. The commerical grade is also available in TO- 220 
package. 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS: 
Input voltage 

Power dissipation (Note 1) 
Operating Junction temperature range 

SG7800A series 

SG7800AC series 
Storage temperature range 
Lead temperature (soldering, 10 sec) 



50 volts 
Internally limited 

-55° C to +150° C 

0°Cto+125°C 

-65°Cto+150°C 

300° C 



1 Output voltage set to within ±1.5% tolerance 

1 Input voltage range to 50 volts max 

1 Output current to 1.5 amp 
Improved line and load regulation 
Complete self-contained protective features 

' Hermetically sealed steel power package 




APPLICATIONS 



ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR. 7 TO 30 VOLTS 



CURRENT REGULATOR 



t 




rp0.33*F 3 



n. 



CIRCUIT FOR INCREASING OUTPUT VOLTAGE 
INPUT 



OUTPUT CURRENT •- 



FIXED OUTPUT REGULATOR 



/ FS2\ 
•V xx (l--)-. R2 



OUAL POLARITY. TRIMMED SUPPLV 



IT CURRENT. SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTED 




1N4720 



1N4720 



1.0 nF 
-15.0V 



o 

INPUT 

R1 ' 

3n J 


|2N6124 


I, 2N4398 


2 






SG78XXA 


OUTPUT 




0.33 _ 

«F ~ 













3 




:o.i«f 

















THIS CIRCUIT WILL ALLOW EACH OUTPUT TO BE ADJUSTED APPROXIMATELY 
*1 VOLT AROUND ITS NOMINAL VALUE. OTHER VOLTAGES MAY BE 
ACCOMMODATED 8V MERELY CHANGING THE CIRCUIT VALUES AND/OR 
REGULATORS. 



PACKAGES 



P-Package 
TO-220 

Front 
View 



1 — Input 

2 - Output 

3 — Ground, 
Tab - Ground 



J°l 



A 



\ 




K-Package 
TO-3 

TOP VIEWS 




T-Package 
TO-39 



36 



7800A ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See 


Motes 1 & 2) 








































DEVICE TYPE 


7805A 


7806A 


7808A 


7812A 


7815A 


7818A 


7824A 


Units 


NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 


5 


6 


8 


12 


15 


18 


24 


Volts 


INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted) 


10 


11 


14 


19 


23 


27 


33 


Volts 


PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 




Output Voltage 


Tj = 25°C 


4.9 




5.1 


5.9 




6.1 


7.85 




8.15 


11.8 




12.2 


14.8 




15.2 


17.7 




18.3 


23.6 




24.4 


Volts 


Line Regulation 
(Note 4) 


Tj = 25°C 


5 
(7V<V| N < 


25 
25 V) 


6 
(8V<V| N < 


30 
25V) 


8 
(10.5V <V| N 


40 
<25V) 


12 60 
(14.5V <V| N <30V) 


15 75 
(17.5V <V| N <30V) 


20 90 

( 21V<V| N <33V) 


25 120 

(27V<V| N <38V) 


mV 


Line Regulation 
(Note 4) 


Tj = 25°C 


(8V^ 


5 I 12 
SV| N <12V) 


I 6 I 15 
(9V<V|N<13V) 


I 8 I 20 
(11V<V| N <17V) 


I 12 I 30 
(16V<V iN <22V) 


I I 
I 15 I 40 
(20V <V| N <26V) 


I 20 I 45 
(20V<V| N <30V) 


I 25 I 60 
(30V<V| N <36V) 


mV 


Load Regulation 

R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 

5 mA < l < 1.5A 

5 mA < lo < 500 mA 




15 
5 


50 
25 




20 
6 


60 
30 




24 
7 


70 
35 




28 
8 


80 
40 




30 
10 


100 
50 




40 
12 


120 
60 




50 
16 


160 
80 


mV 
mV 


Load Regulation 

R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 
250 mA'<lQ <750 mA 
100mA<lo<250mA 




15 
5 


25 
12 




20 
6 


30 
'15 




24 

7 


35 
17 




28 
8 


40 
20 




30 
10 


50 
25 




40 
12 


60 
30 




50 
16 


80 
40 


mV 
mV 


Total Output 
Voltage Tolerance 


Alo Range 
K-Pkg: 5 mA <Iq <1.0A, P <20W 
T-Pkg: 5 mA < lo <200 mA, P <2W 
R-Pkg: 5 mA <l <1 -0A P <1 5W 


4.8 

(8V« 


SV| N < 


5.2 
20 V) 


5.8 6.2 

<9V<V|N<21V) 


7.75 

(11.5V <V| N 


8.25 
03V) 


11.7 12.3 
(15.5V <V| N <27V) 


14.6 
(18.5V <V| N 


15.4 
^30V) 


17.5 18.5 
(22V<V| N <33V) 


23.3 24.7 
(28V<V| N <38V) 


Volts 


Quiescent Current 


Tj = 25°C 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 


mA 


AV||\j Range 


Tj = -55°Cto+150°C 


(8V« 


SV||Nj< 


25V) 


(9V« 


*v, N < 


25V) 


(11.5V 


<V, N 


05V) 


(15V 


<V iN < 


-30V) 


(18.5V <V | N 


<30V) 


(22V <V tN <33V) 


(28V <V| N <38V) 




Quiescent Current 
Change 


With Line AV|n Range 
With Load AIq Range 






1.3 
0.5 






1.3 

0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 

0.5 






1.0 
0.5 


mA 
mA 


Long Term Stability 


1000 hours at Tj = 125°C 






20 






24 






32 






48 






60 






72 






96 


mV 


Temperature Coefficient 


\q = 5 mA 




-0.5 






-0.5 






-0.6 






-0.8 






-1.0 






-1.2 






-1.5 




mV/°C 


Ripple Rejection 


f = 120 Hz, AV|N = 10V 




78 






75 






72 






71 






70 






69 






66 




dB 


Output Noise Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz < f < 100 kHz 




40 






45 






52 






75 






90 






110 






170 




/1V rms 


Dropout Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, lo = 1 0A (K-Pkg. only) 




2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 




Volts 


Short Circuit Current 


Tj = 25°C (Note 5) 




2.1 






2.0 






1.8 






1.5 






1.3 






1.0 






0.7 




Amps 


Peak Output Current 


Tj = 25°C 




2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.2 






2.2 






2.2 




Amps 


Thermal Shutdown 


Iq = 5 mA 




175 






175 






175 






175 






175 






175 






175 




oc 



li 



1. Ta = -55°C to +150°C, louT = 5 °0 mA for R » K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise n 

2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing. 



4. AVin min. @ -55°C must maintain an input/output 

5. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|n 



differential of 2.5V. 



7800AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2) 



DEVICE TYPE 


7805AC 


7806AC 


7808AC 


781 2AC 


7815AC 


7818AC 


7824AC 


Units 


NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 


5 


6 


8 


12 


15 


18 


24 


Volts 


INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted) 


10 


11 


14 


19 


23 


27 


33 


Volts 


PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 




Output Voltage 


Tj = 25°C 


4.9 




5.1 


5.9 




6.1 


7.85 




8.15 


11.8 




12.2 


14.8 




15.2 


17.7 




18.3 


23.6 




24.4 


Volts 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C 


5 50 
(7V<V| N <25V) 


6 60 
(8V<V !N <25V) 


8 
(10.5V <V| N 


80 
<25V) 


12 120 
(14.5V <V| N <30V) 


15 150 
(17.5V <V| N <30V) 


20 180 
( 21V<V|M<33V) 


25 240 
(27V<V| N <38V) 


mV 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C 


(8V« 


s |» 

*V| N <12V) 


I 6 I 30 
(9V<V| N <13V) 


I 8 I 40 
(11V<V| N <17V) 


I 12 I 60 
(16V<V|N<22V) 


I 15 I 75 
(20V<V|N<26V) 


I 20 I 90 
(24V<V|N<30V) 


I 25 I 120 
(30V<V| N <36V) 


mV 


Load Regulation 

P, R. K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 

5mA<l < 1.5A 

5mA<l < 500 mA 




15 
5 


50 
25 




20 
6 


60 
30 




24 

7 


80 
40 




28 
8 


120 
60 




30 
10 


150 
75 




40 
12 


180 
90 




50 
16 


240 
120 


mV 
mV 


Load Regulation 

P, R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 
250mA<l o <750mA 
100mA<l o <250mA 




15 
5 


25 
.15 




20 
6 


30 
15 




24 

7 


40 
20 




28 
8 


60 
30 




30 
10 


75 
40 




40 
12 


90 
45 




50 
16 


120 
60 


mV 

mV 


Total Output 
Voltage Tolerance 


AlO Range 

K-Pkg: 5 mA <I <1.0A. P <20W 
T-Pkg: 5mA<l o <200mA,P<2W 
P. R-Pkg: 5mA<l <1.0A P<15W 


4.8 
(7V =5 


*V, N < 


5.2 
20 V) 


5.8 6.2 
(8V<V| N <21V) 


7.75 8.25 
(10.5<V|N<23V) 


11.7 12.3 
(14.5V <V| N <27V) 


14.6 

(17.5V <V| N 


15.4 
<30V) 


17.5 18.5 
(21V<V| N <33V) 


23.3 24.7 
(27V<V| N <38V) 


Volts 


Quiescent Current 


Tj = 25°C 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 




4 


6.0 


mA 


AV||\| Range 


Tj = 0°Cto+125°C 


(7V« 


*V| N < 


25V) 


(8V< 


V| N < 


25 V) 


(10.5V 


<V| N * 


^25V) 


(14.5V 


<V| N 


C30V) 


(17.5V <V| N <30V) 


(21V<V| N "<33V) 


(27V<V|N<38V) 




Quiescent Current 
Change 


With Line AV|n Range 
With Load AIq Range 






1.3 
0.5 






1.3 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 






1.0 
0.5 


mA 
mA 


Long Term Stability 


1000 hours at Tj = 125<>C 






20 






24 






32 






48 






60 






72 






96 


mV 


Temperature Coefficient 


l(3 = 5 mA 




-0.5 






-0.5 






-0.6 






-0.8 






-1.0 






-1.2 






-1.5 




mVA>C 


Ripple Rejection 


f = 120 Hz. AV|M = 10V 




78 






75 






72 






71 






70 






69 






66 




dB 


Output Noise Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz < f < 100 kHz 




40 






45 






52 






75 






90 






110 






170 




jUVrms 


Dropout Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, Iq = 10A (K-Pkg. only) 




2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 




Volts 


Short Circuit Current 


Tj = 25°C (Note 4) 




2.1 






2.0 






1.8 






1.5 






1.3 






1.0 






0.7 




Amps 


Peak Output Current 


Tj = 25°C 




2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.2 






2.2 






2.2 




Amps 


Thermal Shutdown 


Iq = 5 mA 




175 






175 






175 






175 






175 






175 






175 




°C 



1. Tj = 0°C to +125°C, louT = 500 mA f or R » P. K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise n 

2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing. 



3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package. 

4. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|n range. 



Three Terminal Negative Regulator Series 



SG7900/SG7900C 



The 7900 series of negative regulators offer self-contained, fixed- 
voltage capability up to 1.5 amps of load current. With four factory set 
output voltages (-5V, -5.2V, -12V, and -15V) and four package options, 
this regulator series is an optimum complement to the SG7800/140 line 
of three terminal positive regulators. 

Since these regulators require only a single output capacitor for 
satisfactory performance, and are protected from overload conditions 
by internal current limiting and thermal shutdown protection, ease of 
application is assured. 

Although designed as fixed-voltage regulators, the output voltage 
can be increased through the use of a simple voltage divider. The low 
quiescent drain current of the device insures good regulation when this 
method is used. Product is available in hermetically sealed TO-39, 
TO-66 and TO-3 power packages and commercial product is also 
available in TO-220. 





{ 



P-Packaga 
TO-220 

FRONT VIEW 

1 - Ground 

2 - Output 

3 - Input 
Tab - Input 




• Output voltage set internally to ±3% 

• One volt minimum input-output differential 

• Excellent line and load regulation 

• Short circuit current limited 

• Thermal overload protection 




ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 











Input-Output 


Device Output Voltage 




Input Voltage 


Differential 


5.0 volts 






-25V 


25V 


5.2 volts 






-25V 


25V 


8.0 volts 






-35V 


30V 


12 volts 






-35V 


30V 


15 volts 






-40V 


30V 


Power dissipation 








Internally Limited 


Operating junction temperature range 






SG7900 series 








-55°Cto+150°C 


SG7900C series 








0°Cto+125°C 


Storage temperature range 








-65° C to +150°C 


Lead temperature (soldering 


,10 


sec) 




300°C 



APPLICATIONS 



Fixed Output Regulator 



Dual Polarity, Trimmed Supply 



a 



2.2nF 
INPUT 



u 



ii 



c 2 

Out 



1 . Ci is required only if regulator is separated from rectifier filter. 

2. Both Ci and C2 should be low E.S.R. types such as solid tantalum. If aluminum 
electroliticsare used, at least 10 times values shown should be selected. 

3. If large output capacities are used, the regulators must be protected from momen 
tary input shorts. A high current diode from output to input will suffice. 



Circuit for Increasing Output Voltage 

T~ *- 








1 




2 














POS. 


1 
















+ 15.0V 




3 












r 0.22 mfd i 




510 , 


► 20k 






2 


*■ ; 


0.1 mfd 




* 


<Af\ ■» < 




















1N4720 










►51 






















s 




\ 








-L 








J 




J 






COMMON 






> 51 
















+ 




510 










t 










, iy^ S 






\ 1 
1N4720 




NEC 
INPUT 




1 




J 






A 






3 




2 












15.0V 



























NOTE: C3 optional for improved ti 
response and ripple rejectio 



v (REGULATOR) 



Ri + ?2_ 

«2 



WHERE R 2 = 300« FOR SG120.5 AND SG120 5.2 
R2 = 750UFORSG12012 
R2 = lOOOnFOR SG120-15 



NOTE: This circuit will allow each output to be adjusted approximately ±1 volt around its nominal 
value. While there is some interaction in the adjustments, it is typically less than 10%. The linearity 
of the adjustment is a function of the potentiometer resistance with lower values increasing the 
linearity at the expense of power dissipation. The diodes protect the regulators from output polarity 
reversal due to inadvertent overloads or variations in input voltage sequencing. 



This same technique may be used with other voltages and/or regulators 
adjusting the circuit values. 



39 



i the s< 



js by. merely 



7900 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERIST 


CS(6 


See Nc 


>tes 1 I 


12) 


























DEVICE TYPE 


7905 


7905.2 


7908 


7912 


7915 


Units 


NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 


-5 


-5.2 


-8 


-12 


-15 


Volts 


INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted) 


-10 


-10 


-14 


-19 


-23 


Volts 


PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 




Output Voltage 


Tj = 25°C. I = 5 mA 


-4.8 




-5.2 


-5.0 




-5.4 


-7.7 




-8.3 


-11.5 




-12.5 


-14.4 




-15.6 


Volts 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C, l = 5 mA 
AV||\j Range 


5 50 
(-7V<V| N <-25V) 
I I 


6 50 
(-8V<V| N <-25V) 
I 


8 
(-10.5V<V|N 


80 
^-25 V) 


12 
(-14.5V<V|n 
1 


120 
^-30V) 


15 150 

(-17.5V<V, N <-35V) 
I I 


mV 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C, Iq = 5 mA 


I 5 I 25 
(-8V<V| N <-12V) 


I 6 I 25 
(-9V<V|M<-12V) 


I 8 
(-11V<V| N < 


40 
-17V) 


I 12 I 60 
(-16V<V|N<-22V) 


I 15 I 75 
(-20V<V| N <-26V) 


mV 


Load Regulation 
R, K -Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 250C 

5mA<l <1.5A 

5mA<» o ^500mA 




15 
5 


50 
25 




20 
6 


60 
30 




12 
4 


80 
40 




28 
8 


120 
60 




30 
10 


150 
75 


mV 
mV 


Load Regulation 
R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25°C 
250mA<l O <750mA 
100mA<l O <250mA 




15 
5 


25 
15 




20. 
6 


30 
20 




12 
4 


40 
25 




28 
8 


60 
40 




30 
10 


75 
60 


mV 
mV 


Total Output 
Voltage Tolerance 
P, R, K-Package 
(T-Package) (Note 3) 


(AIq Range) 

5mA<lQ<1.0A, P<15W 

(5 mA <l <200 mA, P <2W) 


(-8V * 
-4.75 


^V, N < 


-20V) 
-5.25 


(-9V 
-4.95 


<V, N < 


-21V) 
-5.45 


(-11. 5\ 
-7.6 


f <V|N <-23V) 
-8.4 


(-15.5V<V||m<-27V) 
-11.4 -12.6 


(-18.5V<V|m 
-14.25 


<-30V) 
-15.75 


Volts 


Quiescent Current 


Tj = 25°C 




1 


2 




1 


2 




1 


2 




1.5 


3 




1.5 


3 


mA 


Quiescent Current 
Change 


With Line AV|n Range 
With Load Alo Range 






1.3 
•5 






1 .3 

.5 






1.0 
.5 






1.0 
.5 






1.0 
.5 


mA 
mA 


Long Term Stability 


1000 hours at Tj = 125°C 






20 






24 






32 






48 






60 


mV 


Temperature Coefficient 


Iq = 5 mA 




-0.5 






-0.5 






-0.6 






-0.8 






-1.0 




mV/°C 


Ripple Rejection 


f = 120 Hz, AV| N = 10V 


54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




dB 


Output Noise Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz <f < 100 kHz 




40 






45 






52 






75 






90 




JtiVrms 


Dropout Voltage 


Tj = 250C, lo.= 1.0A (Note 3) 




2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 




Volts 


Short Circuit Current 


Tj = 25°C (Note 5) 




2.1 






2.0 






1.8 






1.5 






1.3 




Amps 


Peak Output Current 


Tj - 25°C (Note 3) 




2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.2 




Amps 


Thermal Shutdown 


Iq = 5 mA (Note 3) 




175 






175 






175 






175 






175 




OC 



1 . Tj = -55°C to <+150°C, louT = 500 mA for R » p and K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise noted. 

2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing. 

3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package. 



4. AV||\| min. @ -55°C must maintain an input/output differential of 2.5V. 

5. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|n range. 



7900C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2) 



DEVICE TYPE 


7905C 


7905.2C 


7908C 


7912C 


791 5C 


Units 


NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 


-5 


-5.2 


-8 


-12 


-15 


Volts 


INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted) 


-10 


-11 


-14 


-19 


-23 


Volts 


PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 




Output Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, lo = 5 mA 


-4.8 




-5.2 


-5.0 




-5.4 


-7.7 




-8.3 


-11.5 




-12.5 


-14.4 




-15.6 


Volts 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C, lo = 5 mA 
AV|N Range 


3 100 
(-7V<V|N<-25V) 


6 100 

(-8V<V| N <-25V) 
I I 


8 

(-10.5V<V|N 
J 


160 
<-25V) 


12 
(-14.5V<V| N 
I 


240 
<-30V) 


15 
(-17.5V<V|N 


300 
<-30V) 


mV 


Line Regulation 


Tj = 25°C, l = 5mA 


I 3 I 50 
<-8V<V iN <-12V) 


I 6 I 100 
(-9V<V|N<-12V) 


J 8 I 80 
(-11V<V|N<-17V) 


I 12 I 120 
(-16V<V|N<-22V) 


i 15 I 150 
(-20V<V| N <-26V) 


mV 


Load Regulation 
P, R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj = 25<>C 

5mA<lQ<1.5A 

5mA<lo^500mA 




15 
5 


100 
50 




20 
6 


100 
50 




24 
7 


160 
80 




28 
8 


240 
120 




30 
10 


300 
150 


mV 
mV 


Load Regulation 
P, R, K-Package 
T-Package (Note 3) 


Tj - 25°C 
250 mA <Iq <750 mA 
100mA<l O <250mA 




15 
5 


50 
25 




20 
6 


50 
25 




24 

7 


80 
40 




28 
8 


120 
60 




30 
10 


150 
75 


mV 
mV 


Total Output 
Voltage Tolerance 
P, R, K-Package 
(T-Package) (Note 3) 


(AIq Range) 

5 mA <Iq <1 .0A, P <1 5W 

(5 mA <l <200 mA, P <2W) 


(-7V« 
-4.75 


£v, N < 


-20V) 
-5.25 


(-9V 
-4.95 


^V| N < 


-21 V) 
-5.45 


(-10.5 
-7.6 


<V| N <-23V) 
-8.4 


(-14.5V<V| N <-27V) 
-11.4 -12.6 


(-17.5V<V| N 
-14.25 


<-30V) 
-15.75 


Volts 


Quiescent Current 


Tj = 25°C 




1 


2 




1 


2 




1 


2 




1.5 


3 




1.5 


3 


mA 


Quiescent Current 
Change 


With Line AV|n Range 
With Load AIq Range 






1.3 

.5 






1.3 
.5 






1.0 
.5 






1.0 
.5 






1.0 
.5 


mA 
> mA 


Long Term Stability 


1 000 hours at Tj = 1 25°C 






20 






24 






32 






48 






60 


mV 


Temperature Coefficient 


lO = 5 mA 




-0.5 






-0.5 






-0.6 






-0.8 






-1.0 




mV/°C 


Ripple Rejection 


f=120Hz, AV|N = 10V 


54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




54 


60 




dB 


Output Noise Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz <f <100 kHz 




40 






45 






52 






75 






90 




/iV rms 


Dropout Voltage 


Tj = 25°C, «o = 10A (Note 3) 




2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 






2.0 




Volts 


Short Circuit Current 


Tj=25°C(Note4) 




2.1 






2.0 






1.8 






1.5 






1.3 




Amps 


Peak Output Current 


Tj = 25°C (Note 3) 




2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.5 






2.2 




Amps 


Thermal Shutdown 


Iq = 5 mA (Note 3) 




175 






175 






175 






175 






175 




°c 



1 . Tj = 0°C to +125°C, IquT = 500 mA f °r R . p * n <* K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise noted. 

2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing. 

3. Specif ications at operatingcurrents above 500 mA do not apply to I -Package. 

4. Short circuit protection is only assured over AVjfv, range. 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

General Purpose, Compensated Op Amps 

General Purpose, Uncompensated Op Amps 

Dual, Compensated Op Amps 

Quad Op Amps 

High Performance Op Amps 

High Voltage Op Amps 

Low Power Op Amps 

Voltage Followers 



42 



Uncompensated Operational Amplifiers 



SG101/201 



The SG 101/201 are general purpose operational amplifiers. Features 
include excellent input bias/current and drift characteristics plus short 
circuit protection and pin compatibility with many industry-standard 
operational amplifiers. 



SG101A/201A/301A 



The SG101A/201A/301A offer improved performance over the SG101/ 
201 operational amplifiers and also provide short circuit protection and pin 
compatibility with industry standard types. 



• Frequency compensated with a single capacitor — no resistor 
required 

• Low current drain: 1.8mA at ±20 V 

• Continuous short circuit protection 

• Operation as a comparator with differential inputs as high 
as±30V 

• No latch up when common mode range is exceeded 



• 3mV offset voltage over temperature 

• 100nA input current over temperature 

• 20nA offset current over temperature 

• Guaranteed drift characteristics 

• Offsets guaranteed over full common mode range 



PARAMETERS* 


101 


201 


101A | 201A 


301 A 


UNITS 


Supply Voltage 


±5 to ±20 


±5 to ±20 


±5 to ±20 


±5 to ±15 


V 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


-25 to +85 


to +70 


°c 


Package Types 


T.Y.J, F 


T,Y,J,F,N,M 


T, Y, J,F 


T,Y,J, 


F,N,M 


- 


Input Offset Voltage 


5.0 


7.5 


2.0 (3.0) 


7.5 (10) 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


200 (500) 


500 (750) 


10(20) 


50 (70) 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


0.5 (1.5) 


1.5 (2.0) 


0.075 (0.1) 


0.25 (0.30) 


M A 


Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage 


(3.0 typ) 


(6.0 typ) 


15 


30 


juV/oC 


Temp Coeff INput Offset Current 


- 


- 


0.2 


0.6 


nA/°C 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


50 (25) 


20 (15) 


50 (25) 


25 (15) 


V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection 


(70) 


(65) 


(80) 


(80) 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection 


(316) 


(316) 


(100) 


(100) 


juV/V 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


(±12) 


(±12) 


(+15,-12) 


(+15,-12) 


V 


Differential Input Voltage 


±30 


±30 


±30 


±30 


V 


Slew Rate A v = 1 , 
A v = 10 


0.2 
3 (typ) 


0.2 

3 (typ) 


0.2 

3 (typ) 


0.2 

3 (typ) 


V/juS 


Unity Gain Bandwidth 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 


MHz 


Supply Current 


3.0 


3.0 


3.0 


3.0 


mA 


Vout RL = 2k" 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


V 


R L = 10kft 


±12 


±12 


±12 


±12 


V 


Noise 
R s = 1kn f = 10Hz to U)kHz 


4 


4 


4 


4 


juV(rms) 


R s = 500kn f = 10Hz to 10kHz 


25 


25 


25 


25 


(typ) 



*Para meters apply over supply voltage range and are mi 
if enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise indicated, 



n./max. limits either at T A = 25°C (or over operating temperature range 




SG101/201, SG101A/201A/301A Chip 
(See T-package diagram for pad 
functions) 



Compensation and Optional 
Balancing Circuit 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 




OUTPUT [l 

v [7 

COMPENSATION £ 



Top View 
Minidip 
MorY 
Package 



3V-. 



71 OFFSET ADJUST/ 
il COMPENSATION 



Feedforward Compensation 




OFFSET ADJUST (T 
OUTPUT (7 

V + (T 
COMPENSATION (7 

NC(» 



Fjv- 

7J NON-INVERTING INPUT 
7) INVERTING INPUT 

h offset adjust/comp. 
TJnc 



Net? 




OfFSETls 
ADJUST L 




OUTPUT0 

V+ E 


TOP VIEW 
JorN 
Package 


COMPENSATION^ 




NC§3 




NC|i« 


n 



H OFFSET ADJUST/ 
- 1 COMPENSATION 

2JNC 
3 NC 




43 



Voltage Followers 



SG102/202/302 



The SG 102/202/302 are high-gain operational amplifiers designed 
specifically for unity-gain non-inverting voltage follower applications. The 
devices incorporate advanced super-beta transistor processing techniques to 
obtain very low input current and high input impedance. The input trans- 
isters are operated at zero collector-base voltage to virtually eliminate high 
temperature leakage currents resulting in extremely low input current and 
low offset voltage drift. 

• Low input bias current — 100 nA 

• High input resistance - 10,OOOMJT2 

• Internal frequency compensation 

• Fast slewing - 10V/jUs - typ 

• Simple offset balancing with 1k potentiometer 



SG110/210/310 



The SG 11 0/21 0/310 are high gain operational amplifiers internally 
connected as unity-gain non-inverting amplifiers. Super-beta transistors are 
used in the input stage to obtain extremely low bias currents without 
sacrificing speed. These devices are directly interchangeable with the 101, 
102, 741 and 709 in voltage follower applications. Internal frequency 
compensation and offset balancing are provided. The SG110 family is 
useful in fast sample and hold circuits, active filters or as general purpose 
buffers. 

• 10nA input current max over temperature 

• 20MHz small signal bandwidth — typ 

• 30V//ZS slew rate - typ 

• ±5V to ± 18V supply voltage range 

• No external frequency compensation necessary 



PARAMETERS* 


102 


202 


302 


110 


210 


310 


UNITS 


Supply Voltage 


±15 


±15 


±15 


±5 to ±18 


±5 to ±18 


±5 to ±18 


V 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


-25 to +85 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


-25 to +85 


Oto+70 


°c 


Package Types 


T,J, Y 


T,J,M 


,N, Y 


T, J, Y 


T,J,IV 


,N,Y 




Input Offset Voltage 


5.0(7.5) 


10(15) 


15(20) 


4.0 (6.0) 


4.0 (6.0) 


7.5 (10) 


mV 


Input Bias Current 


10(100) 


15(50) 


30 (50) 


3.0(10) 


3.0 (10) 


7.0(10) 


nA 


Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage 


6 (typ) 


15 (typ) 


20 (typ) 


12 (typ) 


6 (typ) 


10 (typ) 


MV/oc 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


(0.999) 


0.999 


0.9985 


0.999 


0.999 


0.999 


V/V 


Power Supply Rejection 


60 


60 


60 


70 


70 


70 


dB 


Input Common Mode Range 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


Input Resistance 


ioio 


1010 


109 


1010 


1010 


1010 


ft 


Output Resistance 


2.5 


2.5 


2.5 


2.5 


2.5 


2.5 


n 


V os Adjust 


IkftPot 


IkftPot 


IkftPot 


IkftPot 


IkfiPot 


Ik^Pot 


- 


Slew Rate A v = 1 


10 (typ) 


10 (typ) 


10 (typ) 


30 (typ) 


30 (typ) 


30 (typ) 


V/juS 


Unity Gain Bandwidth (typ, MHz) 


8 (typ) 


8 (typ) 


8 (typ) 


12 (typ) 


12 (typ) 


12 (typ) 


MHz 


Supply Current 


5.5 


5.5 


5.5 


5.5 


5.5 


5.5 


mA 


Vout R L = 10kn 


±10 


±10 - 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


V 



*Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T A = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in 
parentheses), unless otherwise indicated. 



Offset Balancing Circuit 

R1 
IK 

FT 

CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ° T 




SG 102/202/302. SG110/210/310 
Chip (See T-package diagram for 
pad functions) 




NC [i 




3 nc 


BOOSTER (i 




£]V- 


OUTPUT f« 
BALANCE fj 


TOP VIEW 
Package 


5] INPUT 

*\ NC 

T\ BALANCE 


NC fa 




[| NC 


NC ^ 


n 


7j NC 


BOOSTER (5 




Sv- 


OUTPUT (6 

v + (T 


TOP VIEW 
Minidip 
Mor Y 
Package 


3] INPUT 
2J NC 


BALANCE jji 


n 


T) BALANCE 




Increasing Negative Swing 
Under load 




'May be added to reduce 
internal dissipation 



44 



General-Purpose Compensated Operational Amplifiers 



SG107/207/307 

The SG 107/207/307 offer excellent input 
bias currents and drift characteristics as well as 
short circuit protection and pin compatibility 
with the 741 class of amplifiers. 

• 3mV max offset voltage over 
temperature 

• 100 nA max input bias current 
over temperature 

• 20nA max offset current over 
temperature 

• Offsets guaranteed over full 
common mode range 

• Guaranteed drift characteristics 



SG741/741C 



SG741/741C are pin compatible with the 
most widely accepted operational amplifiers 
and provide excellent performance for a wide 
range of applications. 



• Complete short circuit protection 

• Offset voltage null capability 

• High common mode voltage range 

• High differential input voltage range 



SG1217/3217 

These devices are identical to the SG741/ 
741 C types, except internal compensation is 
reduced from 30pF to 3pF. Frequency response 
is ten times that of the standard device. 
Stability is unconditional from open loop to a 
closed loop gain of 20dB. These devices are 
especially useful in hybrid applications since 
higher bandpass is achieved without an out- 
board capacitor. 

• Slew rate typically 5 V //usee 

• 10 times frequency response 741/741C 

• Ideal chip for hybrid applications 



PARAMETERS* 


107 | 207 


307 


741 


741C 


1217 


3217 


Units 


Supply Voltage 


±5 to ±20 


±5 to ±20 


±15 


±15 


±15 


±15 


V 


Operating Temperature 
Range 


-55 to +125 


-25 to +85 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


OC 


Package Types (See Page 55) 


T,J, F, Y 


T,J,F,Y,M,N 


T,J,F,Y 


T,J,Y,F,M,N 


T,J,F,Y 


T,J,Y,F,M,N 


- 


Input Offset Voltage 


2.0 (3.0) 


7.5(10) 


5.0 (6.0) 


6.0 (7.5) 


5.0 (6.0) 


6.0 (7.5) 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


10 (20) 


50 (70) 


200 (500) 


200 (300) 


200 (500) 


200 (500) 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


0.075(0.1) 


0.25 (0.3) 


0.5(1.5) 


0.5 (0.8) 


0.5(1.5) 


0.5 (0.8) 


UA 


Temp. Coeff. Input Offset 
Voltage 


(15) 2 


(30) 2 


(3.0 typ) 


(6.0 typ) 


(3.0 typ) 


(6.0 typ) 


juV/oc 


Temp. Coeff. Input Offset 
Current 


(0.2) 


(0.6) 


(0.5 typ) 


(0.5 typ) 


(0.5 typ) 


(0.5 typ) 


nA/oc 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


50 (20) 


25(15) 


50 (25) 


20(15) 


50 (25) 


20(15) 


V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection 


(80) 


(80) 


(70) 


70 


(70) 


70 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection 


(100) 


(100) 


(150) 


150 


(150) 


150 


/uV/V 


Input Common Mode Range 


+15,-12 


+15,-12 


±12 


±12 


±12 


±12 


V 


Differential Input Voltage 


±30 


±30 


±30 


±30 


±30 


±30 


V 


Unity Gain Bandwidth 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 


0.8 (typ) 


0.8 (typ) 


0.8 (typ) 


0.8 (typ) 


MHz 


Slew Rate 


0.2 


0.2 


0.3 


0.3 


5.0 (typ) 3 


5.0 (typ) 3 


V/tfS 


Supply Current 


3.0 


3.0 


2.8 


2.8 


2.8 


2.8 


mA 


Output Voltage Swing 
R L = 2kft 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


V 


R|_ = 10kO 


±12 


±12 


±12 




±12 




V 


Noise (typ) 
R s = 1kfi 
f = 10Hz to 10kHz 


4 


4 


3 


3 


3 


3 


MV (rms) 
(typ) 


R s = 500kft 

f = 10Hzto 10kHz 


25 


25 


25 


25 


25 


25 



♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T^ 
parentheses), unless otherwise indicated. 



: 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in 



+25°C < +125°C 




Minimum recommended closed loop gain of 10. 




OFFSET ADJUST \t 




Ev- 


OUTPUT [T 




7) NON-INVERTING INPUT 


V + [T 


T °iat£ck W 


J] INVERTING INPUT 


ncQT 




7] OFFSET ADJUST 


NcHi 




TJnc 



NC [• 




7]nc 


OFFSET^ 
ADJUST L- 




gv- 


outputH; 


TOP VIEW 
JorN 
Package 


ri NON-INVERTING 
U INPUT 
71 INVERTING 
zi INPUT 


NC |ij 




il OFFSET 
-1 ADJUST 


NC fa 




J\ NC 


NC[J4 


n 


T]nc 




45 



High Performance Operational Amplifiers 



SG108/208/308 SG108A/208A/308A 

SG1118/2118/3118 SG1118A/2118A/3118A 

This series provides input currents and offset voltages which approach performance levels previously associated only with FET or chopper 
stabilized amplifiers. Superior power supply rejection ratio allows use of unregulated supplies and internal short circuit protection makes appli- 
cation nearly foolproof. Also, these devices feature low power consumption over a wide range of supply voltages. Frequency compensation for the 
108 series is accomplished with a single external capacitor. 

The SG1 1 18 types are internally compensated versions of the 108 devices. Since a 30pF capacitor is built into the chip, no external components 
are needed for frequency compensation. In addition, provision is made for paralleling the internal capacitor making it possible to over-compensate to 
increase stability margin. The "A" versions are high performance selections from the 108 and 1 1 18 types. 

• Extremely low input bias currents 

• Offset currents less than 1.0nA 

• Guaranteed voltage and current drift characteristics 

• 300/1 A power supply current 

• Internal compensation on 1118/2118/3118 types 



PARAMETERS* 1 


108/1118 I 208/2118 


308/3118 


108A/1118A | 208A/2118A 


308A/3118A 


UNITS 


Supply Voltage 


±5 to ±20 


±5 to ±15 


±5 to ±20 


±5 to ±15 


V 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


-25 to +85 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


-25 to +85 


to +70 


°c 


Package Types 


J,Y,T,F 


J, Y,T, F, M 


J, Y,T, F 


J, Y,T, F,M 


- 


Input Offset Voltage 


2.0 (3.0) 


7.5 (10) 


0.5 (1.0) 


0.5 (0.73) 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


0.2 (0.4) 


1.0(1.5) 


0.2 (0.4) 


1.0(1.5) 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


2.0 (3.0) 


7(10) 


2.0 (3.0) 


7(10) 


nA 


Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage 


(15) 


(30) 


(5.0) 


(5.0) 


juV/°C 


Temp Coeff Input Offset Current 


(2.5) 


(10) 


(2.5) 


(10) 


pA/°C 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


50 (25) 


25 (15) 


80 (40) 


80 (60) 


V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection 


(85) 


(80) 


(96) 


(96) 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection 


(100) 


(100) 


(16) 


(16) 


iuV/V 


Input Common Mode Range 


(±13.5) 


(±13.5) 


(±13.5) 


(±13.5) 


V 


Slew Rate A v = 1 


0.1 


0.1 


0.1 


0.1 


v/mS 


A v =10 


3 (typ) 


3 (typ) 


3 (typ) 


3 (typ) 


Unity Gain Bandwidth 


0.3 (typ) 


0.3 (typ) 


0.3 (typ) 


0.3 (typ) 


MHz 


Supply Current 


0.6 


0.8 


0.6 


0.8 


mA 


Vout R L = 10kft 


±13 


±13 


±13 


±13 


V 


Noise 
R s =1kft f = 10Hz to 10kHz 


4 


4 


4 


4 


juV(rms) 


R s = 500kft f = 1 0Hz to 1 0kHz 


20 


20 


20 


20 


(typ) 



♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range a 
parentheses), unless otherwise indicated. 

Inputs are shunted with back-to-back diodes 
one volt is applied between the inputs unless 



nd are min./max. limits either at T A = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in 

for overvoltage protection. Excessive current will flow if a differential input voltage in excess of 
some limiting resistance is used. 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



Compensation Circuits 




Not required 
for 1 1 1 8/1 1 1 8 A 




NC |7 
OUTPUT ji 

v + (7 

•FREQCOMPB 



XL 



gv- 



T] FREQCOMPA 



NC [• 

NC [g 

OUTPUT |ij 

FREQCOMPB^ 

NC |u 



v-E 

OUTPUT (7 

v + [T 

FREQCOMPB H 
FREQCOMPA (J£ 



XL 



7j NC 

-> NON-INVERTIf 
U INPUT 

r\ INVERTING 
Zi INPUT 

3]NC 

FJ FREQCOMPA 

7J NC 



s]nc 

4] non-inverting input 

7] inverting input 

D NC 

TJnc 



Quad Operational Amplifier 



SG124/224/324 



The SGI 24 series integrated circuit contains four true-differ- 
ential, independent operational amplifiers. Each amplifier has 
been designed to operate from either a single supply voltage or 
plus and minus voltages and features internal frequency compen- 
sation, high gain, and very low supply current requirements. An 
additional significant advantage of these amplifiers is that when 
using a single supply, the input and output can be operated down 
to ground potential. Thus, they can be powered by a standard 
46V DC logic supply and still be compatible with all forms of 
logic inputs and outputs. 

op amp* in a efngle 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 



euppJy vottege 



Supply Voltage, V* 


32Vqc or ±16Vrjc 


Differential Input Voltage 


32VQC 


Input Voltage 


-0.3VOC to +32Vdc 


Power Dissipation (Note 1) 




N Package (plastic) 


600mW 


Derate above 25°C 


6.0mW/°C 


J Package (cerdip) 


lOOOmW 


Derate above 2S°C 


6.7mWS°C 


Output Short-Circuit to Gnd (Note 2) 


Continuous 


V* <15V DC and T A = 25°C 




Operating Temperature Range 




SGI 24 


-55°Cto +125QC 


SG224 


-25°Cto+e5°C 


SG324 


0«Cto+70°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


-6S°C to +150°C 


Lead Temperature (Soldering. 60 sec) 


300°C 



Electrical Characteristics (V + = 


t5V DC and Ta = 25°C unless otherwise noted! 














Conditions 


SG124 


SG224/SG324 




Parameter 


Min. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Min. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Units 


Input Offset Voltage 


R S = 0ft 


— 


2 


5 


— 


2 


7 


mVpc 


Input Bias Current (Note 3) 


•IN (+) or l|N (-) 


~ 


45 


300 


— 


45 


500 


nArjC 


Input Offset Current 


'IN (+) or l|N (-) 


— 


±3 


±30 


— 


±5 


±50 


nAQC 


Input Common-Mode Voltage 
Range (Note 4) 







— 


V + ^l.5 





— 


V+^.5 


VDC 


Supply Current/ 


RL = °° On All Op Amps 


— 


0.8 


2 


-- 


0.8 


2 


mApC 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


Rl_>2kfl 





100 


— 


— 


100 


-- 


V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing 


R|_=2kfl 





— 


V+-4.5 





— 


V+-1.5 


v D c 


Common Mode Rejection 
Ratio / 


DC 


— 


85 


— 


— 


85 


— 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection 
Ratio 


DC 


— 


100 


— 


— 


100 


— 


dB 


Amplifier-to- Amplifier 
Coupling 


f = 1 kHz to 20 kHz 
(Input Referred) 




-120 






-120 


_ 


dB 


Output Current Source 


V| N + =+1V DC .V, N - = 
0V DC 


20 


40 





20 


40 


— 


mApc 


Output Current Sink 


V| N - = +1 V DC ,V|N+ = 
OVdc 


10 


20 


— 


10 


20 


— 


mAQC 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 




Note 1 : For operating at high temperatures, the SG324 must be 
derated based on a +125°C maximum junction temperature and 
a thermal resistance of 175°C/W which applies for the device 
soldered in a printed circuit board, operating in a still air amb- 
ient. The SG224 and SG124 can be derated based on a +150°C 
maximum junction temperature. 

Note 2: Short circuits from the output to V"*~ can cause ex- 
cessive heating and eventual destruction. The maximum output 
current is approximately 40 mA independent of the magnitude 
of V + . At values of supply voltage in excess of +15Vqc, con- 



tinuous short-circuits can exceed the power dissipation ratings 
and cause eventual destruction. 

Note 3: The destruction of the input current is out of the IC 
due to the PNP input stage. This current is essentially con- 
stant, independent of the state of the output so no loading 
change exists on the input lines. 

Note 4: The input common-mode voltage of either input signal 
voltage should not be allowed to go negative by more than 0.3V. 
The upper end of the common-mode voltage range is V+-1.5V, 
but either or both inputs can go to +30Vqc without damage. 




CHIP BONDING 
DIAGRAM 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 

To reduce the power supply current drain, the amplifiers have a class put of the amplifier, a resistor should be used, from the output of the amp- 

A output stage for small signal levels which converts to class B in a large lifier to ground to increase the class A bias currant and prevent crossover 

signal mode. This allows the amplifiers to both source and sink large out- distortion. Where the load is directly coupled, as in DC applications, there 

put currents. Therefore both NPN and PNP external currant boost tran- is no crossover distortion. 

sjstors can be used to extend the power capability of the basic amplifiers. Capacitive loads which are applied directly to the output of the amp- 

The output voltage needs to raise approximately 1 diode drop above (jfier (^j^ me i^ stability margin. Values of 50 pF can be eccommo- 

ground to bias the orvehip vertical PNP transistor for output current sink- d^ ^n* the worst-case non-inverting unity gain connection. Large 



For AC applications, where the load is capacitivefy coupled to the out- lance must be driven by the amplifier. 








TTL INTERFACE 



47 



High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier 



SG741S/SG741SC 

The S6741S/741SC has been designed to provide a slew rate in excess 
of 20 times that of the popular SG74.1 circuit and yet be fully interchange- 
able in all other aspects. With input and output protection, internal com- 
pensation, and single-component offset nulling, this amplifier has all the 
features which have made the SG741 so easy to use. A guaranteed mini- 
mum slew rate of 10 volts per microsecond maker this device ideally suited 
for to A converters and all applications requiring greater power 
bandwidth. 



10 y/fis minimum slew rate 

Internally compensated 

Wide common mode and differential voltage 

range 

M, T, and Y Packages available 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (Ta = +25°C unless otherwise noted) 







H|^741Sl 
















Kga^B^H 



























Response Comparison. SG741S vs. SG741. 10HS/div., 5V/div. 



I 



Rating 


SG741S 


SG741SC 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


+22 
-22 


+18 
-18 


Vdc 


Differential Input Signal Voltage 


±30 


Volts 


Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing 
(See Note 1 ) 


±15 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration 
(See Note 2) 


Continuous 




Power Dissipation (Package 
Limitation) 
T-Package- -TO-99 Metal Can 

Derate above Ta = +25°C 
M-Package-Plastic Dual 
In- Line Minidip 
Derate above Ta = +25°C 


680 
4.6 
625 

5.0 


mW 

mW/°C 

mW 

mW/°C 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 1 Oto+75 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 
T-Package 
M-Package 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


°C 



Note 1. For supply voltages less than ±15 Vdc, the absolute maximum 

input voltage is equal to the supply voltage. 
Note 2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 15 Vdc. 

TYPICAL CHARACTER rSTICS 
(V+ = +15 Vdc, V- = -15 Vdc, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 

OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 



Slew Rate, 1 JiS/div.. 5V/div. 



+20 


! 111! 


oluge 


ii i 


I 


ftth 


> 


! !: 

. Ii 


I 






L "^ 


* l0 


■ III 


! 


| : 


! 


\J 


i o 


■ ! ! ! j ;:■ ■ ; ; ; i 




8 


■ !,; I i : 


■ i 


! 


- 


J 


i ii ! i i ii 


1 1 


! | 


!' I /li 
ill V r 






I i 




III I ! ! 



100 

+20 





10 10 100, 1.0k 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V+ = +15 Vdc, V- = -15 Vdc, Ta = +25°C unless otherwise noted) 





SG741S 


SG741SC" 




Characteristic 


Min. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Min. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Unit 


Power Bandwidth Ay = 1. R(_ - 2.0 kft. THD = 5%, Vq = 20 V(p-p) 


150 


200 


- 


150 


200 


- 


kHz 


Large-Signal Transient Response (Slew Rate) 
V(-) to V(+) 
V(+) to V(-) 
Settling Time (to within 0.1%) 


10 
10 


20 
12 
3.0 


- 


10 
10 


20 
12 
3.0 


- 


V//LCS 
US 


Small-Signal Transient Response (Gain = 1, Ej n = 20 mV) 
Rise Time 
Fall Time 

Propagation Delay Time 
Overshoot 


- 


0.25 
0.25 
0.25 
20 


_ 


~ 


0.25 
0.25 
0.25 
20 


- 


/US 

/is 

Us 

% 


Short-Circuit Output Currents 


±10 


- 


±35 


±10 


- 


±35 


mA 


Open-Loop Voltage Gain (R L = 2.0 kQ. ) 
V ■ ±10 V, T A = +25°C 
V - ±10 V, T A - T tow » to T hiah * 


50,000 
25,000 


200,000 


- 


20.000 
15.000 


100.000 


" 




Output Impedance (f = 20 Hz) 


- 


75 


- 


- 


75 


- 


n 


Input Impedance (f = 20 Hz) 


0.3 


1.0 


- 


0.3 


1.0 


- 


Mfi 


Output Voltage Swing 

R L =10kH. T A »+25°C 
R L = 2.0kft,T A = +25°C 
R L = 2.0 kft, T A = T, ow to T niqh 


±12 
±10 
±10 


*±14 
±13 


" 


±12 
±10 
±10 


±14 
±13 


: 


v pk 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Swing 


±12 


±13 


- 


±12 


±13 


- 


Vpk 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 20 Hz) 


70 


90 


- 


70 


90 


- 


dB 


Input Bias Current 
T A - +25°C 
T A = T low 


- 


0.2 
0.5 


0.5 
1.5 


- 


0.2 


0.5 
0.8 


iUA 


Input Offset Current 
T A - +25°C 
T A = T| ow to T ni q n 


" 


0.03 


0.2 
0.5 


" 


0.03 


0.2 
0.3 


HA 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs= < 10 kSZ) 
T A - +25°C 
T A = T low to T hiqh 


" 


1.0 


5.0 
6.0 


" 


2.0 


6.0 
7.5 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
<Ta = T| 0w to Thigh) 
R S - 50 SI 
R S - 10 kft 


" 


3.0 
6.0 


- 


- 


3.0 
6.0 


- 


/7V/°C 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current 
<T*A • T|ow to T n jQ h ) 


_ 


30 


_ 


_ 


30 


_ 


nA/°C 


DC Power Dissipation (Power Supply = ±15 V. Vo = 0) 


- 


30 


85 


- 


30 


85 


mW 


Positive Voltage Supply Sensitivity (V— constant) 


- 


2.0 


150 


- 


2.0 


150 


MV/V 


Negative Voltage Supply Sensitivity (V+ constant) 


- 


10 


150 


- 


10 


150 


/iV/V 



iSitee 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 





gv- 

INVENTING 
INPUT 
j] OFFSET 



limited temperatui 



Dual Compensated Operational Amplifiers 



SG747/747C 



SG1558/1458 



The SG747/747C are dual operational amplifiers offering performance 
which is identical to that of the 741/741 C. 



• Complete short circuit protection 

• Offset voltage null capability 

• High common mode voltage range 

• High differential input voltage range 



SGI 558/1458 are internally compensated dual operational amplifiers 
intended for a wide range of analog applications where board space and/or 
weight are important High common mode voltage range and absence of 
"latch-up" make these devices ideal for use as voltage followers. High gam 
and wide operating voltage range provide superior performance in 
integrator, summing amplifier and general feedback applications. 



• Short-circuit protected 



• 6dB/octave roll-off 



PARAMETERS* 


747 2 ' 5 


747C 2 ' S 


1558 2 


1458 2 


1458C 2 


Units 


Supply Voltage 


±15 


±15 


±15 


±15 


±15 


V 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


0to75 


0to75 


OC 


Package Types 


T,J, N 


T,M 


- 


Input Offset Voltage 


5.0 (6.0) 


6.0 (7.5) 


5.0 (6.0) 


6.0 (7.5) 


10.0(12.0) 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


200 (500) 


200 (300) 


200 (500) 


200(300) 


300(400) 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


0.5(1.5) 


0.5 (0.8) 


0.5(1.5) 


03 (0.8) 


0.7(1.0) 


MA 


Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage 


(3.0 typ) 


(6.0 typ) 


(3.0 typ) 


(6.0 typ) 


(6.0 typ) 


j*V/°C 


Temp Coeff Input Offset Current 


(0.5 typ) 


0.5 typ) 


(0.5 typ) 


(0.5 typ) 


(0.5 typ) 


nA/<>C 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


50 (25) 3 


20 (15) 3 


50 (25) 3 


20 (15) 3 


20 (15) 4 


V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection 


(70) 


70 


(70) 


70 


60 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection 


(150) 


150 


(150) 


150 


30tvo 


mV/V 


Input Common Mode Range 


±12* 


±12* 


±12* 


±12 ! 


±11* 


V 


Differential Input Voltage 


±30 


±30 


±30 


±30 


±30 


V 


Unity Gain Bandwidth 


0.8 (typ) 


0.8 (typ) 


OB (typ) 


0.8 (typ) 


0.8 (typ) 


MHz 


Slew Rate 


0.3 


0.3 


0.3 


0.3 


0.3 


V/jiS 


Supply Current 


2.8 2 


2.8 2 


23 2 


2.8' 


4.0 2 


mA 


Output Voltage Swing R(_ = 2kft 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±10 


±9 


V 


R L - 10kft 


±12 





±12 


±12 


±11 


V 


Noise 
R s =1kn f = 10Hz to 10kHz 


3 (typ) 


3 (typ) 


3 (typ) 


3 (typ) 


3 (typ) 


uV(rms) 


R s = 500k« f=10Hz to 10kHz 


25 (typ) 


25 (typ) 


25 (typ) 


25 (typ) 


25 (typ) 



♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either 
parentheses), unless otherwise indicated. 

1 V s = A15V 2 Each half 3 R L = 2k 4 R L = 10k 



at Ta = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in 
V + A and V + B are internally connected 



Balancing Circuit (optional) 
(J or N Package only) 






SG747/747C Chip (See 747J-Package for 
pad functions) 



SQ1558/1458 Chip (See 1558 M-Package for 
pad functions) 




NON-INVERTING 
INPUT A 
INVERTIN6 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



NON-INVERTING 





49 



Uncompensated Operational Amplifiers 



SG748/748C 



SG777/777C 



The SG748/748C are high performance devices which are similar to the 
741/741C but without internal compensation. The 748/748C are func- 
tional and pin for pin replacements for the 301 A and 201 type operational 
amplifiers. 



The SG777/777C are precision operational amplifiers featuring low 
input offset current and low bias current. This device is available in most 
popular package styles, including minidip. 



• Complete short circuit protection 

• Offset voltage null capability 

• High common mode voltage range 

• High differential input voltage range 

• Available in minidip 



• Low input bias current — 25nA 

• Low input offset current — 3nA 

• Low input offset voltage — 2mV 

• Low offset voltage and current drift 

• Short circuit protection 



PARAMETERS* 


748 


748C 


777 


777C 


UNITS 


Supply Voltage 


±15 


±15 


±15 


±15 


V 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


OC 


Package Types 


T,J, F, Y 


T,J, F, Y,N,M 


'T, J, F, Y 


T,Y,J, F,N,M 


- 


Input Offset Voltage 


5.0 (6.0) 


6.0 (7.5) 


2.0 (3.0) 


(5.0) 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


200 (500) 


200 (300) 


3.0(10.0) 


20 (40) 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


500(1500) 


500 (800) 


25 (75) 


100(200) 


nA 


Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage 


(3.0 typ) 


(6.0 typ) 


15 


30 


JLlV/OC 


Temp Coeff Input Offset Current 


(0.5 typ) 


(0.5 typ) 


0.15 


0.6 


nA/QC 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


50 (25) 


25(15) 


50 (25) 


25(15) 


V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection 


(70) 


70 


(80) 


(70) 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection 


(150) 


150 


(100) 


(150) 


juV/V 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


±12 


±12 


(±12) 


(±12) 


V 


Differential Input Voltage 


±30 


±30 


±30 


±30 


V 


Slew Rate A v = 1, 


0.3 


0.3 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 




A v =10 


3 (typ) 


3 (typ) 


5.5 (typ) 


5.5 (typ) 


V/juS 


Unity Gain Bandwidth (typ) 


0.8 


0.8 


0.5 


0.5 


MHz 


Supply Current 


2.8 


2.8 


2.8 


2.8 


mA 


V ou t «L= 2kft 


(±10) 


±10 


(±10) 


(±10) 


V 


R|_= 10kn 


(±12) 





(±12) 


(±12) 


V 


Noise 

R s =1kft f = 10Hz to 10kHz 


4 


4 


4 


4 


juV(rms) 


R s =500kft f = 10Hz to 10kHz 


25 


25 


25 


25 


typ 



♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range 
enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise i 



and are min./max. limits 
ndicated. 



either at T A = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 




OUTPUT (i 

V+ (? 

COMPENSATION (V 



H 



gv- 

I NON-INVERTING 

I INPUT 

I INVERTING 

I INPUT 

l OFFSET ADJUST/ 



OFFSET ADJUST [[ 
OUTPUT [7 

v + d 

COMPENSATION [» 
NC(j« 



gv- 

7] non-inverting input ' 
7] inverting input 
h offset adjust/comp. 
TJnc 



50 





Compensation 
and Optional 
Balancing Circuit 




Low Power Operational Amplifiers 



SG1250/2250/3250 

The SG 1250/2250/3250 operational amplifiers are designed to offer 
exceptional performance under conditions of extremely low internal power 
consumption. Since the quiescent current is determined by a single 
external resistor, operation over a wide range of currents and voltages is 
possible. 

This device is similar to the juA 776/776C and is frequently a desirable 
replacement due to its superior performance. 

• Adjustable power consumption to less than 20JUW 

• Supply voltages from ±0.75 to ±18V 



SG4250/4250C 



The SG4250/4250C are intended for applications requiring extremely 
low internal power consumption. The device is pin compatible with the 
741 type operational amplifiers and is an exact replacement for the 
industry standard 4250/42500. 

• ±1V to ± 18V power supply operation 

• 20/UW standby power consumption 

• 5nA input bias current 

• 35nVyHz input noise voltage (typ) 

• Internally compensated 



PARAMETERS/CONDITIONS 


1250 1 


2250 1 


3250 l 


4250 2 


4250C 2 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


0to70 


0to70 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


oc 


Supply Voltage 


±18 




Differential Input Voltage 3 


±15 




Common Mode Range 


±15 




Package Types 


T, Y 


T,Y,M 


T.Y 


T,Y,M 




RS< lOOKft 
Input Offset Voltage 

Rs < 10Kft 


3(4) 


3(4) 


6.0 (7.5) 


3(4) 


7.5 


mV 


o- n V S = ±3V 
Input Bias Current 

Vs = ±15V 


18 (20) 
12(15) 


18 (20) 
12(15) 


40 (50) 
25 (30) 


(15) 2 


30(50) 2 


nA 


Input Offset Current 


5(8) 


5(8) 


10(15) 


(5) 


10(15) 


nA 


Input Resistance 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


Mn 


Vc = ±3V 
Large Signal Voltage Gain R[_ = 10Kft 

Vs = ± 1 5V 


40 (25) 
AOO (50) 


40 (25) 
100 (50) 


40 (25) 
75 (50) 


100 (50) 2 


75 (50) 2 


V/mV , 


o • V S = ±3V, R L =10Kft 
Output Voltage Swing 

H M a V S = ±15V, R L =10K« 


±1.5 (±1.0) 
±11 (±10) 


±11 (±10j 2 


±11 2 


V 


CMRR Rs< 10Kft 


(70) 


(70) 


(70) 


(70) 


(70) 


dB 


Vc = ±3V 
PSRR Re < 10KI2 * 

a V S = ±15V 


(200) 
(150) 


(200) 
(150) 


(200) 
(150) 


(150) 2 


(150) 2 


MV/V 


Vc = ±3V 
Power Consumption , Ri = 
Vs = ±15V ■ 


(240) 
(1200) 


(240) 
(1200) 


(240) 
(1200) 


(480) 2 


(600) 2 


MW 


Average TC of Offset Voltage R S = 10K (±15V for 1250) 


4 (typ) 


4 (typ) 


6 (typ) 


5 (typ) 


5(typ) 


*iV/°C 


Average TC of Offset Current Rs = 10K (±15V for 1250) 


2 (typ) 


2 (typ) 


1 (typ) 


1.7 (typ) 


1 (typ) 


pA/°C 


Equiv. Input Noise Voltage f = 10Hz (±15V for 1250) 


35 (typ) 


35 (typ) 


35 (typ) 


35 (typ) 


35 (typ) 


nV/y^z 


Equiv. Input Noise Current f = 10Hz (±15V for 1250) 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 


pA//Hz 


Slew Rate R|_ = 20K, C L = 100pF 


0.2 (typ) 


0.2 (typ) 


0.2 (typ) 


0.16 (typ) 


0.16 (typ) 


V/mS 


Small Signal Unity Gain-Bandwidth, Rf = O, 
V jn » 20m V. R L = 20Kfi 


- 


- 


- 


250 (typ) 


250 (typ) 


kHz 



Parameters for 1250/2250/3250 are min/max limits either at T^ = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in parentheses), 
for supply voltage of .±.3V to Jl15V and for a quiescent current of 30 jliA established by an R^t of 1.1 M£2 for V s jt3V and 7.5 MSI for 



Parameters for 4250/4250C are min/max limits either at T A 
supply voltage of jfc6V and quiescent current of 30 /LtA. 

Not to exceed either supply voltage 

SETTING' QUIESCENT CURRENT 

RESISTOR BIASING 



: 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in parentheses), for 



v s 


QUIESCENT CURRENT 


10JUA 


30JUA 


100/UA 


300JUA 


±1.5 


1.5MS2 


470k£2 


150k£2 





±3 


3.3M12 


1.1M£2 


330k£2 


100k£2 


±6 


7.5M12 


2JMQ, 


750k£2 


220k£2 


±9 


13M12 


4MS2 


1.3M&2 


350k£2 


±12 


18lvtf2 


5.6M12 


1.5MJ2 


510k£2 


±15 


22M12 


7.5M£2 


2.2M& 


620k£2 



CURRENT SOURCE BIASING 



«Q 
Iset 



lOjUA 
1.3JUA 



30jUA 

4JUA 



100/UA 

15/LlA 



300jUA 

50jUA 





CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



ADJUST 
OUTPUT (t 

Rset([ 



TOP VIEW 
Minidip 
MorY 



gv. 



n 




51 



General-Purpose Compensated Operational Amplifiers 



SG1536/1436 /1436C 

SGI 536/1 436/1 436 C are intended specifically for use in high voltage 
applications where high common mode input ranges, high output voltage 
swings and low input currents are required. These devices are internally 
compensated and are pin compatible with industry-standard operational 
amplifiers. 



Usable with up to ±40V supplies 
Provides up to ±30V output voltage swing 
Common mode voltages to ±24V 
Input current 35nA max over temperature 



SG1556/1456/1456C 



This series offers excellent input characteristics plus a five-times 
improvement in slew rate over conventional amplifiers. 



Low bias current 15nA max 

Low input offset voltage 4.0m V max 

Fast slew rate 2.5V/jus typical 

Low power consumption 45mW max 

Output short circuit protection 



PARAMETERS* 


1536 1 


1436 1 


1436C 1 


1556 


1456 


1456C 


UNITS 


Supply Voltage 


±40 


±34 


±30 


±15 


±15 


±15 


V 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +75 


to +75 


-55 to +125 


to +75 


to +75 


°C 


Package Types 


T, Y 


T, Y 


- 


Input Offset Voltage 


5.0 (7.0) 


10 


12 


4.0 (6.0) 


10(14) 


12 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


3.0 (7.0) 


10(14) 


25 


2.0(5.0) 


10(14) 


30 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


20 (35) 


40(55) 


90 


15 (30) 


30(40) 


90 


nA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


100(50) 


70(50) 


50 


100(40) 


70(40) 


25* 


V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection 


80 


70 


50 


80 


70 


110 (typ) 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection 


100 


200 


50 


100 


200 


75 (typ) 


/xV/V 


Input Common Mode Range 


±24 


±22 


±18 


±12 


±11 


±10.5 


V 


Differential Input Voltage (V) 


±(V + + |V-|-3V) 


iV s 


±v s 


±v s 


V 


Unity Gain Bandwidth 


1.0 (typ) 


1 .0 (typ) 


1.0 (typ) 


1.0 (typ) 


1 .0 (typ) 


1.0 (typ) 


MHz 


Slew Rate 


2.0 (typ) 


2.0 (typ) 


2.0 (typ) 


2.5 (typ) 


2.5 (typ) 


2.5 (typ) 


V/mS 


Supply Current 


4.0 


5.0 


5.0 


1.5 


3.0 


4.0 


mA 


Output Voltage Swing Rl * 2kft 


±22 T 


±20 ' 


±20 l 


±12 


±11 


±10 


V 


R L = 10k« 


±30 5 


- 


- 


- 


- 


- 


V 


Noise (typ) 
Aw ■- 100, R s = 10k«. f - 1 .0 KHz. 
BW- 1.0Hz 


50 


50 


50 


45 


45 


45 


nV/(Hz) 1 /* 
(typ) 



* Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T^ = 25°C (or over operating temperature range i 
enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise indicated. 



' V s = JL15V 



Inputs are shunted with back-to-back diodes for over voltage protection 



R L = 5 k£l 



R L = 5.0kfl, V s = A36V. 





CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



ADJUST 
OUTPUT (i 

*(i 

NC (l 



TOP VIEW 
Mlnidlp 
MorY 



ri NON-INVERTING 
i! INPUT + 

ri INVERTING 
D INPUT - 

71 OFFSET 
^ ADJUST 



SG1536/1436/1436C Chip (See T-packaoa diagram 
for pad functions) 



SG1556/1456/1456C Chip 

(See T-package diagram for pad functions) 



Balancing Circuit (Optional) 





52 



High Performance Operational Amplifiers 



SG1660 



SG1760 



The SG1660 is a superior, functional, and pin for pin, replacement for 
the 301 A, 748C and 201 operational amplifiers. The SG1660 is also 
frequently a desirable replacement for the 308/308A types due to its lower 
cost. 



The SG 1760 is an internally compensated version of the SGI 660 and is 
a superior replacement for the 307 and 741 type op amps. 



• 15nA input bias current 

• 2.0nA input offset current 

• Low power — 7.5mW (typ) 

• CMRRof80dB 

• PSRRof80dB 

• Available in minidip 



15 nA input bias current 
2.0 nA input offset current 
Low power — 7.5 mW (typ) 
CMRR of 80 dB 
PSRR of 80 dB 
Available in minidip 



Compensation Circuit 



PARAMETERS* 


1660 


1760 


UNITS 


Supply Voltage 


±5 to ±15 


±5 to ±15 


V 


Operating Temperature Range 


to +70 


to +70 


oc 


Package Types 


T, J, M, Y, F 


- 


Input Offset Voltage 


7.5 (10.0) 


7.5 (10.0) 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


2.0 (4) 


2.0 (4) 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


15 (25) 


15(25) 


nA 


Temp Coeff. Input Offset Voltage 


30 


30 


mV/oc 


Temp Coeff. Input Offset Current 


0.04 


0.04 


nV/<>C 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


25(15)* 


25(15)* 


V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection 


(80) 


(80) 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection 


(80) 


(80) 


mV/V 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


(±13.5) 3 


(±13.5) 3 


V 


Differential Input Voltage 


±1 4 


±1 4 


V 


o. « A " = !' 


0.1 


0.1 


v/ M s 


A v = 10 


1 (typ) 


1 (typ) 


Unity Gain Bandwidth 


0.3 (typ) 


0.3 (typ) 


MHz 


Supply Current 


0.75 2 


0.75 2 


mA 


v out R L =10kfi 


±13 


±13 


V 


Noise 

R s =1kft f = 10Hz to 10kHz 


4 


4 


juV(rms) 


R s « 500kf2 f = 10Hz to 10kHz 


20 


20 


(typ) 



♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at 
1"a - 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in parentheses), 
unless otherwise indicated. 



Rl 



= lOktl, V s - 
Jil5V 



tl5V, V out = A10V 2 T A = 70°C (1000 MA at 0°C) 



Inputs are shunted with back-to-back diodes for overvoltage protection. 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 






SGI 660 Chip (See T-package diagram 
for pad functions) 



SG1760 Chip (See T-package diagram 
for pad functions) 



(not required for 1 760) 



OUTPUT [• 

freocompb[> 



n 



3v- 

i| NON-INVERTING 
J INPUT 
Ti INVERTING 
3 INPUT 

TJ FREQC0MPA 



v-[T 

OUTPUT (7 
V + (T 

freocompbU 

FREQCOMPA|i« 



I] NON-INVERTING INPUT 

Hi. 

D NC 

3nc 




53 



INTERFACE CIRCUITS 

Line Drivers 
Line Receivers 
Quad Line Receivers 
Quad Bus Receivers 
Quad Bus Tranceivers 
Voltage Comparators 
Quad Comparators 
Dual Peripheral Drivers 



54 



Voltage Comparators 



SGlll/211/311 



The SG1 11/21 1/311 are medium speed, high input impedance devices 
which are especially well suited for use in level detection and low level 
voltage sensing applications. Operation may be obtained from supply 
voltages ranging from ±15V down to a single +5V source. 

The output, an open collector NPN capable of switching 50V and 
50mA, can drive RTL, DTL, TTL, MOS logic, relays or lamps. Both input 
and output can be isolated from ground and the output can drive loads 
referred to a positive supply, ground or a negative supply. These devices 
also offer offset balance, strobe capability and pin configuration of the 
SG710 Comparator. 



• Differential input voltage range of ±30V 

• 150nA maximum bias current 

• Consumes 135mW at ±15V 



PARAMETERS* 


111 


211 


311 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


-25 to +85 


to +70 


PC 


Package Types 


T,J 


T, J 


, M 




Supply Voltage 


±15 


V 


Input Offset Voltage Rs < 50k 


3 (4.0) 2 


7.5 (10.0) 2 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


10 (20) 2 


50 (70) 2 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


100(150) 


250 (300) 


nA 


Voltage Gain 


200 (typ) 


200 (typ) 


V/mV 


Response Time 1 


200 (typ) 


200 (typ) 


nS 


Saturation Voltage Isjpk = 50 mA 

V + = 4.5V 

Uink = 8 mA 
v- = OV smK 


1.5 
0.4 


1.5 
0.4 


V 
V 


Output Leakage Current 


10(500) 


50 


nA 


Differential Input Voltage max 


±30 


±30 


V 


Total Supply Voltage, Vg4 max 


36 


36 


V 


Input Voltage Range 


±14 (typ) 


±14 (typ) 


V 


Positive Supply Current 


6.0 


7.5 


mA 


Negative Supply Current 


5.0 


5.0 


mA 


Output Voltage, V74 


50 3 


40 3 


V 



♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T^ = 25°C 
(or over operating temperature range if enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise indicated. 

The response time specified is for a lOOmV input step with 5mV overdrive. 

The offset voltages and offset currents given are the maximum values required to drive the 
output down to IV or up to 14V with 1mA load. 
3 
Output voltage levels can be changed for compatibility with DTL and T2L logic levels. 




SG1 11/21 1/311 Chip (See 
T-package diagram for pad 
functions) 




CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



COLLECTOR [i 
OUTPUT M 



NC £ 

nc m 

NC £ 
NC £ 



TOP VIEW 
JorN 
Package 



3 BALANCE 

Ev- 

3 NC 

71 INVERTING 
J INPUT 

3] NON-INVERTING 
- 1 INPUT 

7J GNO/EMITTER 
J OUTPUT 

3nc ■ 




BALANCE js 



COLLECTOR |7 
OUTPUT L 



■ E 



TOP VIEW 



INPUT 

71 GND/EMITTER 
-U OUTPUT 



55 



Quad Comparators 



SG139/239/339 SG139A/239A/339A / SG3302* 



The S6139 scries describes a monolithic IC containing four inde- 
pendent voltage comparators designed to provide maximum utility and 
versatility in a single package. Unique features of this device include the 
ability to operate with either a single or dual-polarity power supply and 
a common-mode voltage range including ground, even when using a single 
supply voltage. Additionally, the open-collector output stage provides 
easy interfacing with all types of logic circuitry. 



• Wide supply voltage range: 2 to 36 volts or 
±1 to ±18 volts. 

• Low supply current (0.8 mA) insensitive to 
supply voltage. 

• Inj&ut bias current of 25 nA typically. 

• Compare voltages at ground common mode. 

• Output compatible with DTL. TTL, ECL. 
MOS, and CMOS Logic. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = 250C, see Note 3) 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Differential Input Voltage 
input Voltage Range (Mote 1) 
Input Current (V |N <-0.3Vdct 
Output Sink Current 
Power Dissipation 



*2$°C 



Derate above 25°C 
Output Short Circuit to Gnd (Note 2) 
Operating Temperature Range 
SG139<J-pkgomy) 



Storage Temperature Range 

Lead Temperature (Soldering. 10 sec.) 



+36Vor±18V 
36V 

-0.3V to +36V 
50mA 
20mA 

600mW 

6.0mW/<»C 

lOOOmW 

6.7mW/°C 

Continuous 

-65°Cto+125°C 

-25°C to +85°C 

0°Cto+70°C 

-65°Cto+150°C 

300°C 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 






Conditions 


SG139 
SG139A 


SG239/339 
SG239A/339A 




Parameter 


Min. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Min. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Units 


Input Offset Voltage 


At Output Switch Point, 
Vrj&! 1.4Vdc.Vref = 
+1.4VocandRs = 0S2 




±2.0 


±5.0 




±2.0 


±5.0 


mVQC 


*"A" Versions 






±2.0 






±2.0 


mVpc 


Input Bias Current (Note 4) 


!|N(+) or l|N(-) With Output 
in Linear Range 




25 


100 




25 


250 


nAQC 


Input Offset Current 


»IN(+) - 'IN(-) 




±3.0 


±25 




±5.0 


±50 


nAQC 


Input Common-Mode Voltage 
Range (Note 1) 









V+-1.5 







V+-1.5 


vdc 


Supply Current 


R L = oo On Ail Comparators 




0.8 


2.0 




0.8 


2.0 


mAoc 


Voltage Gain 


R L > 15kft 




200 






200 




V/mV 


Large Signal Response Time 


V|(s| = TTL Logic Swing, 
VREF=+1.4V DC ,VRL = 
5.0V DC andR L = 5.1kn 




300 






300 




ns 


Response Time (Note 5) 


Vrl= 5.0VocandRL = 
5.1 kS2 




1.3 






1.3 




Ms 


Output Sink Current 


V|N(-)>+1.0V DC .V|N(+) = 
and Vo<+15Vqc 


6 


16 




6 


16 




mApC 


Saturation Voltage 


V| N (.)>+1.0V D C.V|N(+)=0 
and IsiNK^ 4.0 mA 




250 


500 




250 


500 


mVQC 


Output Leakage Current 


V|N(+) >+ 10 V DC , V|N(-) = 
and VquT = 5.0 Vqc 




0.1 






0.1 




nAoC 


Ta = Operating Temperature Range 


Input Offset Voltage 


At Output Switch Point, Vfj S 
1.4 Vqc. VreF = +1.4 Vdc and 
R S = 0fi 






+9.0 






+9.0 


mVDC 


Input Offset Current 


l|N(+)-l|N(-) 






±100 






±150 


nADC 


Input Bias Current 


l|N(+) or 'lN(-) With Output in 
Linear Range 






300 






400 


nA D C 


Input Common-Mode Voltage 
Range 









V+-2.0 







V+-2.0 


v D c 


Saturation Voltage 


V|N(-)^+1.0V DC .V|N(+) = 
and IsiNK ^ 4.0 mA 






700 






700 


mVoc 


Output Leakage Current 


Vin(+) > + io vdc. vin(-) = o 

and VoUT = 30 Vqc 






1.0 






1.0 


madc 


Differential Input Voltage 


KeepAIIV| N 's>OVDC(or 
V-, if used) 






36 






36 


vdc 





irator gam more than 0.3 volt volts for 

__^ is on causing high input current S6139A, 

d possible faulty outputs. This condition is not destructive providing Note 4: 

• tne input current Is limited to less then 50 mA. „ PNP inpt 

Note 2: Short circuits from the output to V+ can c 



the SQ139. 239. and '3391 and V < 

239A, and 339A.' 

The direction of the input current ii 



it of the IC due t< 



t the output so no loading change exists on the reference or 



Note 3: Unlets otherwise stated t 

♦ Contact factory for 3302 test limits. 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 

These comparators are high gain, wide bandwidth devices; which, 
like moat circuits of this type, can easily oscillate with stray feedback 
paths from output to input. This only occurs during the output voltage 
transition intervals as the comparator changes state and can be mini- 
mized by reducing the value of the input resistors to less than 10k&, 
using P.C. board wiring rather than sockets, or providing a small 
amount of positive feedback to cause rapid transitions. Power supply 
bypassing is not normally required with this circuit. 

All pins of any unused comparators should be grounded. 

The differential input voltage may be larger than V+ without caus- 
ing damage but if negative excursions greater than -0.3 volt are possible, 
protection should be provided by a clamp diode and/or input resistor. 

The output of this comparator is an uncommitted collector of a 
grounded-emitter NPN transistor. Several collectors may be tied 
together to provide a* wired-OR function. An output pull-up resistor 
can be connected to any available power supply voltage up to 36 volts 
with respect to the GNO terminal, regardless of the voltage level applied 
to the V+ terminal. The output can also be used as a simple SPST 
switch to ground when no pull-up resistor is used. 

The amount of current which the output transistor can sink is 
limited by its drive to about 16 mA. Exceeding this current will cause. 
the transistor to come out of saturation and the output voltage will 



rise very rapidly. The amount of saturation voltage is determined by 
the rsa t of the output transistor which is approximately 60 ohms. 




MOS TO TTL TO MOS LEVEL SHIFT 



Voltage Comparators 



SG710/710C 



SG711/711C 



The SG710/710C are high-speed voltage comparators designed for use 
in level detection, low-level sensing and memory applications. Inherent, 
component matching provides low offset voltage and drift as well as high 
accuracy and fast response. The output of the comparator is compatible 
with all forms of saturating logic. 



The S6711/S6711C are dual voltage comparators designed for use in 
core-memory sense amplifier applications, pulse height detectors, and as a 
double-ended limit sensor for automatic go/no-go test equipment. Inherent 
component matching provides low offset voltage and drift as well as high 
accuracy and fast response. With an output compatible with all forms of 
saturation logic, the device also has provisions for independent strobing of 
each comparator channel. 



PARAMETERS* 


710 


710C 


711 3 


71 1C 3 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


°c 


Package Types 


T, J, N 


T, J,N 


- 


Supply Voltage (max) 


+14.0, -7.0 


+14.0. -7.0 


+14.0, -7.0 


+14.0, -7.0 


V 


Input Offset Voltage 2 


2.0 (3.0) 


5.0 (6.5) 


3.5 (6.0) 


5.0 (10) 


mV 


Input Offset Current 2 


3.0 (7.0) 


5.0 (7.5) 


10 (20) 


15(25) 


MA 


Input Bias Current 


20 (45) 


25(40) 


75(150) 


100(150) 


ma 


Voltage Gain 


1250(1000) 


1000 (800) 


750 (500) 


700 (500) 


V/V 


Response Time (typ) 


40 (typ) 


40 (typ) 


60 (max) 


40 (typ) 


nS 


Differential Input Voltage 


±5.0 


±5.0 


±5.0 


±5.0 


V 


Output Sink Current 


2.0 (0.5) 


1.6(0.5) 


0.5 


0.5 


mA 


Positive Output Voltage 


2.5/4.0 


2.5/4.0 


2.5/5.0 


2.5/5.0 


V 


Negative Output Voltage 


-1.0/0 


-1.0/0 


-1.0/0 


-1 .0/0 


V 


Input Common Mode Range 


±5.0 


±5.0 


±5.0 


±5.0 


V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


80 


70 


- 


- 


dB 


Power Supply Current 


9.0 


9.0 


10.0 


7.2 (typ) 


mA 


Power Consumption 


150 


150 


150 


150 


mW 


Strobe Current 


- 


- 


2.5 


2.5 


mA 



♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T A = 25°C (or over operating 
temperature range if enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise indicated. 

The response time specified is for a lOOmv input step with 5mV overdrive. 

The offset voltages and offset currents given are the maximum values required to drive the output to 1.4Vdc at 
25°C, 1.8Vdc at 0° or — 55°C, l.OVdc at +70° or 125°C. 

Each comparator. 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



SG710/710C 




SG710/710C Chip 
(See T-package dia- 
gram for pad functions) 



NC (• 

OUTPUT [« 

NC |» 

TOP VIEW 
V+ Si JorN 
Package 

NC Fj 
Nc£ 
NC £ 



H 



SG711/711C 



3nc 

s] NC 

7\ INVERTING 
" INPUT 

j\ NON-INVERTING 
J INPUT 

2] GNO 
7] NC 




SG711/711CChip 
(See T-package diagram 
for pad functions) 



NC (• 
STROBE 2 H 
OUTPUT fj 

V+ EJ 

GND [« 

STROBE 1 ||3 

Nc£ 



TOP VIEW 
J or N 
Package 



3nc 



3v- 



INPUT 1 
t] NC 





57 



Line Drivers 



SG1488 



The SG1488 is a monolithic quad line driver designed to interface data 
terminal equipment with data communications equipment in conformance 
with the specifications of EIA Standard No. RS-232C. 



Current limited output 

10mA typ 
Power-Off source impedance 

300 ohms minimum 
Simple slew rate control with 

external capacitor 
Flexible operating supply range 
Compatible with all DTL and 

TTL logic families 



PARAMETERS* 


1488 


UNITS 


Supply Voltage (max, Ta = 25°C) 


+15,-15 


V 


Input Signal Voltage (max, Ta = 25°C) 


-15 < V in < 7.0 


V 


Output Signal Voltage (max, Ta = 25°C) 


±15 


V 


Package Types 


J 


- 


Operating Temperature Range 


to +75 


OC 


Forward Input Current (Vj n = Vdc) 


1.6 


mA 


Reverse Input Current (Vj n = +5.0 Vdc) 


10 


MA 


Output Voltage High 

(V jn = 0.8 Vdc, R L = 3.0kft, V + = +9.0 Vdc, V~ = -9.0 Vdc) 
(V in = 0.8 Vdc, R L = 3.0kft, V + = +13.2 Vdc, V~ = -13.2 Vdc) 


+6.0 
+9.0 


V 


Output Voltage Low 

(V in = 1.9 Vdc, R L = 3.0kft, V + = +9.0 Vdc, V~ = -9.0 Vdc) 
(V jn = 1.9 Vdc, R L = 3.0kft, V + = +13.2 Vdc, V~ = -13.2 Vdc) 


-6.0 
-9.0 


V 


Positive Output Short-Circuit Current 


+6.0/+12 


mA 


Negative Output Short-Circuit Current 


-6.0/- 12 


mA 


Output Resistance (V + = V~ = 0, |V | = ±2.0V) 


300 (min) 


ft 


Positive Supply Current (R\_ - «>) 

V in = 0.8/1.9V V+ = +9V 

V+= 12V 

V + = 15V 


6/20 
7/25 
12/34 


mA 


Negative Supply Current (Rl - °°) 
V jn = 0.8/1. 9V V~ = -9V 
V- = -12V 
V~ = -15V 


0/-17 
0/-23 
-2.5/-34 


mA 


Power Dissipation 

(V + = 9.0 Vdc, V- = -9.0 Vdc) 
(V+ = 12 Vdc, V- = -12 Vdc) 


333 
576 


mW 


SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (V + = +9.0 ± 1% Vdc, V~ = -9.0 ± 1% Vdc, T A = +25°C) 
Propagation Delay Time (Z\_ = 3.0k and 15 pF) 200 


nS 


Fall Time (Z L = 3.0k and 15 pF) 


75 


nS 


Propagation Delay Time (Zl = 3.0k and 15 pF) 


120 


nS 


Rise Time (Zl = 3.0k and 15 pF) 


100 


nS 



♦Parameters are min/max limits with V + = +9.0 ± 1% Vdc, V 
unless otherwise noted. 



-9.0 ± 1% Vdc, T A = to +75°C 



Logic Diagram 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 




Typical Application 



LINE DRIVER 
SG1488J 

r-.\ 



x> 



DTL LOGIC INPUT - 




DTL LOGIC OUTPUT 



58 



Line Receivers 



SG1489/1489A 



The SG1489 monolithic quad line receivers are designed to interface data terminal equipment with data communications equipment in 
conformance with the specifications of EIA Standard No. RS-232C. 

• Input Resistance — 3.0k to 7.0k& 

• Input Signal Range - ±30 Volts 

• Input Threshold Hysteresis Built In 

• Response Control 

a) Logic Threshold Shifting 

b) Input Noise Filtering 



PARAMETERS* 


1489/1489A 


UNITS 


Power Supply Voltage (max, T^ - 25°C) 


10 


V 


Input Signal Range (max, T/\ ■ 25°C) 


±30 


V 


Output Load Current (T^ * 25°C) 


20 


mA 


Package Types 


J 


- 


Power Dissipation (Package Limitation, Ceramic Dual In-Line Package) 
Derate above T/\ - +25°C 


1000 
6.7 


mW 
mW/°C 


Operating Temperature Range 


to +75 


oc 


Storage Temperature Range 


-65 to +175 


o C 


Positive Input Current (V m - +25 Vdc) 
(V in = +3.0 Vdc) 


3.6/8.3 
0.43 


mA 


Negative Input Current (Vj n = -25 Vdc) 
(V jn - -3.0 Vdc) 


-3.6/-8.3 
-0.43 


mA 


Input Turn-On Threshold Voltage 
(T A - +250C, Vql < 0.45V) SG 1 489J 
SG 1489 A J 


1.0/1.5 
1.75/2.25 


V 


Input Turn-Off Threshold Voltage 
(Ta = +25°C, Vqh > 25V, I L = -0.5 mA) SG1489J 

SG 1489 A J 


0.75/1.25 
0.75/1.25 


V 


Output Voltage High (V in - 0.75V, l|_ - -0.5mA) 

(Input Open Circuit, \{_ = —0.5 mA) 


2.6/5.0 
2.6/5.0 


V 


Output Voltage Low (Vj n = 3.0V, I l ■ 10mA) 


0.45 


V 


Power Supply Current (Vj n = +5.0Vdc) 


26 


mA 


Power Consumption (Vj n - +5.0Vdc) 


130 


mW 


SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (T A =+25QC) 






Propagation Delay Time (R[_ - 3.9kH) 


85 


nS 


Rise Time (R|_ ■ 3.9kft) 


175 


nS 


Propagation Delay Time (Rl = 390 fl) 


50 


nS 


Fall Time (R L - 390 «) 


20 


nS 



♦Parameters are min./max. limits with response control pin open, v + = +5.0 Vdc ±1%, T^ = to +75°C unless 
otherwise noted. 



Logic Diagram 

10 Jp C3 13 O — JO 01 

20 * 120 * 

;^P^ 6 v +__ 



r 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 
FOR J-PACKAGE 




Typical Application 

LINE DRIVER INTERCONNECTING LINE RECEIVER 

S0 1488 J CABLE S0 1489 J 

r— .\ 



SG1489/1489A Chip 
(See logic diagram for 



:h> 



J INTER- 

CONNECTING ! 
OTL LOGIC INPUT w |— ■ CABLE ~*+" 

I I 



$& 



- OTL LOGIC OUTPUT 



59 



DUAL HIGH-CURRENT OUTPUT DRIVER 



SG1627 / SG3627 



DESCRIPTION 

The SG1627 and SG3627 devices are monolithic, high- 
speed driver integrated circuits designed to interface 
digital control logic with high current loads. Each device 
contains two independent drivers which will either source 
or sink up to 500 mA of current. The sink transistor is 
designed as a saturating switch while the source 
transistor can be used either as a switch or as a constant 
current generator with external resistor programming. 

Each half of this device contains both inverting and non- 
inverting inputs which have two volt thresholds for high 
noise immunity. Either input can be used alone to switch 
the output, or one input can be strobed with the other. 
These units have been designed to directy interface with 
the SG1524 Regulating Pulse Width Modulator Circuit. 

These devices are supplied in\ ceramic 16-pin D.I.L. 
packages. The SG 1627 is specified for operation over a 
-55° C to +125°C temperature range while the SG3627 is 
intended for industrial applications of 0°C to +100°C. 



FEATURES 

• Two independent driver circuits 

• Outputs will source or sink currents 
to 500 mA 

• 100 nSec response time 

• Full compatibility with SG1524 PWM circuit 

• Constant current drive capability 

• Two volt threshold for high noise immunity 

• Source and sink can be separated for 
complementary outputs 



SCHEMATIC (one half of total device shown) 



«-»~ To Side B 



6vS jK 




CHIP LAYOUT 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM (TO-1 16 OUTLINE) 





60 



DUAL HIGH-CURRENT OUTPUT DRIVER 



SG1627 / SG3627 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 

Supply Voltage, Vqc 30v 

Output Collector Voltage 30V 

Source or Sink Current 500 mA 

Input Voltage 5.5V 

Input Current 10 mA 

Avg. Total Power Dissipation (Note 1 ) 1 000 mW 

Derate Above 50°C 1 mW/QC 



Operating Temperature Range 

SG1627 

SG3627 
Storage Temperature Range 



-550Cto+1250C 
0OCto+100OC 

-65OCto+150OC 



Note 1 : Total power dissipation is the sum of the control 
logic power plus the power of each source and sink output 
transistor, factored for duty cycle. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

Unless otherwise stated, these specifications apply for Tj 
QOC to +1 00°C for the SG3627. VrjC = 5V. 



-550C to +1250C for the SG1627 and 



PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


High-Level Input Voltage 




2.8 


- 


5.5 


Volts 


Low-Level Input Voltage 







- 


1.4 


Volts 


Input Threshold 




- 


2.0 


- 


Volts 


Low-Level Input Current 


V|=0 


- 


-1.0 


-2.0 


mA 


Source Off, Leakage Current 


Collector V = 30V 


- 


0.3 


1.0 


mA 


Source On, Collector Sat. 
(Source Emitter Grounded, 
RSC = 0) 


'source = 50 mA 


- 


1.1 


1.7 


Volts 


'source = 300 m A 


- 


1.2 


1.9 


Volts 


'source = 500 mA 


- 


1.3 


2.0 


Volts 


Source On, Emitter Voltage 


'source = -50 mA 


(Vcc-3V) 


- 


- 


Volts 


Sink Off, Leakage Current 


Collector V = 30V 


- 


1.0 


100 


ma 


Sink On, Collector Sat. 


•sink = 50 mA 


- 


0.2 


0.4 


Volts 


l s ink = 300mA,Vcc = 20V 


'" N 


0.5 


0.7 


Volts 


'sink = 500 mA, l D oost = 25 mA 




0.5 


0.7 


Volts 


Current Limit Sense Voltage 


RSC=10n,T A = 25OC 


600 


700 


800 


mV 


Sense Voltage Temp. Coef. 


RSC = 10ft 


- 


1.8 


- 


mV/oC 


Supply Current 
(Both sink transistors on) 


V C C = 5V 




15 


20 


mA 


V C C = 20V 




50 


65 


mA 


V C C = 30V 




80 


90 


mA 


Output Response, Turn On 


Fig. 4, RL = 24n,TA = 250C 


- 


50 


- 


nS 


Output Response, Turn Off 


Fig. 4, R L = 24£2,Ta = 250C 


- 


100 


- 


nS 


Thermal Resistance ja 




- 


80 


110 


OC/W 


Thermal Resistance 0jc 




- 


45 


60 


OC/W 



TOTEM POLE OUTPUT SWITCH CIRCUIT 




"TOTEM POLE" 
OUTPUT WAVEFORM 




61 



High-Current Switch Driver 



ADVANCE DATA 

SG1629/3629 



Note: Performance data described herein represent design goals. Final 
device specifications are subject to change. 



The SG1629 and SG3629 are monolithic integrated circuits designed to 
generate the positive and negative base drive currents (l^i and 1^2) required 
for high-speed, high power switching transistors. These units are intended 
to interface between the secondary of a drive transformer and the base of 
an NPN switching device. Positive drive current can be made constant with 
an external programming resistor, or can be clamped with a diode to keep 
the switching device out of saturation. Negative turn-off current is derived 
from a negative voltage generated in an external capacitor. All operating 
power is supplied by the transformer secondary and these devices can be 
floated at high levels with respect to ground for off-line, bridge converters. 



• Self-generating positive and negative currents 

• Constant source current (l^i ) to one amp 

• Two amp peak sink current (l^) to negative voltage 

• Floating operation 

• Baker clamp input for non-saturated switching 

• 200 nanosecond response 



For medium power applications, these units are available in an 8-pin, mini- 
cerdip, D.I.L. package; while high power capability is offered in a 9-pin, 
TO-66 case. In either package, the SG1629 is specified for operation over 
a -55°C to +125°C temperature range while the SG3629 is intended for 
industrial applications of 0°C to +100°C. 



Electrical Characteristics: 



(Unless otherwise stated, these specifications apply for Ta 
+125QC for the SG1629 and 0°C to +100°C for the SG3629. 



-55°C to 



Absolute Maximum Ratings: 



Input Voltage + or - Inputs 




20V 


Collector to Emitter Voltage, Source or Sink 


20V 


Source Current 




2.0 A 


Sink Current 




3.0 A 


Sink Rectifier Current 




100mA 


Average Total Power Dissipation 


(Note!) 




R-Package (TO-66) 




2500 mW 


Derate above 50°C 




25 mW/oC 


Y-Package (Mini-ceridip) 




800 mW 


Derate above 50°C 




8 mW/°C 


Operating Temperature Range 


SG1629 




-55°C to +1 25<>C 


SG3629 




0°Cto+100<*C 


Storage Temperature Range 




-65°Cto+150OC 



Note 1: Total power dissipation must include the power in both source 
and sink transistors times the duty cycle for each. 



Schematic: 




v*nO— W 



Parameter 


Conditions 


Typ. 


Units 


Collector to Emitter Voltage 
Source or Sink 


v BE = o 


30 


V 


Source Saturation Voltage 


I source = 100mA 


1 


V 




• source ~ 500 mA 


1.5 


V 




I source = 1 A 


2 


V 


Clamp Current 


+V iri = 20V 


18 


mA 


Current Limit Sense Voltage 


' source = 100 mA 


.65 


V 




I source = 1 A 


.7 


V 


Sink Saturation Voltage 


» sink = 100 mA 


1.0 


V 


Force Beta = 100 


I sink = 500 mA 


1.2 


V 




I sink = 2 A 


1.5 


V 


Sink Current Gain 


' sink ~ 2 A 


500 




Collector to Emitter Leakage 
Source or Sink 


V B E=0,V CE = 20V 


5 


JUA 


Sink Rectifier Forward Voltage 


IF =50mA 


1 


V 


Sink Rectifier Leakage Current 


V R =40 


1 


JUA 


Source Response 


Turn On 




200 


nSec 


Turn Off 




200 


nSec 


Sink Response 


Turn On 




200 


nSec 


Turn Off 




400 


nSec 


Thermal Resistance 
R -Package 


<*JA 




40 


OC/W 


ffJC 




7 


©C/W 


Y-Package 


0JA 




125 


OC/W 


ffjc 




40 


©C/W 



Connection Diagrams: 




SinkC (j5 




3 SinkE 


Clamp [| 




3 -v in 


r.Sen. [7 




7J Sink Dr. 


urceE [5 


n 


3 +v i« 



62 



High-Current Switch Driver 



SG1629 / 3629 




-w- 



H 



3K 



.J 



Switching 
Transistor 



T 



Figure 1. A centertapped secondary provides low-loss derivation of 
negative bias voltage. R3 is only necessary if control of discharge current 
is required. 



Figure 2. Maximum drive current consistant with load demand is provided 
by anti-saturation clamp diode D1, a high-voltage, high-speed, device. 



wu 



-I 

I 

I 



^ 



x 



0-W- 



IS 



r^i 



Figure 3. A non-centertapped secondary can also be used to generate a 
negative bias voltage by the voltage drop across R4. In any of the above 
applications, R5 can be used to keep the switching transistor off under 
static conditions while the use of C1 alone to the sink drive will provide 
dynamic turn-off without a steady-state discharge of C2. 



63 



SG5520/7520 Series Sense Amplifiers 



SG7520/39 — High Speed Sense Amplifiers will detect bipolar 
differential signals from memory core arrays and provide logic-level 
outputs for interfacing with external logic. These devices are intended 
for systems requiring threshold voltage levels of ±15 mV to ±40 mV. 

SG7520/21 — Two sense amplifiers are connected to a common 
output stage with capability of being flip-flop connected as part of the 
memory output register. 

SG7522/23 — Two sense amplifiers are connected to a common 
output stage. Open collector output transistors may be used as 
wiredOR. 



SG7524/25 — Two sense amplifiers with independent output stages. 

SG7528/29 — Similar to SG7524/25 except analog test points are 
brought out. 

SG7534/35 — Similar to the SG7524/25 except it has logically 
inverted outputs with open collectors for wired-OR. 

SG7538/39 — Similar to the SG 7528/29 except it has logically 
inverted outputs with open collectors for wired-OR. 

SG55XX Series — Available for operation over full temperature range. 



PARAMETERS 1 


CONDITIONS 


SG7520, 
21,22,23 
24,25,28,29 
34,35,38,39 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


Free Air 


to +70 


OC 


Package Types 




J, N (16 pin) 


OC 


Differential Input Threshold Voltage (min/typ/max) 


V ref = 1 5mV SG7520, 22, 24, 28, 34, 38 
SG7521,23, 25, 29, 35. 39 

V re f =* 40mV SG7520, 22, 24, 28, 34, 38 
SG7521.23, 25, 29, 35, 39 


11/15/19 
8/15/22 
36/40/44 
33/40/47 


mV 


Common Mode Input Firing Voltage 3 


T A = 25°C, Common Mode Input Pulse: 
x r = *f < 15ns, tp(j n ) = 50ns 


±2 (typ) 


V 


Differential Input Bias Current 


V + = 5.25V, V- = -5.25V, V jnD = OmV 


75 


M A 


Logical 1 Input Voltage (gate & strobe inputs) 


* V + = 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, V in ( ) - 0.8V 


2 


V 


Logical Input Voltage (gate & strobe inputs) 


V + - 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, V m M = 2V 


0.8 


V 


Logical Level Input Current (gate & strobe inputs) 


V + = 5.25V, V- = -5.25V, V in ( ) = 0.4V 


-1.6 


mA 


Logical 1 Level Input Current (gate & strobe inputs) 


V + = 5.25V, V- = -5.25V, V in d ) = 2.4V 
(withV in(1 ) = V + ) 


40 
1 


MA 
mA 


Logical 1 Output Voltage 


V+ = 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, l| oad = -400jliA, 
Vin(1) = 2V,V in( o)= 0.8V 


2.4 


V 


Logical Output Voltage 


V+ = 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, l sjnk = 16mA V jn ( ) = 
0.8V 


0.4 


V 


V+ Supply Current 


T A = 25°C 


28 (typ) 


mA 


V— Supply Current 


T A = 25QC 


-15 (typ) 


mA 


Output Short Circuit Current (except 7520/2 1Q) 


V+ = 5.25V, V- = -5.25V 


2.1/3.5 


mA 


Output Q Short Circuit Current 7520/21 


|V + = 5.25V, V- = 5.25VI 


3.3/5.0 


mA 


Output Leakage Current (7522/23/34/35/38/39) 


V+ = 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, V out = 5.25V, V in = 2V 


250 


juA 


Differential Input Overload Recovery Time 


VjnD = 2V f t r = tf = 20ns T A = 25°C 


20 (typ) 


nS 


Common Mode Input Overload Recovery Time 5 


Vj n CM = ±2V, t r = t f = 20ns T A = 25°C 


20 (typ) 


nS 


Minimum Cycle Time 


T A = 25°C 


200 (typ) 


nS 


PROPAGATION DELAY 


7520/21 (nS MAX) 


(nS 
7522/23 MAX) 


7524/25 (nS 
7528/29 MAX) 


7534/35 (nS 


TIMES (T A = 25°C) 


OUTPUT Q OUTPUT Q 


7538/39 MAX) 


Input: A-| — A2 or B-j — B2 


tpd(1)D (40) tpd(0)D (55) 


tpd(0)D (45) 


tpd(1)D (40) 


tpd(0)D (40) 


Input: Strobe A or B 


tpd(1)S (30) tpd(0)S (55) 


tpd(0)S (40) 


tpd(1)S (30) 


tpd(0)S (30) 


Input: Gate Q 


tpd(1)GQ(20) tpd(0)GQ(30) 


tpd(0)G (25) 






Input: GateQ 


tpd(1)GQ 









Parameters are min./max. limits with V+ = 5 V, V— = — 5V, T A = 0°Cto +70°C unless otherwise specified. 
2 

Vj is defined as the d— c input voltage required to force the output of the sense amplifier to the logic gate threshold voltage level. 
3 

V CMF ' s tne common-mode voltage that will exceed the dynamic range of the input at the specified conditions and cause the logic 

output to switch. The specified common-mode input signal is applied with a strobe-enable signal present. 
4 

Time necessary for the device to recover from the specified differential-input-overload signal prior to the strobe-enable signal. 

Time necessary for the device to recover from the specified common-mode-input overload signal prior to the strobe-enable signal. 





Quad Bus Transceiver 



SG55138 / SG75138 



Description: 

The SG55138 and SG75138 Quad Bus Transceiver are 
designed for two way data communication over single 
ended transmission lines. Each of the four identical 
channels consists of a TTL input driver and a TTL output 
receiver. The driver output is of the open-collector type, 
and is designed to handle loads of up to 100 mA 
(50 ohms to 5V). The receiver input is internally 
connected to the driver output, and has a high impedance 
to minimize loading of the transmission line. Because of 
the high driver current, and the high receiver impedance, . 
a very large number (typically hundreds) of transceivers 
may be connected to a single data bus. The receiver 
design also features a threshold of 2.3V (typical), pro- 
viding a greater noise margin than would be possible 
with a TTL threshold receiver. This device also features a 
common driver strobe which turns off all drivers (high 
impedance), but does not affect receiver operation. This 
circuit is designed for operation from a single 5 volt 
supply, and it includes a provision to minimize loading 
of the data bus when the power supply voltage is zero. 
This circuit is available in the 16-pin ceramic (J) package. 
The SG75138 is characterized for industrial temperature 
range operation (0°C to 70°C), and the SN55138 is 
characterized for military temperature range operation 
(-50°Ctol25°C). 



Features: 

• Single 5V Supply 

• High Threshold Receivers 

• High input Impedance Receivers 

• Four Independent Channels 

• Common Driver Strobe 

• TTL/DTL Compatible Driver and Strobe Inputs 

With Clamp Diodes 

• High Speed Operation 

• 100 mA Open-Collector Driver Outputs 

• TTL Compatible Receiver Outputs 

• Available in 16-Pin Ceramic (J) Packages 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply voltage, Vcc 
Input voltage, V IN 
Driver output sink current 
Storage temperature 
Operating free air temperature, 



7.0V 
5.5V 
150 mA 
-65°C to 150°C 

SG55138 -55°Ctol25°C 
SG75138 0°Cto 70°C 



Electrical Characteristics over recommended operating free-air temperature range 


. 








PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITIONS 


MIN. 


TYP. 


MAX. 


UNIT 


v High Level Input Voltage, 
IH Driver or Strobe Inputs 




2.0 






V 


w High Level Input 
vih(R) Voltage, Rec. Input 


V s = 2.0V 
V 0L = 0.4V 
l 0L = 16mA 


SG55138 


3.2 






V 


SG 75138 


2.9 






V 


V, L Low Level Input Voltage, 
Driver or Strobe Inputs 








0.8 


V 


y Low Level Input 
v "<<"> Voltage. Rec. Input 


V 8 =. 2.0V 
V OH = 2.4V 
| 0H = 0.4mA 


SG55138 






1.5 


V 


SG75138 






1.8 


V 


v High Level Output Voltage, 
0H Rec. Output 


Vcc = MIN., I „= .4mA 
V IMH) =MAX, V 8 = 2.0V 


2.4 


3.5 




V 


v Low Level Output Voltage, 
0L Rec. Output 


Vcc=MIN.,l , = 16mA 
V, H (R) = MIN., V 8 = 2.0V 






400 


mV 


v Low Level Output Voltage, 
OL Driver Output 


Vcc =MIN., I 0I , = 100mA 
V s = 0.8V, V D = 2.0V 






450 


mV 


. High Level Input Current, 
IH Driver or Strobe Inputs 


Vcc = MAX. 


V, = 2.4V 






40 


*A 


V, = Vcc 






1 


mA 


. High Level Input 
IH Current, Receiver Input 


Vcc = 5.0V, V, = 4.5V 
V s = 2.0V 




25 


300 


A 


. Low Level Input Current 
"' Driver or Strobe Inputs 


Vcc = MAX., V, ■= 0.4V 




-1 


-1.6 


mA 


• Low Level Input 
1L Current, Receiver Input 


Vcc = MAX., V, = 0.45V 
V s = 2.0V 






-50 


*A 


. „ Short Circuit Output 
08 Current, Rec. Output 


V, = 0.8V, V„ = 2.0V 
Vcc = MAX. 


-18 


-30 


-55 


mA 


. Supply Current, 
>CCL All Drivers On 


Vcc = MAX., V 8 = 0.8V 
V„ = 2.0V 




50 


65 


mA 


. Supply Current, 
' CCH All Drivers Off 


Vcc = MAX., V, = 2.0V 

V R == 3.5V 




42 , 


55 


mA 


R Input Current with 
IK Power Off, Receiver Input 


Vcc = 0.0V, V, = 4.5V 




1.1 


1.5 


mA 


v Input Clamp Voltage 
IC Strobe, Driver Inputs 


Vcc = MIN., I, = -12mA 






-1.5 


V 



Switching Characteristics, V cc = 5.0V, Ta = 25°C 



* Not more than one output at a time should 

Recommended Operating Conditions 

Supply Voltage, Vcc, SG55138 
Supply Voltage, Vcc, SG75138 
Driver Output Low Current, l 0UB1 
Receiver Output Low Current l 0L(R) 
Receiver Output High Current, I h<r) 
Operating Free-Air Temp., 

SG55138 
Operating Free-Air Temp., 

SG75138 



be shorted. 






ns 

MIN. NOM. 


MAX. 


UNIT 


4.5 5.0 


5.5 


V 


4.75 5.0 


5.25 


V 




100 


mA 




16 


mA 


R) 


-.4 


mA 



PARAMETER 


TEST COND. 


MIN. NOM. MAX. 


UNITS 


Propagation daisy, 

t in n\ low to high '***' 
♦plmOB) busoutputfrom 

drivar input. 


V S =0.4V 
C t =50pf 
Ri=50«l 
V t =5.0V 


15 24 


ns 




14 24 


n. 


. /n a\ high to low laval 
♦••hlCDB) but output from 
drivar input. 


Propagation dalay, 
. ik b\ to* to high laval 
t «j«( s - B ) but output from 

strobe input. 


V„ -2.4V 
C t =50pf 
R L =50fJ 
V L =5.0V 


18 28 


ns 


Propagation dalay, 
t ro. n\ high to tow (aval 
tpHLtSB) but output from 

strobe input. 


22 32 


ns 


Propagation delay, 
» m n\ low to high level 
*plh(BR) rec , iw , r output 

from bus input. 


V.=2.4V 
C L =15pf 

R L =40on 

V L =5.0V 


7 IS 


ns 


Propagation delay, 

*»«l< br ) reMtveV Output 
from but input. 


8 IS 


ns 



LOGIC DIAGRAM 

Vcc B4 R4 D4 S D3 R3 B3 

H^HIiHl4T4^^ 




^jJiiKiKiHiHiJliHsP 

GND Bl Rl Dl D2 R2 B2 GND 
Positive logic: B = D + S,R = B 



+ 125 °C 




65 



Quad Line Receiver 



SG55154 / SG75154 

Description 

The SG55154 and SG75154 are monolithic Quadruple Line 
Receivers designed to meet the requirements of El A 
Standard RS-232-C. These devices are intended to inter- 
face between data terminal equipment and communication 
equipment but they can also be used for many other types 
of relatively short, single-line, point-to-point data trans- 
mission systems. While these devices are normally operated 
from a single 5-volt supply, a built-in regulator allows 
operation to 12 volts without additional components. 

Two forms of hysteresis are provided: For normal opera- 
tion, the threshold-control terminals are connected to 
Vqq-j, pin 15 and the circuit operates with a wide hystere- 
sis loop which yields no change in the output should the 
inputs go to zero. In the fail-safe mode of operation, the 
threshold -control terminals are left open and the hysteresis 
loop is reduced such that the output will always go high if 
the input goes to zero. 

These units are packaged in a 16-pin hermetic cerdip dual- 
in-line package. The SG55154 is rated for -55° to +125°C 
operation while the SG75154 is specified for operation over 
a 0° to +70°C range. 



Features 

• Fail-safe capability with adjustable input 
threshold 

• 3 kft to 7 kft input resistance 

• Outputs compatible with DTLorTTL 

• Built-in hysteresis 

• 5V or 12V single supply operation 

Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Normal Supply Voltage (pin 15) 7V 

Alternate Supply Voltage ( 1 6 pin) 14V 

Input Voltage to Ta = 70°C ±25 V 

toTA=125°C ±10V 

Operating Temperature Range 



SG55154 
SG75154 

Storage Temperature Range 

Power Dissipation 

Derate above 25°C 



-55°Cto 125°C 
0° to 70°C 

-65°Cto+150°C 

1000 mW 
8 mW/°C 



Electrical Characteristics over recommended operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted) (See Note 1) 


PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITIONS 


MIN TYP MAX 
(SEE NOTE 2) 


UNIT 


V|H 


High-level input voltage 






3 


V 


V||_ 


Low-level input voltage 






-3 


V 


v T+ 


Positive-going 
threshold voltage 


Normal operation 




0.8 


2.2 


3 


V 


Fail-safe operation 




0.8 


2.2 


3 


V T- 


Negative-going 
threshold voltage 


Normal operation 




-3 


-1.1 





V 


Fail-safe operation 




0.8 


1.4 


3 


VT+-VT- 


Hysteresis 


Normal operation 




0.8 


3.3 


6 


V 


Fail-safe operation 







0.8 


2.2 


V H 


High-level output voltage 




l H = - 40n MA 


2.4 


3.5 




V 


vol 


Low-level output voltage 




'OL = 16 mA 




0.23 


0.4 




n 


Input resistance 




AV| = -25Vto-10V 


3 


5 


7 


kft 


AV| = -10V to -3V 


3 


5 


7 


AV|=-3Vto3V 


3 


6 




AV,=3Vto10V 


3 


5 


7 


AV| = 10Vto25V» 


3 


5 


7 


v I (open) 


Open-circuit input voltage 




l,=0 





0.2 


2 


V 


'OS 


Short-circuit output curren 


[*• 


Vcd = 5.5V, V| = -5V 


-10 


-20 


-40 


mA 


'CC1 


Supply current from Vcd 




V CC1 = 5.5V, T A = 25°C 




20 


35 


mA 


'CC2 


Supply current from Vcc2 




V C C2= 13.2V, T A = 25°C 




23 


40 



*T A = +70°C Maximum 
**Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 

NOTE 1 : Above specifications guaranteed over -55°C < T A < +125°C for SG55154 and 0° <T A <70°C for SG75154. All typical 
values are at V CC1 = 5V, T A = 25°C. 

NOTE 2: The algebraic convention where the most-positive (least-negative) limit is designed as maximum is used in this data sheet for 
logic and threshold levels only, e.g., when -3V is the maximum, the minimum limit is a more-negative voltage. 



Switching Characteristics, V CC1 = 5V, T A = 25°C, N = 10 



PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITIONS 


MIN TYP MAX 


UNIT 


tPLH 


Propagation delay time, low-to-high level output 


C L = 50pF, R L = 390ft 


22 


ns 


tPHL 


Propagation delay time, high-to-low level output 


20 


ns 


*TLH 


Transition time, low-to-high output 


9 


ns 


*THL 


Transition time, high-to-low output 


6 


ns 




CHIP LAYOUT 




CONNECTION 
DIAGRAM 

DUAL-IN-LINE 
PACKAGE 
(TOP VIEW) 



66 



Dual Peripheral Drivers 



SG55450B/75450B SG55460/75460 



The SG55450B and SG 55460 Series are general purpose dual 
peripheral drivers whose output stage includes a completely un- 
committed, high-voltage, high current NPN transistor. Inputs to 
the standard TTL gates are diode clamped and fully DTL/TTL 
compatible. The output transistors of the SG55450B and 
SG75450B are capable of sinking 300 mA and will withstand 30 
volts when off. The SG55460 and SG75460 devices have the 
same current rating but with higher voltage capability of 40 volts 
and only slight reduction in switching speeds. 

The SG55450B and SG 55460 are characterized for operation 
over the full military temperature range of -55°C to +125°C 
while the SG75450B and SG75460 are designed for 0°C to 
+70°C operation. 

• Current capacity of 300 mA per 

driver 

• High output voltage capability 

• High-speed switching characteristics 

• Both military and commercial tem- 

perature ranges 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(over operating temperature range and with V*cc - 5V ± 5%, unless otherwise specified) 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM 
RATINGS (Note 1) 



SG55450B SG55460 
SG75460B SG7S460 



Supply Voltage, Vqq 

Input Voltage 

Vqc to Substrate Voltage 

Collector to Substrate Voltage 

Collector to Bate Voltage 

Collector to Emitter Voltage (Note 2) 

Emitter to Base Voltage 

Collector Current (Note 3) 

Power Dissipation 

N Package (plastic) 
Derate above 2B°C 

J Package (cerdip) 
Derate above 2B°C 
Operating, Free Air Temperature 
Range 

SG65450B, SG65460 

SG75460B, SG75480 
Storage Tampareture Range 



7V 7V 
5.5V 5.5V 

36V 40V 

35V 40V 

35V 40V 

30V 40V 
6V 5V 

300mA 300mA 

600mW 600mW 

6.0mW/°C 6.0mW/°C 

1000mW 1000mW 

6.7mW/°C 6.7mW/°C 



-65°Cto+125°C 

0°Cto+70 o C 
-65°Cto+150°C 



{ 



NOTES: 

1. Voltage' values shown ere with respect to ground terminal unlaw 
otherwise specified. 

2. With base-to-emitter resistance less than 500&2. 

3. Both sides of circuit may conduct reted current simultaneously 
provided power dissipation rating is not sxcseded. 



TTL GATES 
Parameter 


Test Conditions 


Min. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Units 


High-level input voltage, V|h 


Vol < 0.4V, l OL =16mA 


2 


— 


— 


V 


Low-level input voltage, V| l 


VOH^2.4V, l 0H = -.4mA 


— 


— . 


0.8 


V 


High-level output voltage, Vqh 


V| L = 0.8V, l H = -4rnA 


2.4 


3.3 


— 


V 


Low-level output voltage, Vql 


V|H = 2.0V. l L = 16mA 


— 


.25 


0.4 


V 


Input clamp voltage, V| 


l| = -12mA 


— 


-1.2 


-1.5 


V 


High-level input current, Iih 


V| - 2.4V 


— 


• — 


40 


HA 


High-level strobe current, Ish 


V| - 2.4V 


— 


— 


80 


MA 


Low-level input current, • g §_ 


V, - 0.4V 


— 


— 


-1.6 


mA 


Low-level strobe current, l$L 


V| = 0.4V 


— 


— 


-3.2 


mA 


Input current at max. V, l| 


V| = 5.5V 


— 


— 


1.0 


mA 


Strobe current at max. V, 1$ 


V S - 5.5V 


— 


— 


2.0 


mA 


Output short circuit current, Iqs 




-18 


-35 


-55 


mA 


Supply current, high out, IqcH 


V| = 


— 


2 


4 


mA 


Supply current, low out, IfJCL 


V| =5V 


— 


6 


11 


mA 


OUTPUT TRANSISTORS (High current measurements made with pulse techniques) 
Parameter Test Conditions 


55450B 75450B 55460 76460 


Units 



Collector-base breakdown BVcbq 



Collector-emitter breakdown BVpER 



IC= IQOAtA, ie°o 



Emitter-base breakdown BVebQ 



Base-emitter voltage V B g 



IC - 100/UA, R B E = 500SI~ 
tE=100jJA, l C °°0 



IB" 10mA, lc= 100mA 



Collector-emitter saturation Vce (SAT) 



lB°30mA, Ic- 300 m A 



Current transfer ratio hpg 



l B =10mA, l C = 100mA 

l B = 30mA, lc = 300mA 

V C E = 3V. I c = 160mA, T A => 2S°C 

VcE ■ 3V, l C - 300mA, T A * 25°0 

V CE = 3V, Ic " 100mA, T A " min. 

VCE ° 3V, Ic " 300 mA, T A ■ min. 



"25- 
30 



~2T- 
30 
20 



-55~ 
30 
20 
25 



Vmax. 



V max. 
Vmax. 

V m ax. 
min, 
mi 



SUBSTRATE ff 

EMITTER [7 ■ 

COLLECTOR [JO ■ 

BASE [pi- 

OUTPUT fji ■ 

INPUT fji ■ 

♦v C c(m 



'G.-Th, 



3E 



JJ GROUND 
J\ EMITTER 
|] COLLECTOR 
T] BASE 
3] OUTPUT 
J] INPUT 
JJ STROBE 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 

Note: The substrate (pin 8) must always 
be at the most negative voltage for 
proper device operation. 



SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (Vqc - 5V, T A = 25°C) 







55450B, 75450B 


55460. 


75460 




Parameter 


Test Conditions 


Typ. 


Max. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Units 


TTL GATES 


Propagation delay time 
Low-to-high-level output, tpj_n 


C L =15pF 


12 


22 


22 




nS 


Propagation delay time 
High-to-low-level output, tpHL 


R! - 400n 


8 


15 


8 





nS 


OUTPUT TRANSISTORS 


' Delay time, t<j 


lC - 200mA 


8 


15 


10 





nS 


Rise time, t r 


'b(l) = 20mA 
•b(2) - -40mA 


12 


20 


16 


— 


nS 


Storage time, tj 


v BE(OH)""-1V 


7 


15 


23 


— 


nS 


Fail time, tf 


CL"15pF, 
R L -50n 


6 


15 


14 


— . 


nS 


GATES & TRANSISTORS COMBINED 


Propegation delay time 
Low-to-high-level out, tpi.H 


lC - 200mA 


20 


30 


45 


65 


nS 


High-to-low-level out, tpHL 


C L M5pF 


20 


30 


35 


50 


nS 


Transition time 
Low-to-high-level out. tjLH 
High-to-low-level out, tjHL 


R L = 50n 


7 

9 


12 
15 


10 
10 


20 
20 


nS 
nS 




CHIP BONDING 
DIAGRAM 



67 



TRANSISTOR ARRAYS 



68 



High Voltage, Medium Current Driver Arrays 



SG2001 / SG2002 / SG2003 

Description 

These high voltage, medium current driver arrays are 
comprised of seven silicon NPN Darlington pairs on a 
common monolithic substrate. All units feature open 
collector outputs and integral suppression diodes for 
inductive loads. Peak.inrush currents to 600mA are 
allowable, making them ideal for driving tungsten filament 
lamps also. 

Three different input configurations provide optimized 
designs for interfacing with TTL, DTL, PMOS, or CMOS 
drive signals. 

In all cases, the individual Darlington pair collector 
current rating is 500mA. However, outputs may be 
paralleled for higher load current capability. All devices 
are supplied in a 16-pin dual in-line ceramic package. 



Absolute Maximum Ratings (at 25°C free-air temperature 
for any one Darlington unless otherwise noted). 



Output Voltage, V CE 


50V 


Input Voltage, V, n 


20V 


Peak Collector Current, IC 


600mA 


Continuous Collector Current, IC 


500mA 


Continuous Base Current, IB 


25mA 


Power Dissipation, PD (per device) 


LOW 


Total Package* Limitation 


2.0W 


Derating Factor above 25°C 


13mW/*C 


Ambient Temperature Range 




(Operating) TA 


-55°Cto+125*C 


Storage Temperature Range, TS 


-65*Cto +175'C 



Under normal operating conditions, these units will sustain 350mA 
per output with VCC = 1.6V at 70'C with a pulse width of 20ms 
and a duty cycle of 30%. 



Collector currents to 600mA 
Low saturation voltage 
High speed switching 
Closely matched parameters 



SG2001 
(each driver) 



PARTIAL SCHEMATICS 



SG2003 
(each driver) 



-W-O+v 



:h driver) i M — 0+ v (each driver) | N — +v (each driver) I W — O 

J * t T ,7V 10K J« t TO 2.7K A * T T O 

"Mvwe-wvi' X i L\w-»wwvh> * I Lvw-i^vwo Z 

7K 3K *T I 7K 3K T I 7K 3K y 



"»---- » 



Electrical Characteristics at 25°C (unless otherwise noted) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


SYMBOL 


TEST CONDITIONS 


Limits 


Units 


Min. 


Max. 


Output Leakage Current 


'cEX 


V CB = 50V; T A = 70°C 




100 


>A 


Collector-Emitter 
Saturation Voltage 


V CE (Sat) 


l c = 350mA; l B = 500M 
l c = 100mA; l B = 250M 




1.6 
.1.1 


V 
V 


Input Current 
Type SG-2002 
Type SG-2003 


•m on 


V,„ = 17V 
V hl = 3.85V 




1.3 
1.35 


mA 
mA 


Input Current SG-2002 


l|» off 


V in = 6V, T A = 70'C 




50 


A 


Input Voltage 
Type SG-2002 
Type SG-2003 


V in on 


V CE = 2V; l c = 350mA 
V CE = 2V; l c = 350mA 




13 
3.5 


V 
V 


DC Forward Current 
Transfer Ratio 
Type SG-2001 


h PE 


V CB = 2V; IC = 350mA 


1000 






Input Capacitance 


c ln 






30 


Pf 


Turn-On Delay 


tpLM 


0.5E ilV to 0.5E out 




5 


mS 


Turn-Off Delay 


*PHL 


0.5E in to 0.5E oul 




5 


mS 


Clamp Diode Leakage Current 


Ir 


V R = 50V 




50 


M 


Clamp Diode Forward Voltage 


v* 


| p = 350mA 




2.0 


V 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 



CHIP LAYOUT 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 



E-C>o- 
E-C*>- 



E-r>o- 



^' 



E-Oo- 
E-Oo- 
E-t>c- 







PMOS TO LOAD 



TTL TO LOAD 




Transistor Arrays 



SG3018/3018A/3821/3822/3823/3086 

(CA301 8/301 8A) (CA3045, 3046) (CA3026/3054) (CA3086) 

These transistor arrays offer Vbe typically matched to ±0.5 mV, less than 10% variation in hfe, operation from 
dc to 300 MHz, high current gain from 10 juA to 10 mA and high voltage capability. 



SG3018/SG3018A (CA3018, 
3018A) Darlington Transistor 
Pairs- consists of four mono- 
lithic transistors. Two of the four 
are internally connected into a 
Darlington configuration with a 
typical current gain of 4000. The 
other two transistors are separate 
conventional types. 



SG3821 (CA3046, 3045) 
Matched Transistor Array - five 
general purpose monolithic IMPN 
transistors internally connected to 
form two independent differential 
amplifiers, each with its asso- 
ciated current source transistor. 



SG3822 (CA3026, 3054) Dual 
Differential Transistors- six 
monolithic NPN transistors inter- 
nally connected to form two 
independent differential ampli- 
fiers, each with its associated cur- 
rent source transistor. 



SG3823 Dual Darlington Transis- 
tor Array - six monolithic tran- 
sistors. Four are internally con- 
nected as two independent 
Darlington Amplifiers with a 
typical gain of 4000. The other 
two transistors are separate con- 
ventional types. 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Collector-substrate Voltage 


40V 


(CA Series 20V) 


Collector-base Voltage 


40V 


(CA Series 20V) 


Collector-emitter Voltage 


25V 


(CA Series 15V) 



Emitter-base Voltage 

Collector-Current 

Operating Temperature Range 



5V 

50mA 

0-1 25°C (C A Series - 70°C) 







3018, 301 8A, 3821, 
3822, 3823, 


CA301 8/3026/3054 
3045/3046/3086 




PARAMETERS* 


CONDITIONS 


UNITS 


Collector-Substrate Breakdown 


l C =10 M A, l B = 


40 


20 


V 


Collector-Base Breakdown 


l C = 10/iA, l E =0 


40 


20 


V 


Collector-Emitter Breakdown 


l C = 100mA, l B = 


25 


15 


V 


Emitter-Base Breakdown 


l E = 10juA, l c = 


5 


5 


V 


Collector-Substrate Leakage 


Vcs = 20V, l B = 


80 


80 


nA 


Collector-Base Leakage 


V C B = 20V, l E = 


40 


40 


nA 


Collector-Emitter Leakage 


V C E = 20V, l B = 


500 


500 


nA 


Forward Current-Transfer Ratio 


VcE = 5V, l C = 10/uA 


80 (typ) 


80 (typ) 


- 


Forward Current-Transfer Ratio 


VCE = 5V, lc = 1mA 


50/400 


50/400 


- 


Forward Current-Transfer Ratio 


Vqe = 5V, lc = 10mA 


80 (typ) 


80 (typ) 


- 


Collector-Emitter Saturation 


IC= 10mA, l B = 1mA 


0.5 (typ) 


0.5 (typ) 


V 


Gain-Bandwidth Product 


Vce = 5V, lc = 3mA 


500 (typ) 


500 (typ) 


MHz 


Collector-Substrate Capacitance 


VcS = 5V, l C =0 


2.0 (typ) 


2.0 (typ) 


pF 


Collector-Base Capacitance 


V C B = 5V, I C = 


0.4 (typ) 


0.4 (typ) 


PF 


Noise Figure 


f = ike, v C e = sv, i c = iooma, r s = ikn 


4 (typ) 


4 (typ) 


dB 


Input Offset Voltage for any two transistors 


Vce = 5V, l C = 1mA 


5 


5 


mV 


Input Offset Current for any two transistors 


V C e =5V, l C = 1mA 


4 


2 


MA 


Forward Current Transfer Ratio (Darlington Pair), 
SG3018/3018A/3823 


vce = 5v;i c = 1mA 


1500 


1500 


— 



♦Parameters apply for T& = 25°C and are min/max limits unless otherwise specified. 
Note: Substrate pin {//?) must be connected to the most negative DC potential -- which should also be a good AC ground -- for 
proper isolation between transistors. 

SG301 8/301 8A is offered in 12-pin metal can. AH other 3800 Series arrays are offered in N and J 14-pin dual-in-line packages. 




301 8/301 8 A 




3821/3046/3045/3086 




3822/3026/3054 




1 n/ 



m% v% 



sml 



J r-.033- 



mi 



Transistor Array: 



SG3081/3082 



The SG3081 and SG3082 each have seven high-current silicon 
NPN transistors integrated into a single monolithic chip. The 
SG3081 has all seven emitters common while the SG3082 is 
connected in a common collector configuration. Both devices 
have a separate substrate pin for more versatile applications. 
With current capability to 100 mA per transistor, these arrays are 
ideally suited for driving all types of seven-segment displays as 
well as other general purpose driver applications. 



Collector current to. 100m A 
Low saturation voltage 
Closely matched parameters 



MAXIMUM RATINGS, Absolute-Maximum Values at T A - 25°C 

Power Dissipation: 

Any one transistor 500 mW 

Total package** 750 mW 

Above 25°C Derate I i nearly 6.67 mW/°C 

Ambient Temperature Range: 

Operating -40 to +85 °C 

Storage -55 to +150 °C 



The following ratings apply for each transistor in the device: 

Coilector-to-Emitter Voltage (VcEO* 

Collector-to-Base Voltage (Vcbc*) 

Collector-to-Substrate Voltage (Vest}) 

Emitter-to Base Voltage (Vebo) 

Collector Current (\q) 

Base Current tig) 

**SG3081 and SG3082 are available in N and J 16-Pin dual-in-line 
packages 



16 


V 


20 


V 


20 


V 


5 


V 


100 


mA 


20 


mA 



PARAMETERS* 


SYMBOL 


CONDITIONS 


SG3081/SG3082 


UNITS 


Collector-Base Breakdown Voltage 


BV CB0 


IC = 500mA,I E = 


20 


V 


Collector-Substrate Breakdown Voltage 


BV C so 


l c , =500mA, Ie = 0, Ib =0 


20 


V 


Collector-Emitter Breakdown Voltage 


BV C EO 


Iq= 1mA, Ib =0 


16 


V 


Emitter-Base Breakdown Voltage 


bvebo 


l C = 500/u A 


5 


V 


DC Forward-Current Transfer Ratio 


"FE 


VqE = 5.0 V, l C = 30mA 
V CE = 5.0 V, l C = 50mA 


50 
40 




Base-Emitter Saturation Voltage 


v BEsat 


Iq = 30mA, Ib = 1mA 


1.0 


V 


Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage: 
SG3081,SG3082 




lc = 30mA, Ib= 1mA 


0.5 




SG3081 


v CEsat 


\q = 50mA, Ib = 5mA 


0.7 


V 


SG3082 




lC = 50mA, Ib = 5mA 


0.8 




Col lector-Cutoff-Current 


'CEO 


V CE = 10V, l B = 


10 


ma 


Collector-Cutoff Current 


"CBO 


VcB=10V,l E = 


1 


ma 



♦Parameters are for T A = 25°C and are min/max limits. 







NOTE: Substrate pin (/??) must be connected to the most negative DC potential — which should also be a good AC 
ground —for proper isolation between transistors. 

71 



High Current NPN Transistor Arrays 



SG3083 



SG3183/3183A 



This series of arrays consists of five closely -matched, high current 
NPN transistors. Although sharing a common monolithic substrate, the 
transistors are connected such that all terminals are independent, 
including the substrate bias connector. With current capability to 100 
mA per transistor, these arrays are ideally suited for all types of driving 
applications including relays, lamps, and thyristors. The SG3183 and 
SG3183A are higher voltage versions of the SG3083. 



FEATURES 

• High voltage capability 

• Collector current to 100 mA 

• Low saturation voltage 

• Closely matched parameters 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 

Power Dissipations: 

Any one transistor 500 mW 

Total package 750 mW 

Above 25°C derate linearly 6.67 mW/°C 

Ambient Temperature Range: 

Operating (N-Package) _40 to +85° C 

Operating (J-Package) -55 to +125°C 

Storage (both packages) -65to+150°C 

Maximum Collector Current 100mA 

Maximum Base Current 20 mA 



^fc 




© 






© © ® © 




NOTE: The collector of each transistor is isolated from the sutfttrate by 
an integral diode which must be reverse biased by connecting the sub- 
strate to a voltage more negative than any collector. To prevent undesired 
coupling between transistors, the si 
nected to an AC or DC ground. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AT TA = 25°C 



PARAMETER SYMBOL CONDITIONS 


MIN. 


TYP. 


MAX. 


UNITS 


Collector-Substrate Breakdown Voltage, BV cso , lp = 100 /uA 










SG3083 


20 


60 


- 


V 


SG3183 


40 


70 


- 


V 


SG3183A 


50 


70 


- 


V 


Collector«Base Breakdown Voltage, BV c _q, lp = 100 m A 










SG3083 


20 


60 


- 


V 


SG3183 


40 


70 


- 


V 


SG3183A 


50 


70 


- 


V 


Collector-Emitter Breakdown Voltage, BV CEQ , l_ = 1 mA 




- 






SG3083 


15 


24 


- 


V 


SG3183 


30 


40 


- 


V 


SG3183A 


40 


50 


- 


V 


Emitter-Base Breakdown Voltage, BV Eao> 1- = 100 ^A 










All types 


5 


6.9 


- 


V 


Collector Cutoff Current, Irp/y v re = 10v 


- 


- 


10 


J"A 


Collector Cutoff Current, ' CB q. v r R = 10V 


~ 


~ 


1 


MA 


DC Forward Current Transfer Ratio, h FE 










All types V CE = 3V, l c = 10 mA 


50 


100 


- 




V CE '=5V.. c = 50mA 


40 


75 


- 




Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage, V CE (SAT) 










SG3083 l c = 50 mA, I B = 5 mA 


- 


0.40 


0.70 


V 


SG3183 /SG3183A l c = 50 mA, l g = 5 mA 


- 


1.7 


3.0 


V 


Base to Emitter Voltage, Vg E , V cg = 3V, l c = 10 mA 


0.65 


0.75 


0.85 


V 



For Q t and Q Matched Pair 



Input Offset Voltage IV |0 I V C£ = 3V, l c = 1 mA 
Input Offset Current ll, n l V pp = 3V, L = I mA 



72 



High Voltage, High Current Darlington Transistor Arrays 



SG3851 / SG3852 / SG3853 

Description 

These high voltage, high current Darlington transistor 
arrays are comprised of seven silicon NPN Darlington 
pairs on a common monplithic substrate. All units feature 
open collector outputs and integral suppression diodes for 
inductive loads. Peak inrush currents to 750mA are 
allowable, making them ideal for driving tungsten filament 
lamps also. 

Three different input configurations provide optimized 
designs for interfacing with TTL, DTL, PMOS, or CMOS 
drive signals. 

In all cases, the individual Darlington pair collector 
current rating is 600mA. However, outputs may be 
paralleled for higher load current capability. All devices 
are supplied in a 16-pin dual in-line ceramic package. 



Absolute Maximum Ratings (at 25°C free-air temperature 
for any one Darlington unless otherwise noted). 



Output Voltage, V CB 


50V 


Input Voltage, V ln 


25V 


Peak Collector Current, IC 


750mA 


Continuous Collector Current, IC 


600mA 


Continuous Base Current, IB 


25mA 


Power Dissipation, PD (per device) 


LOW 


Total Package* Limitation 


2.0W 


Derating Factor above 25°C 


13mW/°C 


Ambient Temperature Range 




(Operating) TA 


-55°Cto+125°C 


Storage Temperature Range, TS 


-65°C to +175°C 



"Under normal operating conditions, these units will sustain 350mA 
per output with VCC = 1.6V at 70°C with a pulse width of 20ms 
and a duty cycle of 30%. 



Features 

• Collector currents to 750mA 

• Low saturation voltage 

• High speed switching 

• Closely matched parameters 



SG3851 ^ 

(each driver) | Pt 



PARTIAL SCHEMATICS 



:h driver) ( M O+v (each driver) I M +v (each driver) J W — 

J* MO TV 10K A * T T O 2.TK A * ? ? 

7K 3K T I 7K 3K X I 7K 3K y 



SG3853 ^ ^ u 

(each driver) J W O +v 

2.TK J ' T T O 



Electrical Characteristics at 25°C (unless otherwise noted) 








CHARACTERISTICS 


SYMBOL 


TEST CONDITIONS 


Limits 


Units 


Min. 


Max. 


Output Leakage Current 


'cEX 


V CE = 50V; T A = 70°C 




100 


P A 


Col lector- Emitter 
Saturation Voltage 


V CE (Sat) 


l c = 500mA; l B = 800.uA 
l c = 100mA; l B = 250M 




2.0 
1.1 


V 
V 


Input Current 
Type SG-3852 
Type SG-3853 


•in on 


V in = 24V 
V ln = 5.0V 




3.0 
3.0 


mA 
mA 


Input Current SG-3852 


•in Off 


V in .= 6V, T A = 70°C 




50 


M 


Input Voltage 
Type SG-3852 
Type SG-3853 


V in on 


V 0E = 2V; l c = 500mA 
V CE = 2V; l c = 350mA 




17 

3.5 


V 
V 


DC Forward Current 
Transfer Ratio 
Type SG-3851 


hp E 


V CE = 2V; IC = 350mA 


1000 






Input Capacitance 


c in 






30 


Pf 


Turn-On Delay 


tpLM 


0.5E ln to 0.5E out 




0.5 


mS 


Turn-Off Delay 


Wl 


0.5E in to 0.5E oul 




0.5 


^s 


Clamp Diode Leakage Current 


•r 


* V R = 50V 




50 


M 


Clamp Diode Forward Voltage 


v F 


l P = 500mA 




3.0 


V 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 



E-Oo- 
E-Oo- 
E-£x^ 

E-Cx>- 



^h 



*: 






3 

L 3 



CHIP LAYOUT 




TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 

PMOS TO LOAD TTL TO LOAD 




OTHER CIRCUITS 

Video Amplifiers 

Wideband Amplifiers/Multipliers 

Wideband Video Amplifiers 

Multipliers 

Modulators 

Zero Voltage Switches 

Timers 

Dual Timers 



74 



SG555/SG555C 



The SG555 integrated circuit has been designed to generate 
accurate time delays with provisions for remote triggering or re- 
setting. An external resistor and capacitor will provide precise 
control of time delays from microseconds to hours. This circuit 
can also be used as a stable oscillator with accurate control of 
both frequency and duty cycle through the use of two external 
resistors and a single capacitor. The output circuit is designed for 
use with load currents to 200 mA and is fully compatible with 
TTL circuitry. 



Direct replacement for SE5SS/NE555 

Both astable and monostabU mod* of 
operation 

Timing ranga from microseconds through 

hours 
200 mA output capability (source or 

sink) 

.006%/°C tamparatura stability 
TTL compatible 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS: 



Supply Voltage 


+18V 


Power Dissipation 




T-Package (TO-99) 


680mW 


Derate above 25*>C 


5.4mW/oc 


M-Package (Minidip) 


400mW 


Derate above 25°C 


4.0mW/°C 


Operating Temperature Range 




SG5SS 


-550Cto+125°C 


SG5S5C 


0OC to +70OC 


Storage Temperature Range 


-65OCto+150<>C 


Lead Temperature (Soldering, 


60 seconds) +300°C 



FUNCTIONAL 
DIAGRAM 



CHIP BONDING 
DIAGRAM 



r 



| 'wtwef| ^. 




DISCHARGE 



CONNECTION 
DIAGRAMS 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A « 25°C, V + = +5V to +15V unless otherwise specified) 





Conditions 


SG565 


SG5S5C 




Parameter 


Min 


Typ 


Max. 


Min 


Typ. 


Max. 


Units 


Supply Voltage 




4.5 




18 


4.5 





16 


V 


Supply Current 


V + = 5V, R L = °° 


-_ 


3 


5 


— 


3 


6 


mA 




V + = 15V, R L - ~ 


— 


10 


12 


— 


10 


15 


mA 




Low State (Note 1) 
















Timing Error 


R A . R B = 1KJ2 to 100KH 
















Initial Accuracy 


C = O.ljxF (Note 2) 


— 


0.5 


2 


— 


1 


— 


% 


Drift with Temperature 




— 


30 


100 


— 


50 


— 


ppm/°C 


Drift with Supply Voltage 




— 


0.005 


0.2 


— 


0.01 


— 


%/Volt 


Threshold Voltage 




— 


2/3 


— 


— 


2/3 


— 


X v + 


Trigger Voltage 


V + = 15V 


4.8 


5 


5.2 


.__ 


5 





V 




V + = 5V 


1.45 


1.67 


1.9 


— 


1.67 


~ 


V 


Trigger Current 




— 


0.5 


— 


■ — 


0.5 


~ 


MA 


Reset Voltage 




0.4 


0.7 


1.0 


0.4 


0.7 


1.0 


V 


Reset Current 




— 


0.1 


__ 


— 


0.1 


— 


mA 


Threshold Current 


(Note 3) 


__ 


0.1 


.25 


— 


0.1 


.25 


MA 


Control Voltage Level 


V+ = 15V 


9.6 


10 


10.4 


9.0 


10 


11 


V 




V + = 5V 


2.9 


3.33 


3.8 


2.6 


3.33 


4 


V 


Output Voltage Drop (low) 


V + = 15V 


















'sink = 10mA 


— 


0.1 


0.15 


— 


0.1 


.25 


V 




'sink ■ SOmA 


— 


0.4 


0.5 


— 


0.4 


.75 


V 




l SINK = 100 mA 


— 


2.0 


2.2 


— 


2.0 


2.5 


V 




'SINK = 2 00m A 


— 


2.5 


— 


— 


2.5 


— 


V 




V+ = 5V 


















'sink = 8mA 


— 


0.1 


0.25 


— 


— 


— 


V 




'sink - 5mA 


— 


— 


— 


— 


.25 


.35 


V 


Output Voltage Drop (high) 




















'SOURCE - 200mA 


— 


12.5 


— 


— 


12.5 


— 


V 




V+ = 15V 


















'SOURCE = 100mA 


















V+ = 15V 


13.0 


13.3 


— 


12.75 


13.3 


— 


V 




V + = 5V 


3.0 


3.3 


— 


2.75 


3.3 


— 


V 


Rise Time of Output 




— 


100 


— 


— 


100 


— 


nsec 


Fall Time of Output 




— 


100 


— 


— 


100 


— 


nsec 



n output high typically 1mA Ian. 
\l and V+ - 16V. 




APPLICATIONS 




MONOSTABLE 
OPERATION 




t2 (output low) - o.ae (Re> c 

* (R A + 2R B )C 



75 



ASTABLE 
OPERATION 



Dual Timer 



SG556/SG556C 



The SG556/SG556C IC timing circuit is the equivalent of two 555- 
type timers in one 14-pin dual-in-line package. Each section of the 
device is capable of producing accurate time delays or oscillations. A 
resistor and a capacitor are the only external parts needed to control 
time delays from microseconds through hours. For use as an oscillator, 
two external resistors and a capacitor provide control of the free run- 
ning frequency and duty cycle. Triggering and resetting terminals are 
provided and the circuit will trigger and reset on falling waveforms. 

The SG556/SG556C Dual Timer lowers over-all system cost, reduces 
board space and assembly time required and provides matching and 
tracking characteristics which are superior to two separate timers. 



• Direct replacement for SE556/NE556 

• Both astable and monostable mode of operation 

• Timing range from microseconds through hours 

• 200 mA output capability (source or sink) 

• .005%/°C temperature stability 

• TTL compatible 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Supply Voltage 
Power Dissipation 
N-Package (plastic) 

Derate above 25°C 
J— Package (cerdip) 
Derate above 25°C 

Operating Temperature Range 



+18V 

600 mW 

6.0 mW/°C 

1000 mW 

6.7 mW/°C 

-55°Cto+125°C 

SG556C 0OC to +70°C 

Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 seconds) +300°C 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 



TRIGGER B|T 

OUTPUT B (7 

RESET B fw 

CONTROL B (vT 

THRESHOLD B {« 

OISCHARGE B {« 

V + El 



3 GROUND 
3 TRIGGER A 
3 OUTPUT A 
7} RESET A 
3 CONTROL A 
3 THRESHOLD A 
3 DISCHARGE A 



FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM 
(Each Side) 




3-^ 



r 



s 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = 25°C, V + = +5 to +15 V unless otherwise specified) 




Parameter 


Conditions' 


Mjn. 


SGSS6 
Typ. 


Max. 


Min. 


SG5S6C 
Typ. 


Max. 


Units 


Supply Voltage 




4.5 


— 


18 


4.5 


— 


16 


V 


Supply Current (each side) 


V + = 5V. R|_ = °° 
V+= 15 V, R|_ = ~ 
Low State (Note 1) 


" 


3 
10 


5 
11 


" 


3 
10 


6 

14 


mA 
mA 


Timing Error (Monostable) 

Initial Accuracy 

Drift with Temperature 

Drift with Supply Voltage 


RA, RB=2k«to 100 kJ2 
C= 0.1 mF (Note 2) 


— 


0.5 
30 
0.05 


1.5 
100 
0.2 


— 


0.75 
50 
0.1 


__ 


% 

ppm/c-C 

%/Volt 


Timing Error (Free Running) 

Initial Accuracy 

Drift with Temperature 

Drift with Supply Voltage 


RA,RB = 2knto100kI2 
C = 0.lMF(Note2) 


— 


1.5 
90 
0.15 


— 


™ 


2.25 
150 
0.3 


— 


% 

ppm/0C 

%/Volt 


Threshold Voltage 




— 


2/3 


— 


— 


2/3 


__ 


XV+ 


Trigger Voltage 


V + =15V 
V+ = 5 V 


4.8 
1.45 


5 
1.67 


5.2 
1.9 





5 
1.67 


— 


V 
V 


Trigger Current 




— 


0.5 


— 


— 


0.5 


— 


MA 


Reset Voltage 




0.4 


0.7 


1.0 


0.4 


0.7 


1.0 


V 


Reset Current 




.._ 


0.1 


— 


— 


0.1 


— 


mA 


Threshold Current 


(Note 3) 


— 


0.03 


0.1 


— 


0.03 


0.1 


JiA 


Control Voltage Level 


V+ = 15 V 
V+ = 5V 


9.6 
2.9 


10 - 
3.33 


10.4 
3.8 


9.0 
2.6 


10 
3.33 


11 

4 


V 
V 


Output Voltage Drop (low) 


V+= 15 V 
ISINK='10mA 
ISINK = 50 mA 
'SINK = 100 mA 
•SINK = 200 mA 
V+ = 5V 
'SINK = 8 mA 
"SINK = 5 mA 


:: 


0.1 
0.4 
2 
2.5 

0.1 


0.15 
0.5 
225 

0.25 


~ 


0.1 
0.4 
2 
2.5 

0.25 


0.25 
0.75 
2.75 

0.35 


V 
V 
V 
V 

V 
V 


Output Voltage (high) 


'SOURCE = 200 mA 
V+=15V 

'SOURCE = 100 mA 
V+= 15 V 
V+=5V 


13 
3 


12.5 

13.3 
3.3 


— 


12.75 
2.75 


12.5 

13.3 
3.3 


— 


V 

V 
V 


Rise Time of Output 




— 


100 


— 


— 


100 


— 


ns 


Fall Time of Output 




— 


100 


— 


— 


100 


— 


ns 


Discharge Leakage Current 




— 


20 


100 


— 


20 


100 


nA 


Matching Characteristics 
Between Each Section 
Initial Timing Accuracy 
Timing Drift with 
Temperature 
Drift with Supply Voltage 




— 


0.05 

±10 
0.1 


0.1 
0.2 


— 


0.1 

±10 
0.2 


0.2 
0.5 


% 

ppm/0C 
%/Volt 



CHIP BONDING DIAGRAM 




APPLICATIONS 




MONOSTABLE 



76 



Video Amplifiers 



SQ733/733C 

The SG733/733C are monolithic two-stage wideband amplifiers. These 
devices offer excellent gain stability at any gain setting and provide fixed 
gain options of 10, 100 and 400 without external components. All stages 
are current source biased to obtain high common mode and power supply 
rejection and emitter followers are used at the output to minimize the 
effects of capacitive loading. The devices are particularly well suited for 
applications requiring a fast linear function such as video and pulse 
amplifiers. 

• 120MHz bandwidth 

• Gain options of 10, 100, 400 without external components 

• 250ksi input resistance 

• No external frequency compensation necessary 



PARAMETERS* 


733 


733C 


UNITS 


Supply Voltage 


±6V 


±6V 


V 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


OC 


Package Types 


T,J 


T, J, N 


- 


Differential Voltage Gain 
Gainl 1 
Gain 2 2 
Gain 3 3 


300/500 
90/110 
* 9/11 


250/600 

80/120 

8/12 


v/v 


Bandwidth 
Gain 1 1 

Gain 2 > R s = 50ft 
Gain 3 ) 


40 (typ) 
90 (typ) 
120 (typ) 


40 (typ) , 
90 (typ) 
120 (typ) 


MHz 


Risetime 

Gain2,R s =50ft,V out =1Vp. p 


10 


12 


nS 


Propagation Delay 

Gain 2, R s = 50ft, V out » 1 V p . p 


10 


10 


nS 


Input Resistance 
Gain 2 


20 


10 


kn 


Input Capacitance 
Gain 2 


2 (typ) 


2 (typ) 


PF 


I nput Offset Current 


3 


5 


M A 


Input Bias Current 


20 


30 


ma 


Input Voltage Range 


±1 ' 


±1 


V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
Gain 2 V cm ± 1 V, f < 100kHz 
V cm ± 1V, f = 5MHz 


60 

60 (typ) 


60 

60 (typ) 


dB 


Supply Rejection Ratio 
Gain 2 AV S = ±0.5V 


50 


50 


dB 


Output Offset Voltage 
Gain 1 
Gain 2, Gain 3 


1.5 
1.0 


1.5 
1.5 


V 


Output Common Mode Voltage 


2.4/3.4 


2.4/3.4 


V 


Output Voltage Swing 


3 


3 


Vp. p 


Output Sink Current 


2.5 


2.5 


mA 


Output Resistance 


20 (typ) 


20 (typ) 


a 


Power Supply Current 


24 


24 


mA 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



♦Parameters apply for V s = ±6V, at 25°C only and are min/max limits 
unless otherwise specified. 

Gain Select pins Gj A and Gjq connected together. 
2 
Gain Select pins G 2 a and G 2B connected together. 

All Gain Select pins open. 




SG733/733CChip 
(Sm T-package diagr 
for pad functions) 



NJT1 |i 
NC(i 



GAIN r 

OPTION 2A U 

NC |u 

INPUT 1 £ 



7] OUTPUT 2 

I]nc 

3v- 

ri GAIN 

U OPTION IB 

tiGAIN 

ii OPTION 2B 

gNc 

7) INPUT 2 




77 



Video Amplifiers 



SG1401/2401/3401 

The SG 1401/2401/3401 video amplifiers are useful over a frequency 
range from DC to 200MHz. Internal emitter followers are used to achieve 
high input and low output impedances, allowing simple capacitor coupling. 
Biasing and gain-setting resistors are internally diffused, eliminating 
external resistor networks. The gain may be externally varied through the 
use of AGC diodes which are included in the circuit. 

• 20dB voltage gain at 100MHz 

• 5nsec rise and fall times 

• Fixed or variable gain 

• Single power supply voltage 

• Minimum external components 

• Symmetrical limiting 



PARAMETERS/CONDITIONS* 


1401 


2401 


3401 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


to +70 


OC 


Package Types 


T,J 


T,J 


,N 


- 


Supply Voltage 


6/20 


6/20 


V 


Power Consumption, no AGC voltage 


110 


120 


mW 


DC Output Voltage 


8.7 (typ) 


8.7 (typ) 


V 


Peak-to-Peak Output, Pin 3 (4) to AC gnd 


4 (typ) 


3 (typ) 


V 


Voltage Gain, Pin 3 (4) 2 open 


2.2/3.2 


2.2/3.2 


dB 


Voltage Gain, Pin 3 (4) 2 coupled to Pin 8 ( 1 1 ) 2 


9/11 


9/11 


dB 


Voltage Gain, Pin 3 (4) 2 coupled to Pin 9 (12) 2 


18/21 


18/21 


dB 


Voltage Gain, Pin 3 (4) 2 to AC gnd 


26/31 


24/31 


dB 


Unity Gain Frequency, Pin 3 (4) 2 to AC gnd 


200 (typ) 


200 (typ) 


MHz 


I nput R esistance, 20 dB gain 


2.5 (typ) 


2.5 (typ) 


ka 


Output Resistance, 20 dB gain 


25 (typ) 


50 (typ) 


SI 


Input Capacitance, 20 dB gain 


5 (typ) 


5 (typ) 


pF 


Maximum Power Gain, 20 dB gain, R|_ = 50£2 


30 (typ) 


30 (typ) 


dB 


Temperature Stability, 20 dB gain 


±1* 


±2* 


dB 


AGC Range 


20 (min) 


22 (typ) 


dB 


Noise Figure, 20 dB gain, Rs = 1k 


8(min) 


6 (typ) 


dB 



♦Parameters apply only for T^ = 25°C, Vs = +12V, and f = 1 MHz, and are 
min/max limits unless otherwise specified. 



Over operating temperature range. 



Numbers in parentheses refer to dual-in-line package. 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 




where f c is low frequency corner 
and R is the gain setting resistance. 



27Tf c R 
Cs = to 10 pF to minimize high frequency peaking. 




O10 



for pad functions) 

See Applications Notes for additional information. 



Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier 



SG1402/2402/3402 

SG 1402/2402/3402 are monolithic four quadrant multipliers offering 
excellent frequency response and provision for use as a variable gain 
amplifier with both non-inverting and inverting outputs available. In addi- 
tion to linear amplification, the device is also ideal for balanced modula- 
tion, pulse or gated amplification, and coincidence detection. 



• Single power supply voltage 

• Self-contained biasing 

• 25dB voltage gain 

• Differential or single ended inputs and outputs 

• Large bandwidth 

• Low power dissipation 



PARAMETERS, CONDITIONS* 


1402 | 2402 


3402 


UNITS 


Supply Voltage 


+18 


+18 


V 


Load Current 


15 


15 


mA 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 Oto+70 


to +70 


oc 


Package Types 


J,T | J,T, N 


- 


Maximum Voltage Gain, single ended 


23 


20 


dB 


Variable Gain Range, with ext. balance 


55 


40 


dB 


Frequency Response, f — 3 dB 


40 (min) 


50 ttyp) 


MHz 


Input Impedance, Pin 5 or 7 (7 or 10) 1 


1.2 (typ) 


1 .2 (typ) 


KSl 


Input impedance, Pin 2 or 9 (3 or 12) 


1 .8 (typ) 


1.8 


Ka 


Output Impedance, Pin 3 or 8 (4 or 1 1 ) 


1 100 (typ) 


100 (typ) 


a 


Output Voltage Swing 
R L = 100K 

R|_=1K 


3 
1.3 


3 
1.3 


Vpp 


Quiescent DC Levels 
Pins 5, 6 and 7 (7, 8 & 10) 1 


3.6 (typ) 


3.6 (typ) 


V 


Pins 2 and 9 (3 & 12) 1 


1.8 (typ) 


1 .8 (typ) 


V 


Pins 3 and 8 (4 & 11) 1 


6.5/7.5 


7.0 (typ) 


V 


Output Offset Voltage 
Minimum Gain 

Maximum Gain 


100 
200 


300 
500 


mV 


DC Output Shift, with max gain change 


100 


200 


mV 


Differential Control Voltage, for max 
gain change 


200 (typ) 


200 (typ) 


mV 


Maximum Gain Variation, over 
temperature 


2 


3 


dB 


Equivalent Input Noise 
(BW= 10MHz, R S =50S7) 


25 (typ) 


25 


juVrms 


Power Consumption 


85 


85 


mW 



♦Parameters are for T A = 25°C, V + = 10V, f = lOOKHz and are min./max. 
unless otherwise specified. 

Numbers in parentheses refer to dual-in-line package. 




© © 





ADJUST li 

NC (9 

INPUT fo 

OUTPUT [n 

CONTROL [|2 

NC fa 

GND fa 



TOP VIEW 
JorN 
Package 



7] INPUT 
J\ NC 
7] BIAS 
~t\ OUTPUT 
7] CONTROL 
T\ NC 

7Jv + 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



See Applications Notes for additional information. 
79 



TEST CIRCUIT 



ej n = 20 mVrms — L. 



= 20 mVrms 
f = lOOKHz 




Multipliers 



SG1595/1495 



The SG 1595/1495 four quadrant analog multipliers are designed for 
applications where the output voltage required is a linear product of two 
input voltages. Both types provide excellent linearity and operation over 
a wide supply range and input voltage range. Applications include use as 
multipliers, dividers, squarers, phase detectors, frequency doublers and as 
balanced modulators. 



• Excellent linearity 

• Adjustable scale factor 

• Excellent temperature stability 

• Wide bandwidth 

• High input voltage range 

• Wide supply voltage operation 



PARAMETERS/CONDITIONS* 


1595 


1495 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +1 25 


to +70 


OC 


Package Types 


J 


J, N 


- 


Applied Voltage 2 


30 


30 


V 


Differential Input Signal 


V 9 -V 12 = ±(6 + li3Rx) 
V 4 -V 8 = ±(6 + l 3 Ry) 


- 


Maximum Factor Adjust Current 


10 


10 


mA 


Linearity Error in Percent of Full 
Scale (T A = 25°C) 
-10 < V x < +10 (V y = ±10V) 

-10 < V y < +10 (V x = ±10V) 


1.0 
2.0 


2.0 
4.0 


(% max) 


Squaring Mode Error 
T A = 250C 

T A = 0°C to +70OC 

T A = -55 Cto+125°C 


0.5 
0.75 


0.75 
1.0 


(% typ) 


Scale Factor (adjustable) 

2R L 

l 3 R x R y 


0.1 (typ) 


0.1 (typ) 


- 


Input Resistance 


35 (typ) 


20 (typ) 


Mfl 


Differential Output Resistance 


300 (typ) 


300 (typ) 


KSl 


Input Bias Current 


8.0 


12 


ma 


1 nput Offset Current 


1.0 


2.0 


ma 


Common Mode Gain 


-50 


-40 


dB 


Output Common Mode Voltage 


21 (typ) 


21 (typ) 


V 


Differential Output Voltage Swing 


±14 (typ) 


±14 (typ) 


V 


Pos Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 


5 (typ) 


5 (typ) 


mV/V 


Neg Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 


10 (typ) 


10 (typ) 


mV/V 


Neg Supply Current 


7.0 


7.0 


mA 


Power Consumption 


170 


170 


mW 


Average TC of Input Offset Current 


2.0 (typ) 


2.0 (typ) 


nA/oc 


Frequency Response (typ) 
-3 dB Bandwidth 


3.0 (typ) 


3.0 (typ) 


MHz 


3° Relative Phase Shift 


750 (typ) 


750 (typ) 


kHz 


1% Absolute Error Due to 
Input-Output Phase Shift 


30 (typ) 


30 (typ) 


kHz 



Multiply with Op Amp Level Shift 



♦Parameters apply over operating temperature range and 
unless otherwise specified. 

f = 20 Hz Voltage applied between pins 2-1, 

1-8, 12-7, 9-7, 8-7, 4-7. 



are min/max limits 
14-1, 1-9, 1-12, 1-4, 



-Wv- 



1 




K FACTOR ADJUST 



SET 
UP 


RESISTOR* 


R1 


*5 


Re 


R? 


R8 


R9 


Rl3 


Ra 


R B 


Rl 


Rx 


R Y 


TOLERANCE 


5% 


1% 


1% 


1% 


1% 


•1% 


1% 


5% 


20% 


0.5* 5% 


5% 


1 


V + = +32 V. V- = -15 V 
- 10 V <V X <+10 V 
-10 V <Vy <+10 V 


9.1 


121 


100 


11 


121 


15 


13.7 


12 


5.0 


11 


15 


15 


2 


V + = +15 V. V-= -15 V 
-5 V <V X <+5V 
-5 V <V y <. +5 V 


3.0 


300 


100 


100 


300 




13.7 


12 


5.0 


3.4 


8.2 


8.2 


3 


V + = +15 V. V- = -15 V 
-10 V<V„ «S+10 V 
-10 V <V y «+10 V 


1.2 


121 


100 


11 


910 


13.7 


13.7 


12 


5.0 


1.5 


15 


15- 


• A 


1 resistors are k ohms. 




























SGI 595/1 495 Chip (See D-package diagram 



SGI 595/1 495 Chip 
for pad functions) 



-Y INPUT (• 
+X INPUT (* 



-X INPUT £ 

XK FACTOR f, 
ADJUST L 

-0UTPUT (KXY) £ 



TOP VIEW 
J or N 
Package 



D_ 



3»- 

-Y INPUT 
GAIN ADJUST 
s) +Y INPUT 
GAIN ADJUST 

3 +Y INPUT 

3 YK FACTOR ADJUST 

3 + OUTPUT (KXY) 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 



80 



Modulators 



SG1596/1496 



The SGI 596/1 496 are monolithic double-balanced modulator/demodu- 
lator devices designed for use where the output voltage is a product of an 
input voltage (signal) and a switching function (carrier). Typical applica- 
tions include modulation and demodulation of AM, SSB, DSB, FSK, FM 
and phase encoded signals. Additional uses include frequency doubling, 
linear mixing and chopping. 



• Excellent carrier suppreerion ' 

• Fully balanced inputs and output 

• Low offsets and drift 

• High common mode rejection 

• Adjustable gain and signal handling 

• Useful to 100MHz 



PARAMETERS/CONDITIONS* 


1596 


1496 


UNITS 


Operating Temperature Range 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


OC 


Applied Voltage 1 


30 


30 


V 


Differential Input Signal, (V7 - Vq) 


±5.0 


±5.0 


V 


Differential Input Signal, (V4 - V<|) 


±(5 + l 5 R e ) 


V 


Input Signal, (V 2 - V1, V3 - V4) 


5.0 


5.0 


V 


Package Types 


! J, f 


J,T, N 





Carrier Feedthrough 

v c = 60 mV(rms) sine wave, f c = 1 .OkHz, offset adjusted (typ) 
v c = 60 mV(rms) sine wave, f c » 10MHz, offset adjusted (typ) 
v c = 300 mVpp square wave, f c = 1.0kHz, offset adjusted (max) 
v c = 300 mVpp square wave, f c = 1.0kHz, offset not adjusted (max) 


40 
140 
0.2 
100 


40 
140 
0.4 
200 


/uVrms 


Carrier Suppression 

f s = 10kHz, 300 mV(rms), f c = 500kHz, 60 mV(rms) sine wave offset adjusted (min) 
f s = 10kHz, 300 mV(rms), f c = 10MHz, 60 mV(rms) sine wave offset adjusted (typ) 


50 
50 


40 
50 


dB 


Transadmittance Bandwidth 

Rl = 50ft, Carrier Input Port, v c = 60 mV(rms) sine wave, f s = 1.0kHz, 300 mV(rms) sine wave 
Signal Input Port, v s = 300 mV(rms) sine wave 2 


300 (typ) 
80 (typ) 


300 (typ) 
80 (typ) 


MHz 


Voltage Gain, Signal Channel v s = 100 mV(rms), f = 1.0kHz -4 


2.5 


2.5 


V/V 


Input Resistance, Signal Port f = 5.0MHz 


200 (typ) 


200 (typ) 


kft 


Input Capacitance, Signal Port f = 5.0MHz 


2.0 (typ) 


2.0 (typ) 


PF 


Single Ended Output Resistance f = 10MHz 


40 (typ) 


40 (typ). 


kft 


Single Ended Output Capacitance, f = 10MHz 


5.0 (typ) 


5.0 (typ) 


pF 


Input Bias Current (1 1 + I4V2 or (I7 + \q)/2 


25 


30 


MA 


Input Offset Current (1 1 - I4) or (I7 - \q) 


5.0 


7.0 


AiA 


Average TC of Input Offset Current 


2.0 (typ) 


2.0 (typ) 


nA/°C 


Output Offset Current (»6 _ § 9> 


50 


80 


M A 


Average TC of Output Offset Current 


90 (typ) 


90 (typ) 


nA/«>C 


Signal Port Common Mode Input Voltage Range f s = 1.0kHz 


5.0 (typ) 


5.0 (typ) 


Vd-d 


Signal Port Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


-85 (typ) 


-85 (typ) 


dB 


Common Mode Quiescent Output Voltage 


8.0 (typ) 


8.0 (typ) 


V 


Differential Output Swing Capability 


8.0 (typ) 


8.0 (typ) 


Vp-P 


Positive Supply Current (lg + I9) 


3.0 


4.0 


ma 


Negative Supply Current (1 10) 


4.0 


5.0 


mA 


Power Dissipation 


33 (typ) 


33 (typ) 


mW 



♦Parameters are for T A = 25°C and are min/max limits unless otherwise specified. 
Voltage applied between pins 6—7, 8—1, 9—7, 9—8, 7-4, 7—1, 8-4, 6—8, 2—5 and 3—5. 
2 V 7 — V 8 = 0.5 Vdc 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



TYPICADNIODULATOR CIRCUIT 





n SIGNAL 
H INPUTI+) 




81 



Wide-Band Video Amplifier 



SG3001T 



Description , 

The SG3001T High Frequency Video amplifier is designed 
for broad-band operation to 30 MHz. This monolithic 
integrated circuit features differential inputs and outputs, 
a voltage gain of 19 dB and AGC capability of 60 dB. The 
SG3001T is designed for operation over the full military 
temperature range of -55°C to +125°C and is packaged 
in a 12-pin TO-5 style hermetic package. 



Features 

• Full differential operation 

• 150 kn input impedance 

• 45 SI output impedance 

• 30 MHz bandwidth 

• 19 dB voltage gain 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 
Positive Supply Voltage 
Negative Supply Voltage 


10V 
-10V 


Output Current 
Power Dissipation 

Derate above +85QC 


25 mA 

450 mW 
5 mW/°C 


Differential Input Voltage 


±2.5V 


Operating Temperature 


-55°Cto+125°C 


Common Mode Input Voltage 


±2.5V- 


Storage Temperature 


-65°Cto+150°C 
SCHEMATIC 




CONNECTION DIAGRAM 





0© 



«ii® © 



at Connection - DO NOT USE 



Electrical Characteristics (T A = 25°C, 


V CC =+6V,V EE = -6V. f = 


1.75 MHz, F 


t L = 1 MSI) 






PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITIONS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


Input Offset Voltage 


• 


- 


1.5 


- 


mV 


Input Offset Current 




- 


1 


10 


*iA 


Input Bias Current 




- 


16 


36 


MA 


Output Offset Voltage 


R s = 1 kSl 


- 


54 


300 


mV 


Quiescent Output Voltage 


Pins 4 and 5 open 


3.8 


4.4 


5.0 


V 


Pin5to-V EE 


- 


4.8 


- 


V 


Pin4to-V EE 


- 


2.7 


- 


V 


Quiescent Power Dissipation 


Pins 4 and 5 open 


60 


78 


120 


mW 


Pin 5to-V EE 


- 


71 


- 


mW 


Pin 4 to -V EE 


- 


110 


- 


mW 


Differential Voltage Gain 




16 


19 


- 


dB 


f = 20 MHz 


10 


14 


- 


dB 


3 dB Bandwidth 


R s = 50 SI 


16 


30 




MHz 


Maximum Output Swing 


R s = 50ft 


- 


5 


- 


Vp 


Noise Figure 


R s = 1k 


- 


5 


- 


dB 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


f = 1 kHz 


- 


88 


- 


dB 


Input Impedance 




- 


150 


- 


kSl 


Input Capacitance 




- 


3.4 


- 


Pf 


Output Resistance 




- 


45 


- 


SI 


AGC Range 




55 


60 


- 


dB 



Zero Voltage Switch 



SG3058 / SG3059 / SG3079 



Description 

The SG3058, SG3059 and SG3079 zero crossing switching 
circuits are designed for a wide variety of AC power 
applications. These devices will operate with AC input 
voltages of 24 to 277 volts at frequencies of 50 to 400 
Hertz and will provide an output capable of controlling 
most common triacs and thyristors. Each circuit contains 
a limiting power supply, a differential sensing amplifier, 
a zero-crossing detector and a triac gating circuit. The 
SG3058 and SG3059 additionally contain protective 
circuits to inhibit thyristor firing under abnormal condi- 
tions. The SG3058 is specified over the full military 



temperature range of T 55°C to + 125°C while the SG3059 
and SG3079 are designed for — 40°C to + 85°C 
applications. 



Features 

• 24V, 120V, 220V, 277V operation at 50, 60 or 400 Hz 

• Built-in power supply 

• High-gain differential sensing amplifier 

• Output synchronized with zero crossing for minimum R.F.I. 

• 150 mA output pulse current 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 




DC Supply Voltage (between pins 2 & 7) 




SG3058, SG3059 


14 V 


SG3079 


10 V 


Peak Supply Current 




(between pins 5 & 7) 


±50mA 


Output Pulse Current (pin 4) 


150 mA 


Power Dissipation 




J Package (cerdip)SG3058 J 


1000 mW 


Derate above 25°C 


6.7mW/ 8 C 



N Package (plastic)SG3059N/SG3079N 600 mW 

Derate above 25°C 6.0 mW/ °C 
Operating Temperature Range 

SG3058J -55°Cto+125°C 

SG3059N, SG3079N -40°C to + 85°C 

Storage Temperature Range — 65°C to + 150°C 

Lead Temperature (soldering 60 sec.) +300°C 




Electrical Characteristics (T A = 25°C, AC Line Voltage = 120 Vrms, 50-60 Hz unless otherwise specified) 



Parameter 


Conditions 


Limits 


Min. 


Typ. 


Max. 


Units 


DC Supply Voltage: 












Inhibit Mode 












@ 50/60 Hz 


R s = 10k, 1, = 


6.1 


6.5 


7.0 


V 


@ 400 Hz 


R s = 10k, 1, =0 


— 


6.8 


— 


V 


@ 50/60 Hz 


R s = 5k, 1,, = 2mA 


— 


6.4 


— 


V 


Pulse Mode 












@ 50/60 Hz 


R s =: lOk.l, =0 


6.0 


6.4 


7.0 


V 


@ 400 Hz 


R s = iok, 1, =0 


— 


6.7 


— 


V 


@ 50/60 Hz 


R s = 5k, 1, =2mA 


— 


6.3 


— 


V 


@ 50/60 Hz, SG3058 


R s = iok, 1, = 

T A = -55°C to +125°C 


5.5 




7.5 


V 


Peak Output Pulse Current 


Pin 3 open, V GT = 


50 


84 


— 


mA 


Pin 3 & 2 connected, V GT = 


90 


124 


— 


mA 


Inhibit Input Ratio: All Types 
SG3058 


Pin 9 to 2 Voltage Ratio 
T A =-55°Cto + 125°C 


.465 


.485 


.520 


— 


.450 


— 


.520 


— 


Total Gate Pulse Duration: 












Positive *L I" 50 " 60 Hz 
rosmve rft | 4Q0 Rz 




70 


100 
12 


140 


MS • 


Necative dv f 50 " 60 Hz 
Negative— [ 4Q0 Hz 




70 


100 
10 


140 


MS 
MS 


Output Leakage Current: All Types 







.001 


10 


M 


SG3058 


T A = -55°Cto +125°C 


— 


— 


20 


M 


Input Bias Current: SG3058, SG3059 




— 


220 


1000 


nA 


SG3079 




— 


220 


2000 


nA 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


Pins 9 and 13 connected 


— 


1.5 to 5 


— 


V 


Pulse Mode Sensitivity 


AV at pin 13 to change output 


— 


6 


— 


mV 



AC Input Voltage 


Input Series 


Power Rating 


(50/60 or 400 Hz) 


Resistor (R s ) 


forR s 


VAC 


Kn 


W 


24 


2 


0.5 


120 


10 


2.0 


208/230 


20 


4.0 


277 


25 


5.0 




Applications Data (SG3058 and SG3059 only) 

1. Fail-safe protection (pin 14) — When pin 14 is 
connected to pin 13, a special protection circuit is 
activated which inhibits the output if the sensor either 
shorts or opens. To assure proper operation of this 
protection, the following conditions should be 
observed: 

a. Limit the output current to 2 mA with a 5K 
dropping resistor. 

b. Set the value of R,. and the sensor resistance, 
Rx, between 2Kand lOOKohms. 

c. Maintain a ratio of R x to R,, between 0.33 and 3.0 
over all operating conditions. 

2. Inhibit command (pin 1) — A priority inhibit command 
at pin 1 will eliminate any output pulse. This signal 



should be at least 1.2V at 10^,A and is compatible 
with DTL or T 2 L logic outputs. 

3. External Trigger (pin 6) — The base of the Darlington 
NPN output stage is brought out on pin 6 for direct 
control of the output. Signal requirements are the 
same as for pin 1. 

4. DC Mode (pin 12) — Connecting pins 7 and 12 disables 
the zero-crossing detector and allows the flow of output 
current on demand from the differential sensing 
amplifier. This mode of operation is useful when 
comparator operation is desired or when inductive loads 
are switched. To avoid overloading th® internal power 
supply, the output current should be limited to 2mA 
with a 5K dropping resistor. 

83 



APPLICATIONS NOTES 

SG1401 Video Amplifier 
SQ1402 Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier 
SG1501A Dual Polarity Tracking Regulator 
SG1524 Regulating Pulse Width Modulator 



84 



Applications Notes — The SG1401 Video Amplifier 



The SG1401-SG3401 has been designed to provide maximum versatility 
as a general-purpose, single-ended amplifier. With its broad frequency 
capability, this circuit will be useful in a wide range of applications 
provided that the usual considerations for high-frequency circuit designs 
are observed. The following information is presented toward aiding in the 
optimization of the many possible configurations of this device. 

FIXED GAIN 

In the circuit configuration shown in Figure 1, the overall voltage gain 
is approximated by resistors R1 and the parallel combination of R2 and 
R3,as 



"1 
Av«1 +— , where R = 



R 2 R 3 
Ro + Rq 



25 

§20 

1 

z 
< 

«15 
(9 

i io 

5 











































































-o-u 



€L© 




► 1K R2 

> 2.4K 



Figure 1 . 



EXTERNAL PARALLEL RESISTOR - OHMS 

Figure 2. External Gain Control. 









— I — I — 

PIN 3 TO AC GROUND 
































PIN 3 TO PIN 9 
































PI 


N 3 TO PI 


si 8 






























PIN 3 OPEN 
I i 







+25 +50 +75 +100 +125 

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE - °C 



Figure 3. Temperature Stability. 



With no external connections, the voltage gain is determined solely by R1 
and R2 and is VA or 3 dB. Decreasing the effective value of R2 by 
capacitively coupling a lower resistor in parallel, raises the gain. Four fixed 
gain settings are provided internal to the circuit; however, any other setting 
within the maximum gain of the amplifier is possible with external resistors 
as shown in Figure 2. 

The value of the coupling capacitor, Cf is determined by the low 
frequency response desired, as its capacitive reactance wilt add to the value 
of the resistance it couples. Therefore, the lower cutoff frequency will be 



f ~— !_ 

c 2ttR 3 C f 



Utilizing the internal 90 or 460 ohm resistors for higher gain settings 
provides the added advantage of maximum temperature stability since the 
close tracking of adjacent diffused resistors keeps their ratio constant. 
Typical temperature variation of this circuit is shown below: 



VARIABLE GAIN 

Since the dynamic impedance of a forward-biased diode is inversely 
proportional to the current through it, a convenient gain control can be 
achieved by using a pair of diodes as a variable impedance. In the circuit of 
Figure 4, R3 has been replaced by two diodes whose impedances act in 
parallel due to the decoupling of Cq. If the diodes are driven from a 
voltage source, a logarithmic relationship between gain and control signal is 
achieved (see Figure 5); while if a current source is used, the relationship is 
linear as shown in Figure 6. 

There are two limitations on this form of gain control. First, the diodes' 
capacitance limits their effectiveness to frequencies below 20 MHz and, 
secondly, the signal voltage across the diodes should be held to less than 50 
millivolts RMS to minimize self-modulation of amplifier gain. Additionally, 
the AGC current should be limited to 3 mA maximum to keep the diodes 
out of saturation. 



85 



Applications Notes — The SG1401 Video Amplifier 



— 0- 




DIODE 
DRIVE t 



€L© 



► IK R2 < 

> 2.4K * 



Figure 4. 



k 

G.C. 

1 



F.B. C ^A.G.C. ■■ 

aL&^)|_5h, :±:c d 



■OGNO 





I I 










PIN 3 TO AC GROUND 




25 

§20 

Z 
< 
O 15 

Ul 

| 
§10 

5 


PIN 3 TO PIN 9 








C S = — — 
C s -4.7pF --- 








PIN 3 TO PIN 8 




v/ 




PIN 3 OPEN 




V > 1 










^u - -* 


ii 













t" 



FREQUENCY - MEGAHERTZ 

Figure 7. Frequency Response. 



§10 





















































PIN2DRIV 
A VOLTAG 


EN FROM 
E SOURCE 





























Figure 5. Gain vs. AGC Diode Voltage 













































PIN2DRIV 


EN FROM 










ACURREN 


T SOURCE 

















AGC CURRENT - MICROAMPS 



Figure 6. Gain vs. AGC Diode Current. 



HIGH FREQUENCY STABILITY 

With the capability of operation at 100 MHz, the SG1401-SG3401 also 
has some susceptibility to external stray reactances; however, with 
reasonable care, complete stability may be assured. Some general precau- 
tions which should be considered include the following: 

(1) Power supply decoupling close to the circuit terminals (a 0.1 mfd 
capacitor is usually adequate). 

(2) Maintain separation of input and output lines. 

(3) Minimize load capacitance or insert a series resistor (up to 50 ohms) 
in the output. 

(4) Purposely limit the high frequency response with a stabilizing 
capacitor Cs between pins 3 and 4. 

Since the gain of this circuit is reduced by increasing the amount of 
feedback, the potential for instability is greatest when the gain is at its 
minimum value. This characteristic and the stabilizing effects of a 4.7 
picofarad capacitor between pins 4 and 3 are illustrated in the frequency 
response curves presented in Figure 7. The relationship between the value 
of Cs and the upper cutoff frequency of a 20 dB gain setting is shown in 
Figure 8 below. 



S 30 









































































































PIN 3 


COUP 


LEDTC 


PIN 9 





















































3 5 10 20 30 

Cs BETWEEN PINS C AND D - PF. 



Figure 8. Upper Cutoff Frequency vs. Cs Value. 



86 



Application Notes— SG1402 — Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier 



INTRODUCTION 



Rapid advances in the state-of-the-art of processing monolithic linear 
integrated circuits have made the use of tightly matched components a 
practical reality. This in turn has opened the doors to a new class of circuit 
characterized by its utility, versatility, and ease of application. It is now 
possible to include on a monolithic chip, many of the components which, 
because of relatively poor tolerances, were formerly required to be external 
to the circuit. The SG1402, shown schematically in Figure 1, illustrates 
this capability both by its inclusion of all necessary biasing networks and 
by the nature of the circuit itself which requires extremely well matched 
component parameters for successful operation. 




(§)<£) ® 

Figure 1. SG1402 Schematic Diagram. 



R7 jc2 



< 



3 A KU 



.<*-< 




0i. 



Figure 2. Simplified Schematic of the Multiplier Section 
of the SG 1402. 



The collector current in one side of a simple differential amplifier (Q5 
and Q7, for example) is: 



'El 



1 + expi 



(U 



where: l^ = sum of currents in each collector 



kT 



26 millivolts at 25°C 



v c = differential input voltage 



HOW IT WORKS 

The heart of the SG1402 is a four quadrant multiplier consisting of two 
cross-coupled differential amplifiers which are jointly controlled by a third 
differential amplifier. This part of the circuit is shown in simplified form as 
Figure 2. The constant current, l , is divided by Q6 and Q10 and divided 
again by each of the upper diff amps such that, for balanced operation, 
transistors Q5, Q7, 09, and Q12 each have % l flowing through them. An 
examination of the way in which the above diff amps are cross-coupled will 
show that while the collector load resistors receive a portion of their 
current from each diff amp, the signals will arrive out of phase with respect 
to each other. This is because the input voltage, v c , is amplified common 
emitter -with 180° phase shift -through Q9 and summed at resistor R7 
with the signal which has gone common collector-common base - with 0° 
phase shift - through 07 and 05. Therefore, with the circuit perfectly 
balanced, the two signals completely cancel out and the output has zero 
signal. This can be shown mathematically as follows: 



This equation can be differentiated to obtain the transconductance 
which, for small values of v c , is: 



gm = 



di c1 q'Ei 

" d v c " 4kT 



In a similar manner, the transconductance through Q9 is: 
di c2 1»E2 



gm = 



and the total voltage gain, Av is: 



d v c 4kT 



di c1 di c2 



Av=R. -7-- + -J 
L dv„ d 



= -^<l -I ) 



87 



Applications Notes — Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier 



Since lEI + 'E2 = 'o# it can De seen tnat wnen v m = 0» 'El = 'E2 = 1/ * 
l and Av= 0. With l£i and Ie2 being collector currents of another 
differential amplifier, the total small-signal gain equation may be written: 



A V ° R 

Av= — = 



4 kT ^ + 



1 



1 



exp 



Wi '♦"•fcWI 



The circuit gain of the SG 1402 is less than that predicted by the above 
equation due to the local feedback offered by the 20 ohm emitter resistors. 
The actual relationship between Av and v m is shown in Figure 3 while 
Figure 4 graphs the full four-quadrant transfer function between the input 
voltage, v c , the control voltage, v m , and the output voltage. Note that the 
20 ohm emitter resistors provide linearity for ±60 millivolts of input 
voltage while the modulating voltage is only linear for approximately half 
that value. It should be recognized from Figure 4 that output limiting 
occurs at a constant input voltage regardless of the modulating voltage. In 
other words, reducing the gain reduces the maximum peak-to-peak output 
swing. 



BIASING CIRCUITRY 

Key to the utility of the SG1402 is the inclusion of all the biasing and 
level shifting circuitry normally required as external components. This is 
provided by matched current sources and low impedance voltage sources. 

Resistors R1, R2, R3 and R4 are directly across the supply voltage and 
establish a current: 



' v s- v beqi 

b*R| + R2 + R3 + R4 



= 1 mAat 10 volts 



Transistors Q14 and Q16 have the same geometries and emitter resistors 
as Q1 and therefore, with the same base voltage, they each are also 
conducting one milliamp and provide the loads for the output emitter 
followers, Q13 and Q15. This saves chip area as a transistor requires less 
space than a resistor which would establish the same current. 

Transistor Q8 has four times the emitter area and % the, emitter resistor 
as Q1 and thus defines a current level i of 4 milliamps. 



















































180" 


»CPM 


SESHI 


FT 1 












0°CPI 


ASES 


<IFT 


FC 


R DIF 
MM 


: EREN 
TIPLY 


TIALG 
BY 2 


AIN, 

































-80 -60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 

DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL VOLTAGE - MILLIVOLTS 

Figure 3. Differential Gain Control. 




-120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 +20+40+60+80 +100 +120 

DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE - MILLIVOLTS 

Figure 4. Multiplier Transfer Function. 



The bias voltage levels required at different points in the circuit are all 
defined by the same resistors which set the current levels but there is no 
mutual interaction due to the insertion of Q2 and Q3 which act as 
low-impedance isolators. 

Transistors Q4 and Q11 serve only as common-base stages to isolate the 
load resistor from the collector capacitance of the parallel diff-amp 
transistors. Thus, frequency response is improved with only slight increase 
in circuit complexity. 

The chip layout of the SG1402 was done to optimize the component 
matching regardless of mask registration and process variations. From the 
photomicrograph shown in Figure 5, it can be seen how the symmetrical 
nature of the circuit was exploited to obtain matched parameters. The chip 
has an area of 48 by 39 mils. 




Figure 5. Photomicrograph of SG 1402 Chip. 



88 



Applications Notes — Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier 



VARIABLE GAIN AMPLIFICATION 

The circuit of Figure 6 shows the simplest application of the SG1402 as 
a single-ended, variable-gain amplifier. The signals at the two outputs are 
always equal in magnitude and opposite in phase. As the gain control 
potentiometer is moved from one end to the other, each output will start 
with a maximum signal, reduce to a minimum when the pot is centered, 
and increase to maximum again in the opposite phase as the wiper gets to 
the other end of the potentiometer. 




Figure 6. Single-Ended Variable-Gain Amplifier Configuration with 
Manual Gain Control to Provide Maximum Output of Either Phase. 



+30 






















+20 

1 
z 


























< +10 

o 

uu 
* 

I 
> 

5-.. 

m 

oc 











































































































DC CONTROL VOLTAGE - VOLTS 



Figure 8. Gain Variation as a Function of Control Voltage with 
Diode Coupled Input. 



t I I! « 1 i I H H « 



y y II ii y y y y y v 



For applications where a phase change is not desired, the incorporation 
of a diode as shown in Figure 7 will allow a DC control voltage to vary the 
input-output transfer function from a gain of +25 dB to an attenuation of 
-25 dB. This relationship is plotted in the graph of Figure 8. 

Since this change in transfer function is accomplished with no net 
change in either operating currents or bias levels, it is transient-free and 
extremely fast-reacting. Thus, the circuit of Figure 7 may also be used as a 
gated amplifier with the control requirements compatible with to 5 volt 
logic levels. The waveform in Figure 9 shows a 1 MHz signal controlled 
with a 10 microsecond pulse. 




Figure 7. Addition of Diode Provides Gain Control Without Phase 

Change. Balance May be Eliminated if Maximum Attenuation is 

not Required. 



Figure 9. Gate Amplifier or Pulse Modulator Response. Input is 

10 mVrms, 1 MHz and Control Voltage is to 5 Volt Square 

Wave with f = 50 kHz. 

MODULATION 

The multiplying function of the SG1402 can be used to provide both 
balanced and amplitude modulation i tilizing the basic circuit shown in 
Figure 10. With the potentiometer adjusted for optimum balance, the 
carrier signal is canceled out producing a doublesideband waveform at the 
output. Depending upon the amplitude of the carrier signal, higher 
frequency harmonics can also be generated; however, if only the lower 
sideband is used, filtering of the upper sideband will also eliminate all the 
harmonics. It should be noted that this balanced modulation is achieved 
without the need for the usual transformers and only capacitive coupling 
is required. Typical waveforms are shown in Figure 11. 




Figure 10. Balanced Modulator. 



89 



Applications Notes — Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier 



\ A A A A A A A A 

mum: 



y \j \j \j v \j \j \j 



Figure 1 1 . Balanced Modulator Output Waveform. (0.1 V/cm, 
50jus/cm,f c = 1 MHz, f m = 10 KHz). 

If the potentiometer is adjusted so that the circuit is unbalanced, then 
the carrier is included in the output signal and amplitude modulation as 
shown in Figure 12 results. The optimum adjustment can most readily be 
made while observing the output waveform on an oscilloscope. Care should 
be taken that neither signal overdrive the circuit. 




Figure 12. Amplitude Modulator Output Waveform. (0.2V/cm, 
50jus/div,f c =1 MHz,f m = 10KHz). 

By using a signal to modulate itself with the circuit shown in Figure 13, 
the input is squared and since 



2 

cos* art 



y 2 [i 



2 an] 



the output frequency is twice that of the input. Typical waveforms for this 
frequency doubler application are shown in Figure 14. 




Figure 13. Frequency Doubler. 




Figure 14. Frequency Doubler Input and Output Waveform. 
(50mV/cm, 0.2 jus/div, f 1 = 1 MHz, f2 = 2 MHz). 

DEMODULATORS 

The same features which make the SG1402 an excellent modulator 
provide superior performance when the circuit is used as a single or double 
sideband demodulator. The circuit of Figure 15 illustrates the simplicity of 
this application. The balance pot is not necessary since the inserted carrier 
is eliminated by the low-pass filter at the output. 




Figure 15. Balanced Demodulator. 



The same general approach may be used for amplitude modulation and 
a block diagram of a simple AM detector is shown in Figure 16. Thus, the 
SG1402 can be used in receivers which combine SSB and AM to provide 
complete signal transformation in either mode of operation. 



AM SIGNAL 


Umuc 










fc>C 














Figure 16. AM Detector Block Diagram. 



CONCLUSIONS 



With the introduction of the SG1402, Silicon General has provided a 
powerful tool to the communications engineer and all others working with 
information processing. Because of its versatility and capability, this device 
opens the way to a much greater utilization of carrier transmission schemes 
for data handling in applications ranging from outer space to home 
kitchens. 



90 



Application Notes — SG1501A — Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators 



CIRCUIT OPERATION 

The first IC to combine a positive and negative voltage regulator on a 
single chip was the SGI 501, and this device has since been supplemented 
with three new tracking regulator designs - the SGI 502, the SGI 501 A, 
and the SGI 568. 

All four of these tracking regulators operate in a similar manner which 
is best visualized through the block diagram shown in Figure 1. This circuit 
is fundamentally a tracking regulator. That is, the negative voltage is 
regulated and the positive output tracks the negative. (Note: In the 
SG1568, the circuit is reversed in that the negative side tracks the regulated 
positive output; however, the principle is the same.) Negative regulation is 
accomplished by providing a constant-voltage reference for the negative 
error amplifier, but the reference input to the positive error amplifier is 
grounded. This amplifier forces its other input, which is the center-tap 
between equal resistors, to also be at zero volts, thus requiring the positive 
output to be equal in magnitude but opposite in polarity to the negative 
output. 



POSITIVE INPUT 



POSITIVE OUTPUT 




NEGATIVE INPUT 



NEGATIVE OUTPUT 



Figure 1. Block Diagram 



The SG1501 and SGI 501 A are interchangeable and both can be used 
by themselves to provide load currents to the maximum defined by 
package dissipation, or can be combined with external pass transistors for 
currents in excess of two amps. Both devices feature constant current 
limiting with the value set by an external resistor. The SGI 568 is similar in 
all respects to the SG1501 except that it is frequency compensated in a 
slightly different way. 

The SG1502 uses the same basic circuit as the SG1501 but has two 
important differences. First, the voltage setting resistors are external to the 
device providing greater flexibility in adjusting the output voltage levels to 
other than ±15V. Secondly, the current limit circuitry has been changed to 
allow its use in a foldback mode. Foldback current limiting provides for a 
short circuit current value less than the maximum load current and is a 
significant feature when the major power dissipation is in external pass 
transistors rather than the IC. 

Self-contained thermal shutdown is the primary improvement offered 
by the SG1501A although increases in both the maximum input voltage 
and load current have also been made. With thermal shutdown, 
temperature sensing circuitry on the chip is designed to turn off the output 
current when the junction temperature exceeds a safe limit - typically 
170°C. The significance of this feature is that the designer now need not 
design around short-circuit power dissipation limits - the device will take 
care of itself. Since short-circuit power is typically more than twice as 
much as maximum operating power, this means a two-times, or better, 
improvement in load current is possible. It should be noted that even with 
thermal limiting circuitry, the maximum current must be controlled to 
allow time for this protection to react. 



APPLICATIONS 



With this technique, a single adjustment of the negative voltage divider 
- which changes the negative output level - will also provide exactly the 
same change to the positive output voltage. This tracking will hold all the 
way from approximately one volt above the reference voltage to a 
maximum value of about two volts less than the input supply voltage. 

DESIGNER'S CHOICE 

With four IC's to choose from some discussion of the significant 
features of each type is in order. Three of the devices, the SG1501A, the 
SG1501 and the SGI 568 are factory set at ±15V regulators while the 
fourth, the SG1502, is user-adjusted to provide outputs from ±8V to 
±28V. 



POSITIVE 
















INPUT 






Rsc 
10fi 


.Lei 

T .o, 






C3 + 

1.0 * 








i 
i_ 

t V 


_ Out Sense Stab ' Bal 

n I Adj 

POSITIVE I 

NEGATIVE I 
jn Out Sense Stab' 


Gnd 

Volt 
Adj 














NEGATIVE 






"sc 

ion 


1. 

-r .01 




C4 H 
1.0 - 




INPUT 








wv* 















The simplest way to use the SG1501 and SG1501A is in the basic 
circuit shown in Figure 2. In this form, the device will handle 50 to 
100 mA, depending on the heat sinking (more about this later) and will 
provide ±15V outputs with typically less than two millivolts of sensitivity 
to either line or load variations. Because of this excellent line regulation, 
there is no need for symmetrical input supply voltage levels. The only 
requirement is that each level be greater than its associated output and that 
the total voltage between positive and negative supplies be less than 60V 
(70V for the SG1501A). The minimum input voltage is defined by the 
regulator dropout characteristics shown in Figure 3. 



I s 

< 4 


SG1501A 

Ta = 25°C 
Rsc = 














I 










1 

O T 






begoiatoHj^ 








poswve 




z 




— -J-s^S^T 


5 1 

s 
z 
I 




— *-' we^ n 



LOAD CURRENT - MILLIAMPS 



Figure 2. Basic ±15V, 50 mA Regulator 



Figure 3. Regulator Dropout Voltage 



91 



Application Notes — SG1501A — Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators 




value is such that the time constant, Rsc C, is equal to 10 x 10~6 second. 
This capacitor, as well as the output capacitors, C3 and C4, must be low 
ESR types such as solid tantalum. 



Figure 4. Artificial ground for use with an ungrounded 
or single level voltage. 

When operating from a single voltage source, an ungrounded supply is 
required. An artificial ground can be provided as shown in Figure 4. In this 
circuit, the external transistors will conduct as necessary to accommodate 
unbalanced load requirements and while the outputs will float between the 
two input levels, they will be held constant with respect to this artificial 
ground. 

CURRENT LIMITING 

Current sensing is provided by transistors Q12 and Q13 (see schematic, 
Figure 5) which are normally held off by an external base-to-emitter 
resistor, Rsc. When the load current passing through this resistor develops 
enough voltage, the transistor turns on and diverts drive current away from 
the series pass transistors. The sense voltage is equal to approximately 
0.6V at Tj = 25° C, but it is temperature dependent decreasing to 0.4V at 
125°C as shown in Figure 6. Note that it is junction temperature that 
determines the sense level, and thus increasing the power dissipation within 
the circuit can lower the value at which limiting will occur. The value of 
the limiting resistor, Rsc, should be selected by: 

Sense Voltage at Maximum Tj 

Rsc = 

Allowable Short Circuit Current 

where, for maximum regulation, the allowable short circuit current should 
be at least 20% more than the maximum expected load current. 

Under some conditions, a low-level oscillation may be present on the 
negative side when the device goes into current limiting. Should this be a 
problem, it may be eliminated by by-passing Rsc with a capacitor whose 



g=PO^Q 












































1 










«a*r /Wr 










I 








f^ 








i 




CURRENT LIMIT 


1 1 "" M 
_ SENSE VOLTAGE 

Rsc 


ro,f^ 

























+25 +50 +76 +100 +125 

JUNCTION TEMPERATURE - °C 



Figure 5. SG1501A Schematic Diagram 



Figure 6. Current Limiting Characteristics 



POWER CONSIDERATIONS 

Although these dual regulators are designed to handle large load 
currents and high input voltages, the product of the two can easily exceed 
the maximum total device dissipation allowed by the package. The func- 
tional limitation which should be considered for each application is that for 
maximum reliability the junction temperature of the chip should not 
exceed 170°C. This is usually derated to give a maximum design operating 
Tjof150°C. 

To evaluate the maximum junction temperature possible in a given 
application, the following three parameters must be known: 

1. The power dissipation within the chip 

2. The thermal resistance from junction to ambient (or heat sink) 

3. The ambient (or heat sink) temperature 

The power dissipation within the chip is equal to the sum of the input 
voltage times the standby current plus the input-output voltage differential 
times the load current, for each side of the regulator. For example, the 
total power dissipation for ±20V inputs, ±1 5V outputs, and 50 mA load 
currents is: 

Pd = 20 (2) + 20.(3) + 5 (50) + 5 (50) 

= 100 mW standby + 500 mW load current 
= 600mW 

The thermal resistance is the resistance to heat flow from the junction 
to the ultimate heat sink. For parts mounted in the open, still air, the 
thermal resistance (0jA) is equal to 185°C/watt for the T0-100 metal can 
and 125°C/watt for the TO-116 ceramic DIP. Blowing air across the 
package, or the use of some form of heat radiator can significantly reduce 
these numbers. For example, the use of lERC's model TXBF-032-0256 top 
hat radiator on the TO-100 package, reduces 0jA to 130°C/watt, while 
their model LI C-214A-2B radiator for the TO-116 will give an 0jA of 
50°C/watt for that package. Finally, a perfect heat sink reduces 0jA to 
0jC which is 50°C/watt for the T0-100 and 20°C/watt for the TO-116. 



92 



Application Notes — SG1501A — Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators 



With the above information, the maximum power handling capability of 
the package can be determined as follows: 

1. Calculate the maximum allowable junction temperature rise: 

ATj = 150°C - Ta (max) 

2. Calculate the power availability: 

Pd = ATj/0jA 

3. From this number, subtract the maximum standby dissipation: 

Psb = (V+ max) (lsb+) + (V- max) (Isb— ) 

4. The remainder can be used to determine the maximum load current 
as a function of input-output voltage differential. 

The curves of Figure 7 show these relationships for each package 
under the assumptions of 25°C ambient, and symmetrical input and 
output voltages and load currents. 



s 100 

o 

i- 

£ 60 

K 

K 

3 






Ti(max) 


■ 160°C 






T A -28« 
V in (+I - 


C. FREE AIR 

Vi„(-) 

L(-) 














O-PACKAGE 
^ Pd » 1000 m 


N 

.0 mW/°C 


z 

1 


T-PACK 

Pd-i 

OER 


AGE ^^^ 

180 mW ^"N^ 
ATE 5.4 mW/oc ~ 




r 











INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL - VOLTS 

Figure 7. Maximum Current Capability 

EXTERNAL POWER TRANSISTORS 

Additional current handling capability may be provided through the 
use of external power transistors in the configuration shown in Figure 8. In 
this circuit, the 75 ohm base-to-emitter resistors provide a path for the 
regulator standby current and should not be increased in value. An addi- 
tional consideration is the use of solid tantalum output capacitors as most 
common electrolytic types have too high an equivalent series resistance, 
particularly at high frequencies. 

The power transistors are not critical and can be selected on the basis 
of current and voltage capability, and on mechanical requirements for 
practical heat sinking. Note that only one transistor need be used if only 
one side has excessive load current. Although low-frequency devices will 
minimize the risk of oscillation, unique transistor characteristics may 
require a small capacitor (0.1 mfd) from base to ground or a larger value 
(5 mfd) from base to emitter for complete stability. 



POSITIVE 


2NS193 A A . 








INPUT 


i— *A\ 

jlC1 
1-1.0. 

J+C2 
1-1.0 

• 75 
| W, 


f 


o.3n 


1. 






05 1 

10 - 




GROUND — i 


! V in 'Out Sent* Stab' Bal G 

Adj 
1 POSITIVE ' 


nd 
olt 








1 NEGATIVE 1 

j Vj,, Out Same Stab J ) 






NEGATIVE 


I 


0.3fi 


L 
T 


C6 tl 
10 - 




INPUT 




2N5190 


►•W 













* Solid Tantalum types preferred 

Figure 8. High Current Configuration, One Amp Output 



FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITING 

With constant-current limiting as shown in Figure 8, the power dissipa- 
tion in the pass transistors under short circuit conditions can be substantial. 
Here, the thermal limiting feature of the SG1501A can't do much good 
since it senses the IC temperature rather than the external transistors. To 
eliminate the problem of having to heat sink a short circuit power two to 
three times normal operating levels, the use of the SG1502 in the circuit of 
Figure 9 should be considered. The dividers of R5'and R6 pre-bias the 
current limiting such that when the output is shorted, the maximum 
current is substantially reduced from its normal operating level. The values 
for R5 and R6 are most easily determined from an itterath/e solution of 
the equations below with the trade-off being that a greater amount of fold- 
back requires a larger voltage drop across Rsc: 

R5 
Sense Voltage + — Vo 

Max Load Current « 

Rsc 



R6 



Short Circuit Current 



Sense Voltage 
Rsc 




Figure 9. Foldback Current Limiting 

VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENTS 

With both output voltage levels internally set for 15V, (±200 mV for 
the SGI 501/2501 and ±500 mV for the SG3501) these devices require no 
additional resistors for many applications. It is possible, however, to 
externally vary the output voltages from ±10 to ±23V by using external 
resistors to shunt one or both of the internal resistors which set the 
negative output level. The positive output will, of course, track the negative 
value. 



200 




















































O SO 


































































8- 

s 

rr M 




































/ R 


■SISTOR F 


ROM V. A 


W. PIN TC 


GND^ 






















gs.o 

a 3.0 

2.0 


















































^>v 


IESISTOR 







































































OUTPUT VOLTAGE - ± VOLTS 



Figure 10. External parallel resistor required for voltages 
other than ±15V. 

The simplest way of changing the output levels is to use a- single resistor 



93 



Application Notes — SG1501A — Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators 



in parallel with R 17 (see Figure 5) for voltages less than 15V and in parallel 
with R16 for voltages above 15V. The graph of Figure 10 shows the 
approximate value to use in either case. 

This method of adjusting output levels has one disadvantage, however. 
Diffused resistors have a positive temperature coefficient and while they 
can be made to track each other extremely well, with one of them shunted 
this tracking becomes degraded. A method offering greater temperature 
stability js the use of a pair of resistors with values* low enough to swamp 
out the internal divider. By shunting R16 with 1.2k, and R17 with a 
resistor selected by: 

1.2 (Vo- 6.2) 

R17"= kft 

6.2 

where Vo is the desired output voltage, a four-fold improvement in 
temperature performance is achieved at the expense of the additional 
divider current. Figure 1 1 shows that temperature variation which may be 
expected both with a single shunt resistor and with a divider drawing 
approximately five milliamps of current. Note that these temperature 
shifts are caused by changes in chip temperature which could result from 
variations of either ambient temperature or internal power dissipation. 



















J 


+.06 

|+.04 

f.02 
1 












' 




/ 














/ 


' 




sir 


GLE EXT 


IRNAL RE 


SISTOR v 


^^ 


7^ 








5mAD 


IVIDER — 


^ 


£- 


- 


-^ 


2 

I -.02 




















MAL SHIP 


%CHA 
CHAN 


NGE IN O 
3E IN JUN 


JTPUT VO 












CTION TEMP 



















OUTPUT VOLTAGE - 



Figure 11. Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 

In the 14 pin dual-in-line package, a connection is provided to the 
junction of R21 and R22. An external resistor divider can be used here in 
the same manner to either balance the two outputs so that they are exactly 
equal in magnitude or to unbalance them for non-symmetrical output 
levels. 

Although all of these dual regulator types have provisions for adjust- 
ment of the output voltage levels, with its user-supplied voltage setting 
resistors, the SG1502 is the best choice for applications very far from 
±15V. The divider resistors (see Figure 9 ) are selected as follows: 



Negative Vo 



6.2(R1 + R2) 



R1 



R3 



Positive Vo = — (Negative Vo) 
R4 



One common application for positive and negative voltages is as a 
power source for the widely used 710 and 711 IC voltage comparators. 
Since these devices are designed for +12 and -6V operation, it takes a 
circuit as shown in Figure 12 to get around the ± 8V minimum output 



limitation of these regulators. Here, the nominal ±15V output of the 
SGI 501 has been reduced to ±12V by the 2.0k and 1.8k voltage divider. 
Six volts are then subtracted from the negative output by the IN4735 
zener diode. Because the diode is outside the feedback loop, some minor 
variations in the -6V output may be observed due to its temperature 
coefficient or dynamic impedance. These variations have negligible effect 
on the comparators, however, as the negative voltage is used only to bias 
high impedance current sources. 



\A* i 



V IN OUT STAB SENSE GND 



VOLT 
Vf N OUT STAB SENSE ADJ 







+12 V OUTPUT 



-12 V V \ $ V OUTPUT 

Figure 12. Using the SGI 501 to provide +12 and -6V outputs. 

Zener diodes can also be put to use in applications requiring high input 
voltages. In the circuit of Figure 13, the small signal zener diodes reduce 
the voltage applied to the IC while allowing the easily heat-sinked power 
transistors to absorb the added power dissipation caused by a large input- 
output differential. 



mi 

ruci ii ■ J — J L-i— 




Figure 13. Zener diodes used to prevent high input voltages 
from appearing across the device. 



CONCLUSIONS 

With two complete regulators in a single IC, these new regulators offer 
an improved approach to power distribution. Their high degree of per- 
formance and freedom from large numbers of external components make 
"on-card", or distributed regulation a practical reality. By regulating at the 
point of use, the system designer has eliminated many knotty problems 
such as lead inductance, decoupling, line drop through connectors, etc. In 
addition, since each circuit card or module can now regulate its own 
voltage, complete interchangeability is more nearly assured and the 
problems of equipment maintenance are greatly eased. 



94 



Application Notes — SG1524 



SIMPLIFYING CONVERTER DESIGN WITH 
A NEW INTEGRATED REGULATING PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR 



Bob Mamma no 

Director, Advanced Development 

SILICON GENERAL, INC. 

Westminster, California 



Abstract 

A new monolithic integrated circuit is described which contains all the control circuitry for a regulating 
power supply converter or switching regulator. Included in this 16-pin dual-in-line package is the voltage 
reference, error amplifier, oscillator, pulse width modulator, pulse steering flip-flop, dual alternating 
output switches, and current limiting and shutdown circuitry. This device can be used for switching 
regulators of either polarity, transformer coupled DC to DC converters, transformer- less voltage doubters 
and polarity converters, as well as other power control applications. 



INTRODUCTION 

Implementing a switching power supply has just become signifi- 
cantly easier with the introduction of Ihe SG1524 series of 
Regulating Pulse Width Modulator integrated circuits. Long 
recognized as offering greatly improved efficiencies, the develop- 
ment of switching supplies has been hampered by the com- 
plexity of the low-level circuitry required to provide the proper 
signals for adequate control of the switching transistors. As a 
result, these supplies have tended to be more costly, larger in 
size, and with poorer reliability than could be justified by their 
improved efficiency. Even when threats of higher energy costs 
and potential brown-outs have made switching supplies manda- 
tory, their complexity has made the engineering design task a 
most formidable undertaking. 



The remainder of this paper will describe each of the indivi- 
dual blocks in the following diagram in considerable detail 
and then offer a few basic application suggestions. 




FIGURE 1 -SG1524 BLOCK DIAGRAM 



With the introduction of the SG1524, a major portion of the 
complex low-level control circuitry has been integrated into a 
single LSI linear integrated circuit. This monolithic chip, 
packaged in a 16-pin dual-in-line outline, implements the entire 
block diagram shown in Figure 1. 

It is the integration of all these different functions into a single 
IC that qualifies the SG1524 as one of the best examples to 
date of large scale integration as applied to analog circuits. 



VOLTAGE REFERENCE 

The reference circuit of the SG1524 is shown in Figure 2. 
This is a complete linear regulator designed to provide a constant 
5 volt output with input voltage variations of 8 to 40 volts. 
It is internally compensated and short circuit protected. It is 
used both to generate a reference voltage and as .the regulated 
source for all the internal timing and controlling circuitry. This 
regulator may be bypassed for operation from a fixed 5 volt 



95 



source by connecting pins 15 and 16 together to the input 
voltage. In this configuration, the maximum input voltage is 6 
volts. While discussing input power, it should be mentioned 
that the entire SG1524 IQ draws less than 10 mA of current, 
regardless of input voltage. 




M &$j 




TO COMPARATOR 



FIGURE 4 -SG1524 OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT 



A second output from the oscillator is a narrow clock pulse* 
which occurs each time C T is discharged. This output pulse 
is used for several functions as outlined below: 



FIGURE 2 - SG1524 REFERENCE CIRCUIT 



This reference regulator may be used as a 5 volt source for other 
circuitry. It will provide up to 50 mA of output current itself 
and can easily be expanded to higher currents with an external 
PNP transistor as shown in Figure 3. 



rQT- 



100U I ,-»> 

i— *-^A. * (J5) — 



+V, N 
8-40 VOLTS 



<f> ir : i 



FIGURE 3 - SG1524 EXPANDED CURRENT SOURCE 



OSCILLATOR 

The oscillator in the SG1524 uses an external resistor (R T ) to 
establish a constant charging current into an external capacitor 
(C T ). This constant-current charging gives a linear ramp voltage 
which provides an overall linear relationship between error 
voltage and output pulse width. The SG1524 oscillator circuits 
is shown in Figure 4. 



(1) As a blanking pulse to both outputs to insure that there 
is no possibility of having both outputs on simulta- 
neously during transitions. The width of this blanking 
pulse can be controlled to some extent by the value 
selected forC T . 

(2) As a trigger for an internal flip-flop which directs the 
PWM signal to alternate between the two outputs. Note 
that for single-ended applications, the two outputs can 
be connected in parallel and the frequency of the output 
is the frequency of the oscillator. For push-pull applica- 
tions, the outputs are separated and the action of the 
flip-flop provides an output frequency % that of the 
oscillator. 

(3) As a convenient place to synchronize an oscilloscope for 
system de-bugging and maintenance. 

(4) As a bi-directional port for external timing synchroniza- 
tion. The output pulse from this oscillator — which is 
stable to within 2% over variations in both input voltage 
and temperature - can be used as a master clock for 
other circuitry, including other SG 1 524's. It thus follows 
that a positive pulse applied to this terminal can syn- 
chronize the SG1524 to an external clock signal. 

The waveforms of the two outputs frcm the oscillator are 
shown in Figure 5. 



96 




VOLTS ^^^ 

SSS 

TIME - 5 MICROSECONDS/DIVISION 

FIGURE 5 -SG 1524 OSCILLATOR WAVEFORMS 

ERROR AMPLIFIER 

The error amplifier circuit, shown in Figure 6, is a simple dif- 
ferential input, transconductance amplifier. Both inputs and the 




FIGURE 6 -SG1524 ERROR AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC 

output are available for maximum versatility. The gain of this 
amplifier is nominally 10,000 (80 dB) but can be easily reduced 
by either feedback or by shunting the output to ground with an 
external resistor. The overall frequency response of this ampli- 
fier which, by the way, is not internally compensated but yet 
is stable with unity gain feedback, is plotted with various values 
of external load resistance in Figure 7. 



































*L^\ 










*° 














7 




R L «300kft 




1- 

111 




R L -100kn 








R L -30kn 










> 




R L -Re 


littancofro 


* Pin 9 to 


round 












I 





FREQUENCY-HERTZ 



Phase shifting to compensate for an output filter pole may 
readily be accomplished with an external series R-C combina- 
tion at the output terminal of the amplifier. 

Since the error amplifier is powered by the 5- volt reference 
voltage, the acceptable common-mode input voltage range is 
restricted to 1.8 to 3.4 volts. This means the reference must be 
divided down to be compatible with the amplifier input, but yet 
provides the advantage of being able to be used to regulate 
negative output voltages. Required input dividers are shown 
in Figure 8. 



-^ 




FIGURE 8 - ERROR AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS 

Since this amplifier is a transconductance design, the output is a 
very high impedance (approximately 5 MSI) and can source or 
sink only 200 microamps. This makes the output terminal 
(Pin 9) a very convenient place to insert any programming 
signal which is to override the error amplifier. Internal shut- 
down and current limit circuits are connected here, but any 
other circuit which can sink 200 jtA can pull this point to 
ground, thereby shutting off both outputs. 

For example, the soft start circuit of Figure 9 can be used to 
hold Pin 9 to ground — and thus both outputs off— when power 
is first applied. As the capacitor charges, the output pulse slowly 
increases from zero to the point where the feedback loop takes 
control. The diode then isolates this turn-on circuit from 
whatever frequency stabilizing network might also be con- 
nected to Pin 9. 



® 



^X^ COMP^^ 

^ R < (9) COMPENSATION 



T 



FIGURE 7 -SG1524 
ERROR AMP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 



FIGURE 9 - SG1524 SOFT START CIRCUITRY 



97 



CURRENT LIMITING 

The current limiting circuit, while shown in the block diagram 
as an op amp, is really only a single transistor amplifier as 
shown in Figure 10. It is frequency compensated and has a 
second transistor to provide temperature compensation and a 
reduction of input threshold to 200 mV. When this threshold 




FIGURE 10 - SG1524 CURRENT LIMITING 

is exceeded, the amplifying transistor turns on and, by pulling 
the output of the error amplifier toward ground, linearly de- 
creases the output pulse width. One consideration in using this 
circuit is that the sense terminals have a ±1 volt common mode 
range which requires sensing in the ground line. However, since 
differential inputs are available, foldback current limiting can 
be implemented as shown in Figure 1 1. 




CURRENT LIMIT 



FIGURE 11 - FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITING 

While orr the subject of protection circuitry, although over- 
voltage protection is not built into the SG1524, it is relatively 
easy to add by using the internal shutdown circuit in conjunc- 
tion with a few external components as shown in Figure 12. 




This circuit will provide a low level sensing and latching func- 
tion and while it won't protect against a shorted output transis- 
tor, it will remove the drive signals with no power dissipation. 

OUTPUT STAGES 

The outputs of the SGI 524 are two identical NPN transistors 
with both collectors and emitters uncommitted. These circuits 
are as shown in Figure 13 and include an antisaturation net- 
work for fast response and current limiting set for a maximum 
output current of approximately 100 mA. 



<£>■ 



^ 



■^AV- 



i<jj)® 



— i. r 



FIGURE 13 - SG1524 OUTPUT STAGE 

The availability of both collectors and emitters allows maxi- 
mum versatility to enable driving either NPN or PNP external 
transistors; however, it must be remembered that this is only a 
switch which closes and opens. Power transistor turn-off drive 
must be developed externally. Some suggestions for output 
drive circuits are shown in Figure 14. 




FIGURE 12 -SG1524 OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION 



FIGURE 14 - DRIVING EXTERNAL TRANSISTORS 

APPLICATIONS 

In considering applications for the SG1524, it appears that 
there are three general classifications of switching power supply 



98 



systems. Included in the first are the transformerless voltage 
multiplier circuits shown in Figure 15. These circuits are pri- 
marily used for low level applications but can step up, step 

<°-W — t — II — — T — M — r— +v ° 



o 



T 
X 



.X, 



-M- 



:-»■ 



r 



-»- 



T 

X 



V,M<V 



a 



-M- 



T 

=J= iv«i>i 



FIGURE 15 - CAPACITOR/DIODE OUTPUT CIRCUITS 

down, or change the polarity of an input voltage. The switches 
shown can be either the output stages of the SG1 524 or external 
transistors. Note that one extra diode is required to protect the 
emitter-base junction of switch S A during the times when both 
switches are open. 

For higher current applications, the single-ended inductor cir- 
cuits of Figure 16 represent another classification. Here the two 



5 



X 

i 



I 



-M- 



T 

X 



V, N >V> 



V 1N < V 



H4- 



X 



|V,n|<|V | 



FIGURE 16 -SINGLE-ENDED INDUCTOR CIRCUITS 

outputs of the SG1524 are connected in parallel, but note that 
this does not give twice the current as the switches are alter- 
nating internally. This does not affect external performance, 
however, and the SG1524 can be used to provide 0-90% duty 
cycle modulation in any of the configurations shown. 

The third general classification of power supply systems are trans- 
former coupled, two types of which are shown in Figure 17. 




■tt 



■*■ 



^ 




M- 



T 
x 



Vo 



FIGURE 17 -TRANSFORMER COUPLED CIRCUITS 

The push-pull circuit represents the conventional DC to DC 
converter with each switch being controlled for - 45% duty 
cycle modulation. The second transformer circuit is a single- 
ended flyback converter, useful at light loads without a separate 
output inductor. 

To illustrate the use of the SG1524 in each of the above general 
classifications, the following simple, but practical, circuits 
are presented: 

Figure 18 shows the use of the SG1524 as a low current polar- 
ity converter providing a regulated —5 volt output at currents 
up to 20 mA from a single positive input voltage. The external 




FIGURE 18 - LOW CURRENT POLARITY CONVERTER 

components required include the divider resistors to interface 
the reference and output voltages with the error amplifier, 
a resistor/capacitor to set the operating frequency, and the out- 
put diodes and capacitors. The combination of the built-in 
current limiting of the SG1524 output stages and the capacitor 



99 



coupling of the output signal provide full protection against 
short circuits and the current limit amplifier is unused. Since 
this circuit has no inductor, the output capacitor is more than 
enough to stabilize theregulating loop and no additional com- 
pensation is required. 

Another low-level circuit is the flyback converter shown in 
Figure 19. 



■*=— i t U± 3lll», i ± 

-|<|— J- 0-16V 




FIGURE 19- +5 TO ±15 VOLT, FLYBACK CONVERTER 

t . ' 

This circuit is designed to develop a regulated ±15 volt supply 
from a single +5 volt source. Note that the' reference terminal 
is tied to the input, disabling the internal regulator. The error 
amplifier resistors are also tied to the input line so the output 
regulation can be no better than the input; however, an external 
reference could just as easily have been used. 

In this application, the two output stages are connected in 
parallel and used as emitter followers to drive a single external 
transistor. Since the currents in the secondary of a flyback 
transformer are out of phase with the primary current, current 
limiting is very difficult to achieve. In this circuit, protection 
was provided through the use of a soft-start circuit. If either 
output is shorted, the transformer will saturate, providing 
more current through the drive transistor. This current is sensed 
and used to turn on the 2N2222 which resets the soft-start 
circuit and turns off the drive signal. If the short remains, the 
regulator will repetitively try to start up and reset with a time 
constant set by the soft-start circuit. Removing the short will 
then allow the regulating loop to re-establish control. 

For higher current applications, the single-ended conventional 
switching regulator of Figure 20 is shown. 




FIGURE 20-1 AMP, SINGLE-ENDED 
SWITCHING REGULATOR 

In this case, an external PNP darlington is used to provide a 
1-amp current switch. The SG1524 has the two outputs in 
parallel, connected as a grounded emitter amplifier. The current 
sense resistor is inserted in the ground line and the voltage 
across it used for constant current limiting. Note that in addi- 
tion to the divider resistors and frequency setting RjCj, a 
phase compensation resistor and capacitor is used to stabilize 
the loop now that an inductor has been added. 

A fourth application would have to be a push-pull, DC to DC 
regu lating converter as sh own in F igu re 2 1 . 




FIGURE 21 - 5V, 25W, DC TO DC CONVERTER 

Here the outputs of the SG1524 are connected as separate 
emitter followers driving external transistors. Current limiting 
in this application is done in the primary for several reasons: 
First, it's easier to live within the ±1 volt common mode limits 
of the current limit amplifier; second, since this is a step-down 
application, the current — and therefore the power in the 
sense resistor - is lower; and third, if the output drive were to 



100 



become non-symmetrical causing the transformer to approach 
saturation, the resultant current spikes will shorten the pulse 
width on a pulse-by -pulse basis, providing a first order correc- 
tion. Note that the oscillator is set to run at 40 kHz to obtain a 
20 kHz signal at the transformer. 

This application as shown does not provide input-output 
isolation and, of course, that feature is difficult to achieve 
within a single IC. There are a couple of ways the SG1524 can 
be used with isolated power supply systems, however. The first 
is shown in Figure 22 where the SG1524 is direct coupled 



separate reference and error amplifier (most easily implemented 
with a SG723 regulator IC) is connected on the secondary and 
then optically coupled back to the primary side. 

As should be evident from the above, the SG1524 was designed 
as the first of what will undoubtedly become a larger family of 
regulator ICs specifically designed for switching power supplies. 
As such, versatility was the primary design goal of this device 
and hopefully this goal has been achieved to the degree that 
will allow the SG1524 to find application to a wide range of 
power control systems. 



Input Line 

o 



ndt 



TO 

mi 



3IIC 



O 



FIGURE 22 - INPUT/OUTPUT ISOLATION 

on the secondary side of the output transformer. The outputs 
from the IC are transformer-coupled back to the primary side 
to drive the switching transistors. Of course, a separate start-up 
power source is needed for the SG1524 but that shouldn't 
present much of a problem remembering that the IC draws less 
than 10 mA of supply current. 

A different method of providing isolation is shown in Figure 23 
where the IC is direct coupled on the primary side. Here a 







FIGURE 23 - INPUT/OUTPUT ISOLATION 



101 



Application Notes — SG1524 



DEADBAND CONTROL WITH THE SG1524 REGULATING 
PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR CIRCUIT 



The SG1524 Regulating P.W.M. integrated circuit provides two outputs which alternate in turning on for push- 
pull inverter applications. The internal oscillator sends a momentary blanking pulse to both outputs at the end of 
each period to provide a deadband so that there cannot be a condition when both outputs are on at the same 
time. The amount of deadband is determined by the width of the blanking pulse appearing on pin 3 and can be 
controlled by four techniques: 



1. For 0.2 to 1.0 microseconds, the deadband is 
controlled by the timing capacitor, Ct, on pin 7. The 
relationship between C T and deadband is shown in 
Figure 3 on the SG1524 data sheet. Of course, since 
C T also helps determine the operating frequency, the 
range of control is somewhat limited. 

2. For 0.5 to 3.0 microseconds, the blanking pulse 
may be extended by adding a small capacitor from 
pin 3 to ground. The value of the capacitor must be 
less than 1000 pf or triggering will become unreliable. 

3. For longer and more well-controlled blanking 
pulses, a simple one-shot latch similar to the circuit 
shown below should be used: 



10k 




pulse, it will latch for a period determined by C b Rb 
providing a well-defined deadband. 

Another use for this circuit is as a buffer when several 
other circuits are to be synchronized to one master 
oscillator. This one-shot latch will provide an adequate 
signal to insure that all the slave circuits are com- 
pletely reset before allowing the next timing period 
to begin. 

Note that with this circuit, the blanking pulse holds 
off the oscillator so its width must be subtracted 
from the overall period when selecting R T and C T . 

4. Another way of providing greater deadband is just 
to limit the maximum pulse width. This can be done 
by using a clamp to limit the output voltage from the 
error amplifier. A simple way of achieving this clamp 
is with the circuit below: 



v ref (16 



Comp. 



IN916 



Gnd(T)- 



-►> 5k 



TRANSISTORS — Small-signal general purpose types. 
For 5 //sec width, C B = 200 pf, R B = 10k 



When this circuit is triggered by the oscillator output 



This circuit will limit the error amplifier's voltage 
range since its current source output will only supply 
200juA. Additionally, this circuit will not affect 
the operating frequency. 



102 



Application Notes — SG1524 



IMPROVING SWITCHING REGULATOR DYNAMIC RESPONSE 

Bob Mammano 

Director, Advanced Development 

Silicon General, Inc. 

Westminster, California 



ABSTRACT 

Recent introductions of LSI integrated circuits for P.W.M. control have offered considerable simpli- 
fication to the job of optimizing the design of switching regulators. In addition to greatly reducing 
the necessary circuitry, the linear transfer function of these devices eases the task of stabilizing the feed- 
back loop and offers several possibilities for improved response. Experimental methods for evaluating 
the response characteristics of the P.W.M. switching and output stages can be used to confirm simpli- 
fying assumptions of linear operation. With this data, several approaches to equalization networks can 
be compared for performance optimization. 

The past few years have seen a major revolution take place in 
the field of power supply design. Whether forced upon us by 
the need for energy conservation or finally made practical thru 
recent advances in semiconductor technology, switching regula- 
tors are now the name of the game in voltage control. Novices 
soon learn, however, that the implementation of a well- 
designed switching supply involves a little more skill than that 
required for a linear regulator. 



Although the theory of switching regulation has long been 
known, there is much practical technology - or art — in design- 
ing efficient and reliable systems. This is still true even though 
recently introduced semiconductor devices have made the job 
at least a little easier. It is the purpose of this discussion to 
cover a few of the practical aspects of implementing and stabi- 
lizing switching regulators using these newer devices. 

INTEGRATED P.W.M. CONTROL CIRCUITS 

Recognizing a rapidly growing market, many component 
suppliers have introduced new devices designed specifically for 
switching regulator applications. These include faster power 
transistors with improved S.O.A., low E.S.R. electrolytic capa- 
citors, hybrid power devices which include a matched commuta- 
ting diode, * 1 > and monolithic IC control devices such as the 
SG1524< 2 > which contain all of the P.W.M. control circuitry in 
a single 16-pin, dual-in-line package. 

103 




Figure 1. SG1524 Block Diagram 

From the block diagraTn shown in Figure 1, it can be seen that 
the SG1524 contains the elements necessary to implement 
either single-ended switching regulators or DC to DC converters 
of several different configurations. This device includes a volt- 
age reference, error amplifier, constant frequency oscillator, 
pulse width modulator, pulse steering logic, dual alternating 
output switches, and current limiting and shutdown circuitry. 
Since many of the different types of applications for this IC 
have been discussed earlier^ it should suffice to review only 
two of the more common usages as shown in Figures 2 and 3. 

The single-ended regulator of Figure 2 is unique because of its 
simplicity. This circuit combines an SG1524 with a Unitrode 
PIC-625 to build a 5 volt, 5 amp regulator with all the semi- 



conductor devices contained in only two packages. This circuit 
has an efficiency of over 70% with an input voltage range of 
20 to 30 volts, 0.1% line and load regulation, and some added 
benefits of constant frequency operation and short circuit 
protection. 




Figure 2. SG1524 Single-Ended Switching Regulator 

Figure 3 shows the same 5-volt, 5 amp output requirement met 
this time with a DC to DC converter. The use of high speed 
transistors and Shottky rectifiers keep the efficiency more than 
80% — significant for a low-voltage output — while maintaining 
all the other benefits included in the single-ended circuit. 




Figure 3. SG1524 Regulating DC-DC Converter 

It' should be recognized that the above circuits represent very 
basic applications of an IC control chip. Most practical power 
supply systems would probably incorporate many other fea- 
tures which may be accomplished by interfacing these IC's with 
a small amount of external circuitry to add characteristics such 
as: soft-start, oscillator synchronization, dead-band controls, 
additional current and/or voltage step-up stages, input-output 
isolation, remote overvoltage or overload shutdown, and 
response modifying circuitry. It is this latter subject we wish to 
explore more fully below. 



SWITCHING REGULATOR CONTROL 

The basic switching regulator control loop which applies to the 
most common forms of implementation is illustrated in Fig- 
ure 4. In analyzing this control loop stability, the obvious 
immediate problem is the transfer function of the P.W.M. and 
output stage. A detailed and accurate analysis of the nonlinear 
characteristics of this stage is an extremely difficult and com- 
plex task if one is to account for all the parameters which could 
possibly be a factor. (3 ' 4 ' 5) On the other hand, if this stage 
could be assumed to have a linear transfer function, analysis 
becomes a relatively simple application of basic feedback theory. 




Figure 4. Basic Regulating Control Loop 

A significance of the SG1524 is that it uses a design approach 
which makes a linear assumption accurate enough for most 
applications. The fact that this device features constant fre- 
quency operation, a linear-slope ramp for P.W.M., and fast- 
response logic and output circuitry all contribute to minimiz- 
ing the errors associated with a linear assumption. Of course, 
there are factors external to the IC which could destroy this 
assumption. Such things as excessive delay in the switching 
transistors, parasitic ringing or oscillation in the power stages, 
or nonlinear operation of the magnetics could all cause a result- 
ant nonlinear performance. A first exercise for the designer, 
then, is to confirm linear operation of the P.W.M. and output 
stages of his regulator by evaluating his early breadboard models. 

OUTPUT STAG E ANALYSIS 

The pulse width modulation is accomplished in the SG 1524 by 
comparing the output of the error amplifier with a linear ramp, 
or saw-tooth signal from the oscillator. Because the compara- 
tor has both high gain and high input impedance, and the error 
amplifier has a high output impedance, this node (pin-9) 
becomes a very convenient place for inserting a test signal. A 
voltage source applied as shown in Figure 5 will completely 
override the error amplifier and essentially open the loop with- 
out actually breaking any connections. In addition, the test 
signal is easily managed because the voltage gain from this point 



104 



to the output is relatively low. (A voltage level on pin 9 of 
from 1 to 4 volts will change the pulse width from zero to maxi- 
mum which will yield zero to maximum output voltage.) 




Figure 5. Measuring Output Stage Transfer Function 

In experimentally attempting to confirm satisfactory operation 
of the output stages, the designer hopes to prove that a linear 
equivalent circuit model is valid for reasonable analysis. One 
such model as proposed by Middlebrook^ is shown in Figure 6. 
This model describes the overall AC and DC transfer function 
and input and output impedances in terms of the duty cycle 
and modulation constant. This model assumes that the effects 
of operating frequency, switching delays, and parasitic elements 
are well above the frequencies of interest as defined by the 
output LC filter. 




O = Duty Ratio ■= V /V, N = N c /km 

Figure 6. Linear Equivalent Circuit 

Values for the inductor and capacitor are normally calculated 
on the basis of output ripple current and voltage as follows: 

For constant frequency operation, 
L _ Vq(Vin-Vo) 

V IN f(Al L ) 

Vq(Vin -Vq) 

8Lf2V IN (AV ) 
where: 



and 



C = 



Vin = peak input voltage to the inductor 
Vo - output voltage across the capacitor 
f » switching frequency 



Ml - peak-to-peak current variation in the inductor 
AVq = peak-to-peak ripple voltage across the capacitor. 
Note that the actual ripple voltage at the output of the filter 
will be AVq, plus Al L times the capacitor E.S.R. 

Regardless of the requirements for minimizing the output 
ripple, an additional requirement on the filter is that its cutoff 
frequency be well below the switching frequency if our original 
goal of simple linear analysis is to be met. Specifically, the 
switching operation introduces a second order lag at one-half 
the switching frequency and for the output filter to dominate, 
its cutoff sh6uld be at least an order of magnitude below that 
number, or 



1 



f 



2rr VTC " 20 
To verify the performance of the resultant hardware, a Bode 
plot of the output stage response can be most meaningful. 
Ideally, a plot as shown in Figure 7 should show a flat response 
to the filter cutoff and then a linear 12 dB/octave rolloff with a 



10 

» o 

i 

°-10 

z 

1 




. VOLT 


AGEG 


AIN 










































p 


HASE - 
















L 
C 


- lOOOjiF 


























§ 20 














































































1 







1 


» 










1 


)K 







FREQUENCY - HERTZ 

Figure 7. Linear Output Stage Response 

180° phase shift. By making these plots with varying input 
voltage and load current, factors affecting stability such as leak- 
age inductance, capacitor E.S.R. , and either saturation or dis- 
continuous operation of the magnetics may be evaluated over 
the operating conditions of interest. Figure 8 shows typical 
plots with less than ideal component parameters. With the char- 
acteristics of the output stage defined, attention can be turned 
to the error amplifier to develop an equalizing network which 
will allow satisfactory closing of the loop. 

ERROR AMPLIFIER COMPENSATION 

The error amplifier contained within the SG1524 is a transcon- 
ductance amplifier in that it has a high-impedance, current 
source output. The gain is a function of the output loading and 



105 



can be reduced from a nominal 80 dB by shunt resistance as 
shown in Figure 9. Note also in Figure 9 that the uncompen- 



1 

V w - 32V. 


1 

L » 1A ^ -l 




























VlN 


20V. 1 


- 5/ 










L - 
C - 


1000 


• 25V 
2A 








PHA. 


E 












NOf 








-50 
-100 
-150 




— "V 


V 


\ 


























k 






( 






















,/ 





































FREQUENCY - HERTZ 



Figure 8. Measured Output Stage Response 







„■ ' 




















70 




R t - - 








I 




















60 




R L " IMii 
























h 


&<L 






7 




R L » 


jooKr 












5 
o 


























?- 




R L = 


100 Kf 






















s^ 


l'a 
















> 
















<%», 


^ 





















































FREQUENCY - HERTZ 



Figure 9. Open-Loop Error Amplifier Response 

sated amplifier has a single pole at 300 Hz and 90° of phase 
shift. The unity gain cross-over frequency is 3 MHz and the 
large scale slew rate is 0.5 volt per microsecond. 

This type of amplifier can be compensated in two ways: The 
compensation network can go from the output to ground or it 
can be connected from output back to the inverting input. W In 
the first case, the voltage gain is: 



A v = gmZ c = 



8' C Z C 
2kT 



* 0.002Z C 



where Z c is the complex compensation network impedance. If 
a feedback approach is used, the gain is: 

z c 



where Z s is the source impedance driving the input. In cases 
where relatively low impedances are desired in a feedback net- 
work, it may be necessary to buffer the high output impedance 
of the error amplifier. Figure 10c shows the use of an external 
emitter follower to provide a low driving impedance for the 
feedback network. 





I — ra — 




'-<D-:, 



Figure 10. Error Amplifier Compensation Networks 

To stabilize the overall regulator feedback loop of Figure 4, it 
should be apparent that the uncompensated loop contains at 
least two poles in the output filter and one more in the error 
amplifier, a situation which typically results in significant gain 
remaining when the total loop phase equals 360°. One of the 
simplest compensation schemes is to convert the error amplifier 
to an integrator by adding a single dominate pole at a frequency 
so low that the loop gain falls below unity well before the cut- 
off frequency of the output filter. While this approach yields 
a stable closed loop gain as shown in Figure 1 1, the response to 



















I 

0.2 mFO 

— Ir— 








A 


MFLITU 


OE 








2.S K» I 


^ 
















, >L 






PHASI 












L 
C 


• 200 

• 1001 


»F 






-SO 
-100 
-150 








N 


\ 
























\ 


























V 


«*•« 





































FREQUENCY - HERTZ 

Figure 11. Closed Loop Frequency Response 

.disturbances is very slow. For example, the waveforms of 
Figure 12 show the response to a 20%, or one amp, step change 
in load to the circuit of Figure 3 when compensated with a 
0.2 mfd capacitor around the error amplifier. 



106 



If instead of slowing down the error amplifier, a zero, or lead 
network is added to cancel one of the output filter poles, we 
can keep the total loop phase less than 360° to well beyond the 
output filter cutoff. 




STIMULUS: ONE AMP STEP CHANGE IN l 

UPPER TRACE: ERROR AMP OUTPUT. 500 mV/DIV 
LOWER TRACE: REGULATOR OUTPUT, 200 mV/DIV 
TIME BASE: 5 MILLISECONDS/DIV 

Figure 12. Integrator Compensation Step Response 



Figure 13 shows a circuit for accomplishing this by moving the 
amplifier pole lower in frequency and adding a zero at the out- 
put filter cutoff frequency. Figure 14 shows the effects of this 
network on the Bode plot of the error amplifier, and Figure 15 
indicates the improvement in recovery from the same one-amp 
load change. Note how the output of the error amplifier over- 
shoots to give a boost to the output. 




Figure 13. Series RC Phase Compensation 













N. 






^^ INCREASING S^ 

■ x" \ - 


— UNCOMPENSATED 

— COMPENSATED 










i \ *Nfo 


_V 




I >- ^ 


^^ 


mo" 


x 


X! : 


; n 


(9 
3 


\l v~ 


~n! 


Ui 


j\ 


. :N/: 


i\ 


135 o 


^ . I -v -.._ ._ 




a0 i 


2*R C C 


2irR Co 2irR c Cc 


2rrR C C 





Even faster response can be achieved by providing additional 
lead networks. For example, another zero may be added by 
bypassing the sense feedback resistor. As can be seen in Fig- 
ure 16, this greatly improves loop response but offers the haz- 
ard of coupling ripple noise directly into the error amplifier. 




R c - 30 Kn, C c = .022 mfd 

STIMULUS: ONE AMP STEP CHANGE IN l 

UPPER TRACE: ERROR AMP OUTPUT, 500 mV/DIV 

LOWER TRACE: REGULATOR OUTPUT, 100 mV/DIV 

TIME BASE: 5 MILLISECONDS/DIV 

Figure 15. Phase Compensated Step Response 




Figure 14. Phase Compensated Bode Plot 



STIMULUS. ONE AMP STEP CHANGE IN l 

UPPER TRACE : "ERROR AMP OUTPUT, 500 mV/DIV 
LOWER TRACE: REGULATOR OUTPUT, 50 mV/DIV 
TIME BASE: 2 MILLISECONDS/DIV 

Figure 16. Double Zero Compensated Step Response 



TWO LOOP CONTROL 

From the examples presented above, it should be apparent that 
the integration method of error amplifier compensation pro- 
vides good stability by making the dominate pole so low in fre- 
quency that variations in all other circuit parameters become 
inconsequential. This technique also provides high accuracy at 
DC where high gain can be used and is the type of feedback one 
would want 'to take directly from the output of a regulator 
since a user might add additional external capacitance, thereby 



107 



changing the output filter characteristics. Another reason for 
using single-poie compensation is to accommodate the use of a 
two-stage output filter which can add phase shifts well beyond 
180°. 

The problem of poor response can then be accommodated by 
adding a differentiated signal taken from somewhere else in the 
loop. If the time constants and gain factors are properly 
selected, the differentiated signal can compensate for the error 
in the integrated signal taken from the regulated output. 

While it may be possible to combine these two signals with 
passive signal conditioning at the input to the error amplifier, a 
more straightforward approach is with two separate op amps as 
shown in Figure 1 7. Here the error amplifier in the SG 1524 has 




Figure 17. Two-Loop Signal Conditioning 

been connected as a unity gain summing amplifier and two op 
amps from an SG124 quad IC are used as gain stages for signal 
conditioning. Since these are single-supply op amps, they are 
powered directly from the 5-volt reference voltage supplied by 
the SG 1524. 

Amplifier A1 provides the DC gain and gets its signal directly 
from the output of the regulator. There are several possibilities, 
however, for providing the differentiated correction signal 
through A2. If rapid response to changes in input voltage is 
required, A2's input may be taken through a resistive divider 
directly to the input line.< 8 ) This is, of course, not a feedback 
signal but the feed forward of an open loop, short-duration cor- 
rection signal. The waveforms of Figure 18 show the improve- 
ment which this feed-forward signal can offer. 

If load transients are the problem, A2's input might be con- 
nected to a point where output current could be sensed. This 
would best be accomplished by using a current transformer in 
series with the output capacitor although the voltage across the 
capacitor E.S.R. might also serve as a sense point. In either case, 
a low-pass filter with a cuttoff frequency of approximately 1/4 




UPPER TRACE: INPUT VOLTAGE STEP CHANGE. 5V/DIV 
MIDDLE TRACE: OUTPUT WITH DC FEEDBACK ONLY. 100 mV/DIV 
LOWER TRACE: OUTPUT WITH AC FEED FORWARD ALSO. 100 mV/DIV 
TIME BASE: 2MILLISECONDS/DIV 

Figure 18. Feed Forward Compensation 



the switching frequency is necessary to remove the ripple volt- 
age before attempting a differentiation. A third possible signal 
input is to put a secondary winding on the output filter induc- 
tor. This gives an AC signal proportional to V )N - Vq and will 
therefore respond to disturbances at either input or output. 

SUMMARY 

Although integrated circuit controllers for switching supplies 
have removed much of the circuit complexity from this type of 
regulator, the dynamic analysis of the control loop must still 
be optimized for each application. This optimization is made 
easier, however, if a linear approximation of the switching 
stages can be shown to be valid. The SG1524 controller offers 
benefits in this regard as it does provide a linear transfer func- 
tion through its pulse width modulation scheme. Therefore, 
experimental techniques can be used to simply confirm proper 
operation of the power switches and output filter. 

With a linear output stage, conventional feedback analysis can 
be used to define the best equalizing network achieving a com- 
promise between stability and fast response. In some cases it 
may even be desirable to provide separate signal paths for 
these two parameters but thus, too, can be adapted to the 
SG1524 controller with a minimum of external circuitry. 
Obviously, no recipes for optimum performance have been pro- 
vided herein. Only a few directions which, it is hoped, will 
point the way toward the development of specific solutions for 
specific applications. 

REFERENCES 

(1) Unitrode Corporation, "Switching Regulator Design 
Guide," Unitrode Publication No. U-68, 1974 



108 



(2) R. A. Mammano, "Simplifying Converter Design with A 
New Integrated Circuit Regulating P.W.M.," Powercon 3 
Proceedings, June, 1976 

(3) F. C. Lee, Y. Yu, and J. E. Triner, "Modeling of Switching 
Regulator Power Stages With and Without Zero Inductor 
Current Dwell Time," IEEE P.E.S.C, Record, 1976 

(4) A. Capel, J. G. Ferrante, and R. Prajuuk, "State Variable 
Stability Analysis of Multi-Loop PWM Controlled Regula- 
tor in Light and Heavy Mode," IEEE P.E.S.C., Record, 
1975 

(5) Y. Yu, J. Bless, and A. Schoenfeld, "The Application of 
Standardized Control and Interface Circuits to Three DC 
to DC Power Converters," IEEE P.E.S.C, Record, 1973 

(6) R. D. Middlebrook and S. Cuk, "A General Unified Ap- 
proach to Modeling Switch Converter Power Stages," 
IEEE P.E.S.C, Record, June 1976 

(7) J. Graeme, G. Tobey, "Operational Amplifiers, Design and 
Applications," McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 1971 

(8) D. E. Nelson and N. 0. Sokal, "Improving Load and Line 
Transient Response of Switching Regulators by Feed For- 
ward Techniques," Powercon 2 Proceedings, 1975 



109 



Package Outlines 



SILICON GENERAL PACKAGE RATINGS 



Package 
Type 


Thermal Resis 


tance (°C/W) 


Power 

Dissipation 

(mW) 


Derate 
above 
25<>C 

(mW/oC) 


d 


JC 


e. 


JA 


Typ. 


Max. 


Typ. 


Max. 


K (TO-3) 


3.0 


5.5 


35 


45 


4300 


30 


P (TO-220) 


3.0 


5.0 


60 


65 


2000 


16 


R (TO-66) 


5.0 


6.0 


40 


50 


3000 


24 


T (TO-39) 


15 


25 


120 


185 


1000 


6.7 


T (TO-99) 


25 


40 


150 


190 


680 


5.4 


T (TO-96) 


25 


40 


130 


165 


800 


6.8 


T(TO-100) 


25 


40 


150 


190 


680 


5.4 


T(TO-101) 


25 


40 


150 


190 


680 


5.4 


J (16-pin) 


45 


60 


80 


110 


1000 


6.7 


J (14-pin) 


45 


60 


80 


110 


1000 


6.7 


Y (8-pin) 


50 


60 


125 


150 


800 


8 


N (16-pin) 


50 


60 


130 


150 


600 


6.0 


N (14-pin) 


50 


60 


130 


150 


600 


6.0 


M (8-pin) 


50 


60 


160 


190 


400 


4.0 


F (10-pin) 


40 


60 


170 


190 


500 


3.3 



PLASTIC PACKAGES 






0.015 U - 



~~T 



n n n r~i n r 



uuuuuuuu 



J- 



MAX 
0.125 



N-PACKAGE 
14-PIN PLASTIC 



-I L«r -Ik MB 



ALL LEADS ARE GOLO PLATEO 

N-PACKAGE 
16-PIN PLASTIC 



jj— h- QMS,. 

- II 0015 

I, 0300 



0.450 MAX • 

n n n n_ 




ID 


1 
0.240 
0.280 

1 


TUJ LJ L_l L_l 





P? 

I— --4 I— TYP 

M-PACKAGE 
8-PIN MINIDIP 




POWER PACKAGES 

3_ 



0.876 MAX Dl A - 




K- PACKAGE 
TO-3 



.050 MAX 
J. 




R-PACKAGE 
TO-66, 2-PIN 




R-PACKAGE 
TO-66, 9-PIN 



FLAT PACK 




F-PACKAGE 
10-PIN FLATPACK 



110 



Package Outlines 



CERAMIC PACKAGES 



*-1 



JV 




Y-PACKAGE 
8-PIN CERDIP 



Vm 






-w- 



aJu 







~*'nr'*~ ""''•'Sw 



J-PACKAGE 
14-PIN CERDIP 






-vj. 



»- 



-IS- 



m^ 



1 




LttHI 



TW n "^ r ^0.0« 



J-PACKAGE 
16-PIN CERDIP 



METAL CANS 



m 




ts 



-m 



B 



* 



f 



T-PACKAGE 
TO-39 




T-PACKAGE 
TO-99 





.010 I 

So" 1 - 



t?d. 



rn 



i 

LL 



MR- 



._/«[ 



T-PACKAGE 
TO-101 




hJM 



r 



T 

.MO 

.ato 

4- 



sk ninni 



T-PACKAGE 
TO-96 



111 



INDUSTRY PACKAGE CROSS-REFERENCE 





Silicon 
General 


NSC 


Skjnetics 


Fairchild 


Motorola 


Tl 


RCA 


I _ 

AMD 


Raytheon 
























J 


8-Lead 


M 
N 


N 


V 
A 

B ' 


T 

P 


P 
P 


P 

N 


E 

E 


PC 
PC 


N 

DN 
DP 
MP 




XIUUU 


14and16-Lead 




M 




























i 








Yto 


TO-220 


P 


T 


U 


U 




KC 








■ V9V 

(Package 26) 




















111 Low Temperature 




















|ll] ( 1 Glan Hermetic 


F 


W 




F 


F 


W 




FM 




T lilHIilflir Flat Pack 






















r 1 ""^ 


TO-66 

3 and 9- Lead 


R 








R 








R 




■-T— ' 


o 




















fl | 1 Glass/Metal 

U InJ F,8t4,8Ck 


F 


F 


Q 


F 


F 


F. 
S 


K 


F 


J, 
F, 
Q 


9 




















HI II U TO-5, TO-39, TO-96, 






K, 








S* 






^-S55^ TO-99, TO-100 and TO-101 


T 


H 




H 


G 


L 




H 


' 


w 






L, 
DB 








V1 «. 




H 




Jinnnrtnrr 


























Low Temperature 






Ceramic DIP 
8-Lead 

14 and 16- Lead 






















UUUULIUtr 


J 


J 


F 


O 


L 


J 


- 


- 


DD 




tomtf 




r J—l.. 


(Steel) 

TO-3 

(Aluminum) 


K 


K 










K 




K, 




"-I— ' 






i 


i> 




KC 


OA 


K 


K 


K 






LK, 
TK 



112 



Distributors 



ALABAMA 

Powell Electronics 
700 Arcadia Circle 
Huntsville, Alabama 35801 
(205) 539-2731 
TWX: 810-726-2231 



ARIZONA 

Kachina Electronics 
1425 North 27th Lane 
Phoenix, Arizona 85009 
(602) 269-6201 



R. V. Weatherford 
3355 W. Earll Drive 
Phoenix, Arizona 85017 
(602) 272-7144 
TWX: 910-951-0636 

CALIFORNIA (Northern) 

Diplomat West 
1118 Elko Drive 
Sunnyvale, California 94086 
(408) 734-1900 

Intermark Electronics 
1 020 Stewart Drive 
Sunnyvale, California 94086 
(408) 738-1 111 

P. H. Components 

2255 Martin Avenue, Suite E 

Santa Clara, California 95050 

(408) 244-8424 

TWX: 910-338-0587 

Western Microtechnology 
977 Benicia Ave. 
Sunnyvale, California 94086 
(408) 737-1660 



CALIFORNIA (Southern) 

Intermark Electronics 
1082 E.Carnegie 
Santa Ana, California 92705 
(714) 540-1322 

Intermark Electronics 
4040 Sorrento Valley Road 
San Diego, California 92121 
(714) 279-5200 

Semicomp 

3185 Airway Avenue "A" 

Costa Mesa, California 92626 

(714) 549-8600 

TWX: 910-595-1572 

Jaco Electronics 

21201 Oxnard Street 

Woodland Hills, California 91364 

(213)884-4560 

TWX: 910-494-4917 

R. V. Weatherford 
1 550 Babbitt Avenue 
Anaheim, California 92805 
(714) 547-0891 
TWX: 910-593-1334 

R. V. Weatherford 
6921 San Fernando Road 
Glendale, California 91201 
(213) 849-3451 
TWX: 910-498-2223 



R. V. Weatherford 
1095 East 3rd Street 
Pomona, California 91766 
(714) 623-1261 
(213) 966-8461 
TWX: 910-581-3811 

R. V. Weatherford 

7872 Raytheon Road 

San Diego, California 921 1 1 

(714) 278-7400 

TWX: 910-335-1570 



COLORADO 

R. V. Weatherford 
3905 S. Mariposa 
Englewood, Colorado 80110 
(303) 761-5432 
TWX: 910-933-0173 

CONNECTICUT 

J. V. Electronics 

690 Main Street 

East Haven, Connecticut 061 52) 

(203) 469-2321 

FLORIDA 
Diplomat/Southland 

2120 Calumet Street 
Clearwater, Florida 33515 
(813)443-4514 

Powell Electronics 
1744 N.W. 69th Avenue 
Miami Springs, Florida 33166 
(305) 592-3260 
TWX: 810-848-8040 

ILLINOIS 

R. M. Electronics 

47 Chestnut Lane 

Westmont, Illinois 60599 

(312) 323-9670 

Diplomat/Lakeland 

2451 Brickvale Drive 

Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007 

(312)595-1000 

Newark Electronics 
500 N. Pulski Road 
Chicago, Illinois 60624 
(312) 638-4411 
TWX: 910-221-0268 

INDIANA 

Sheridan Sales 
8790 Purdue Road 
Indianapolis, Indiana 46268 
(317)297-3146 

IOWA 

Deeco 

2500 16th Avenue, S.W. 
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52406 
(319) 365-7551 
TWX: 910-525-1332 

MARYLAND 

Powell Electronics 
1 0728 Hanna Street 
Beltsville, Maryland 20705 
(301) 937-4030 
TWX: 710-828-9710 



Technico Inc. 

9130 Red Branch Road 

Columbia, Maryland 21045 

(301)461-2200 



MASSACHUSETTS 

Diplomat/IPC 
559 East Street 
Chicopee Falls, Mass. 01020 
(413) 592-9441 



Diplomat/New England, Inc. 

Kuniholm Drive 

Holliston, Massachusetts 01746 

(617)429-4120 

Gerber Electronics 

852 Providence Highway 
Dedham, Massachusetts 02626 
(617) 329-2400 
TWX: 710-394-0634 

Green-Shaw Company 

70 Bridge Street 

Newton, Massachusetts 02195 

(617) 969-8900 

TLX: 92-2498 



MICHIGAN 

Diplomat/Northland 
32708 W. 8 Mile Road 
Farmington, Michigan 48024 
(313) 477-3200 

Sheridan Sales 

P. O. Box 529 

Farmington, Michigan 48024 

(313)477-3800 



MINNESOTA 

Diplomat/Electro-Com 

3816 Chandler Drive 
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55421 
(612) 788-8601 

Industrial Components 
5280 West 74th Street 
Edina, Minnesota 55435 
(612) 831-2666 
TWX: 910-576-3153 

MISSOURI 

Diplomat, Inc. 
2725 Mercantile Drive 
St. Louis, Missouri 63144 
(314) 645-8550 



Olive Industrial Elect. 

9910 Page Blvd. 
St. Louis, Missouri 63132 
(314) 426-4500 
TWX: 910-763-0720 



Sheridan Sales 
P. O. Box 677 
Florissant, Missouri 63033 
(314) 837-5200 



NEW JERSEY 

Diplomat/IPC 

490 S. Riverview Road 

Totowa, New Jersey 0751 2 

(201) 785-1830 

NEW MEXICO 

Contact Factory 

NEW YORK 

Diplomat Electronics 
303 Crossways Park Drive 
Woodbury, New York 11797 
(516)921-9373 
TLX: 14-4678 

Summit Electronics 

916 Main Street 
Buffalo, New York 14202 
(716) 884-3450 
TWX: 710-522-1692 

Summit Electronics 
292 Commerce Drive 
Rochester, New York 14623 
(716) 334-8110 

Zeus Components Inc. 

500 Executive Blvd. 
Elmsford, New York 10523 
(914) 592-4120 
TWX: 710-567-1248 

OHIO 

Sheridan Sales 

23224 Commerce Park Road 

Beach wood, Ohio 44122 

(216)831-0130 

Sheridan Sales 
P. O. Box 37826 
Cincinnati, Ohio 45222 
(513) 761-5432 

Sheridan Sales 
2501 Neff Avenue 
Dayton, Ohio 45414 
(513) 223-3332 

OREGON 

Parrott Electronics, Inc. 

7910 S.W. Cirrus Drive 
Beaverton, Oregon 97005 
(503)641-3355 
TWX: 910-467-8720 

PENNSYLVANIA 

Powell Electronics 

South Island Road 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101 

(215)365-1900 

TWX: 710-670-0465 

Sheridan Sales 

1717 Penn Avenue, Suite 5009 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15221 
(412)244-1640 

TEXAS 

Harrison Equipment 
l616McGowen 
Houston, Texas 77004 
(713) 652-4750 
TWX: 910-881-2601 



Quality Components 
300 Huntland, Suite 236 
Austin, Texas 78752 
(512)458-4181 

Quality Components 
13628 Neutron Road 
Dallas, Texas 75240 
(214) 387-4949 

Quality Components 

6126Westline 
Houston, Texas 77036 
(713) 789-9320 

R.V. Weatherford 
10836 Grissom Lane 
Dallas, Texas 75229 
(214) 243-1571 
TWX: 910-860-5544 

R.V. Weatherford 
3500W.T.C. Jester Blvd. 
Houston, Texas 77018 
(713) 688-7406 
TWX: 910-881-6222 

UTAH 

Diplomat/Alta 

3007 South West Temple 

Salt Lake City, Utah 84115 

(801)486-7227 



WASHINGTON 

R.V. Weatherford 

541 Industry Drive 
Seattle, Washington 98188 
(206) 243-6340 
TWX: 910-444-2270 

WISCONSIN 

Marsh Electronics 
1536 So. 101st Street 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53214 
(414) 475-6000 
TWX: 910-262-3322 



CANADA 

Future Electronics Corp. 
44 Fasken Drive, Unit 24 
Rexdale, Ontario 
(416)677-7820 

Future Electronics Corp 
5647 Ferrier Street 
Montreal, Quebec 
(514) 735-5775 
TWX: 610-421-3251 

Intek Electronics Ltd. 
7204 Main Street 
Vancouver, B.C. V5X3J4 
(604) 324-6831 
TWX: 610-922-5032 



113 



REPRESENTATIVES 



ALABAMA 

Contact Factory 

ALASKA 

Contact Factory 

ARIZONA 

Q. T. Wiles & Associates 

3101 E. Shea Blvd., Ste. 219 
Phoenix, AZ 85028 
(602)971-6250 
TWX 910-950-1199 

ARKANSAS 

West Associates 

1 3608 Midway, Suite 1 03 

Dallas, TX 75241 

(214)661-9400 

(910)860-5433 

CALIFORNIA (Northern) 
Brooks Technical Group 
2465 E. Bayshore Road 
Palo Alto, CA 94303 
(415) 328-3232 
TWX 910-373-1198 

CALIFORNIA (Southern) 
Q. T. Wiles & Associates 
11340 W. Olympic Blvd., #355 
Los Angeles, CA 9.0064 
(213) 478-0183 
TWX 910-342-6997 

Q. T. Wiles & Associates 

17632 Irvine Blvd., #D 
Tustin, CA 92680 
(714) 832-4952 



COLORADO 

D-Z Associates, I no. 

70 W. 6th Ave., No. 10 
Denver, CO 80204 
(303) 534-3649 
Tlx: 45-720 



CONNECTICUT 
Bell Controls 

,111 Lock Street 
Nashua, NH 03060 
(603) 882-6984 
TWX 710-228-6753 



DELAWARE 

Conroy Sales 

26 W. Pennsylvania Ave. 

Baltimore, MD 21204 

(301)296-2444 



DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA 

Conroy Sales 

26 W. Pennsylvania Ave. 

Baltimore, MD 21204 

(301)296-2444 



FLORIDA 
H. H.P. 

1651 W. McNab Road 
Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309 
(305)971-5750 
TWX 510-956-9402 

H. H. P. 

139 Candace Drive 
Maitland, FL 32751 
(305)831-2474 
TWX 810-853-0256 



GEORGIA 

Contact Factory 

HAWAII 

Brooks Technical Group 
2465 E. Bayshore Road 
Palo Alto, CA 94303 
(415) 328-3232 
TWX 910-373-1198 

IDAHO 

N. R. Schultz Company 
P.O. Box 156 
Beaverton, OR 97005 
(503) 643-1644 
TWX 910-467-8707 

ILLINOIS 

The John G. Twist Co. 

1301 Higgins Road 

Elk Grove Village, I L 60007 

(312) 593-0200 

TWX 910-222-0433 

INDIANA 

SAI Marketing Corp. 

2420 Burton Dr., S. E. 

Grand Rapids, Ml 49506 

(616)942-2504 

TWX 810-242-1518 



IOWA 

S&O Sales 

P.O. Box 667 

Cedar Rapids, I A 52406 

(319) 393-1845 

TWX 910-525-1317 



KANSAS 

The John G. Twist Co. 
3500 West 75th Street 
Prairie Village, KS 66208 
(913) 236-4646 
TWX 910-743-6843 

The John G. Twist Co. 
260 No. Rock Rd., 240 
Wichita, KS 67220 
(316)686-6685 
TWX 910-741-6874 



KENTUCKY 

SAI Marketing Corp. 

35 Compark Road 

Centerville, OH 45459 

(513)435-3181 

TWX 810-459-1647 



LOUISIANA 

West Associates 
13608 Midway, Suite 103 
Dallas, TX 75241 
(214)661-9400 
(910) 860-5433 

MAINE 
Bell Controls 
1 1 1 Lock Street 
Nashua, NH 03060 
(603) 882-6984 
TWX 710-228-6753 

MARYLAND 

Conroy Sales 

26 W. Pennsylvania Ave. 

Baltimore, MD 21204 

(301)296-2444 



MASSACHUSETTS 
Bell Controls 
1 1 1 Lock Street 
Nashua, NH 03060 
(603) 882-6984 
TWX 710-228-6753 • 

MICHIGAN 

SAI Marketing Corp. 
P. O. Box N 
Brighton, Ml 48116 
(313)227-1786 
TWX 810-242-1518 

SAI Marketing Corp. 
2420 Burton Dr., S. E. 
Grand Rapids, Ml 49506 
(616)942-2504 
TWX 810-242-1518 



MINNESOTA 

Comstrand 

6279 University Ave. 

Minneapolis, MN 55432 

(612) 571-0000 

TWX 910-576-0924 



MISSISSIPPI 

Contact Factory 

MISSOURI 

The John G. Twist Co. 

677 Craig Road 

St. Louis, MO 63141 

(314) 432-2830 

TWX 910-764-0823 

NEBRASKA 

The John G. Twist Co. 

3100 No. 14th Street 

Lincoln, NB 68521 

(402)474-5151 



NEVADA (Clark County only) 

Q. T. Wiles 81 Associates 

3101 E. Shea Blvd., Ste. 219 
Phoenix, AZ 85028 
(602) 971-6250 
TWX 910-950-1199 



NEVADA (Except Clark County) 
Brooks Technical Group 
2465 E. Bayshore Road 
Palo Alto, CA 94303 
(415) 328-3232 
TWX 910-373-1198 



NEW HAMPSHIRE 
Bell Controls 
111 Lock Street 
Nashua, NH 03060 
(603) 882-6984 
TWX 710-228-6753 



NEW JERSEY 
R. T. Reid Associates, Inc. 
705 Cedar Lane 
Teaneck, NJ 07666 
(201) 692-0200 
TWX 710-990-5086 



NEW YORK (Except NYC) 
Ontec Electronic Marketing 
474 Thurston Road 
Rochester, NY 14619 
(716) 464-8636 
TWX 510-253-3841 

NEW YORK CITY 

R. T. Reid Associates, Inc. 

705 Cedar Lane 

Teaneck, NJ 07666 

(201) 692-0200 

TWX 710-990-5086 



NORTH CAROLINA 
Component Sales 
P.O. Box 18821 
Raleigh, NC 27609 
(919) 782-8433 
TWX 510-928-0513 



NORTH DAKOTA 

Comstrand 
6279 University Ave. 
Minneapolis, MN 55432 
(612) 571-0000 
TWX 910-576-0924 



OHIO 

SAI Marketing Corp. 

3 Commerce Park Bldg., Ste. 140H 

Beachwood,OH 44122 

(216) 292-2982 

TWX 810-427-9443 



SAI Marketing Corp. 
35 Compark Road 
Centerville, OH 45459 
(513)435-3181 
TWX 810-459-1647 



OKLAHOMA 

West Associates 

13608 Midway, Suite 103 

Dallas, TX 75241 

(214)661-9400 

(910)860-5433 

OREGON 

N. R. Schultz Company 
P.O. Box 156 
Beaverton, OR 97005 
(503) 643-1644 
TWX 910-467-8707 



PENNSYLVANIA (Eastern) 

Conroy Sales 
26 W. Pennsylvania Ave. 
Baltimore, MD 21204 
(301 ) 296-2444 



PENNSYLVANIA (Western) 

SAI Marketing Corp. 
1050 Freeport Road 
Pittsburgh, PA 15238 
(412)782-5120 
TWX 810-427-9443 



NEW MEXICO 

Contact Factory 



114 



REPRESENTATIVES 



RHODE ISLAND 
Bell Controls 

1 1 1 Lock Street 
Nashua, NH 03060 
(603) 882-6984 
TWX 710-228-6753 



SOUTH CAROLINA 
Component Sales 
P.O.Box 18821 
Raleigh, NC 27609 
(919) 782-8433 
TWX 510-928-0513 



SOUTH DAKOTA 

Comstrand 
6279 University Ave. 
Minneapolis, MN 55432 
(612) 571-0000 
TWX 910-576-0924 



TENNESSEE 

Component Sales 
P.O. Box 18821 
Raleigh, NC 27609 
(919) 782-8433 
TWX 510-928-0513 



TEXAS 

West Associates 
13608 Midway, Suite 103 
Dallas, TX 75241 
(214) 661-9400 
(910)860-5433 

UTAH 

D-Z Associates, Inc. 

70 W. 6th Ave., No. 109 
Denver, CO 80204 
(303) 534-3649 
Tlx: 45-720 



VERMONT 
Bell Controls 
1 1 1 Lock Street 
Nashua, NH 03060 
(603) 882-6984 
TWX 710-228-6753 



VIRGINIA 

Conroy Sales 

26 W. Pennsylvania Ave. 

Baltimore, MD 21204 

(301 ) 296-2444 



WASHINGTON 
N. R.Schultz 
P. O. Box 159 
Bellevue.WA 98009 
(206) 454-0300 
TWX 910-443-2329 



WEST VIRGINIA 

SAI Marketing Corp. 

3 Commerce Park Bldg., Ste. 140H, 

Beachwood, OH 44122 

(216)292-2982 

TWX 810-427-9443 



WISCONSIN (Northern) 

Comstrand 

6279 University Ave. 

Minneapolis, MN 55432 

(612) 571-0000 

TWX 910-576-0924 



WISCONSIN (Southern) 

The John G. Twist Co. 

909 No. Mayfair Road 
Wauwatosa, Wl 53226 
(414) 475-7755 
TWX 910-262-1185 



WYOMING 

D-Z Associates, Inc. 

70 W. 6th Ave., No. 109 
Denver, CO 80204 
(303) 534-3649 
Tlx: 45-720 



FOREIGN 
AUSTRALIA 
A. J. Ferguson 

(Adelaide) Pty. Ltd. 
44 Prospect Road 
Prospect, S. Australia 5082 
Tel: 51-6895 
Tlx: 82635 



AUSTRIA 
Bacher GMBH 

A1120Wien 

Meidlinger Hauptstrasse 78 

Tel: 93-0143 



BELGIUM 

Sotronic N. V. 

Rue Pere De Deken 14 

Pater De Deken Straat 14 

1 040 Brussels 

Tel: 02/7361007 

Tlx: 846-21420 



CANADA (Except B. C. ) 

RFQ Limited 

385 The West Mall, 209 
Etobicoke, Ontario M9C1 E7 
Tel: (416)626-1445 
TWX 610-492-2540 



RFQ Limited 
P.O. Box 213 
Dollard Des Ormeaux 
Quebec H9G2H8 
(514) 626-8324 



CANADA (B. C. only) 
N. R.Schultz 
P.O. Box 159 
Bellevue.WA 98009 
(206) 454-0300 
TWX 910-443-2329 



DENMARK 

E. V. Johansson Elektronik 

1 5 Titangade 

DK-2200 

Copenhagen N 

Tel: (01)" 105622 

Tlx: 885-16522 



FINLAND 

Hilvonen Technical Products 

P. O. Box 201 

00251 Helsinki 25 

Tel: (90)440082 

Tlx: 12-1886 

FRANCE 

Radio Equipements-Antares 

Boite Postale No. 5 
92301 Levallois-Perret 
Paris, France 
Tel: 758-11-11 
Tlx: 842-620630 



GERMANY 

Neumuller GMBH 

8021 Munchen/Taufkirchen 

Eschenstr, 2 

Tel: 089/6118-1 

Tlx: 5-22106 



INDIA 

Zenith Electronics 

541, Panchratna 
Mama Parmanand Marg. 
Bombay-400 004 
Tel: 384214 
Tlx: 011-3152 



ISRAEL 

Talviton Electronics Ltd. 

P.O. B. 21104 

9, Biltmor Street 

Tel Aviv, Israel 

Tel: 44-45-72 

Tlx: VITKO 03-3400 



ITALY 
I.S.A.B.Spa. 

20125 Milano 

Via Achille Bizzoni 2 

Italy 

Tel: 68-86-306 

Tlx: 36655 



NORWAY 
Henaco 

Okern Torgvei 13 

Boks 248 

Okern, Oslo 5, Norway 

Tel: 15-75-50 

Tlx: 16716 HENACN 



JAPAN 

Hakuto Co. Ltd. 
C.P.O. Box 25 
Tokyo 100-91, Japan 
Tel: 03-502-2211 
Tlx: J22912A 



SOUTH AFRICA 
Electronic Bldg. Elements 

South Africa (Pty) Ltd. 
P.O. Box 4609 
Pretoria, S.A. 
Tel: 78-9221 
Tlx: 960-440181 



SWEDEN 

Svensk Teleindustri AB 

Box 502 

S-1 6205 Vail ingby 5 

Sweden 

Tel: 08-91-04-40 

Tlx: 11043 



SWITZERLAND 
Dimos AG 

Badenerstrasse 701 
CH8048 Zurich 
Tel: 01-626-140 
Tlx: 855/52028 

UNITED KINGDOM 

REL Equipment & Components 

Croft House, Bancroft, Hitchin 
Hertfordshire SG51BU 
Tel: Hitchin 0462-50551 
Tlx: 82431 



115 



POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT 



SG1543 / SG2543 / SG3543 



ADVANCE DATA 

Performance data described herein represent design goals. 
Final device specifications are subject to change. 



DESCRIPTION 

This monolithic integrated circuit contains all the 
functions necessary to monitor and control the output of a, 
sophisticated power supply system. Over-voltage (O.V.) 
sensing with provision to trigger an external SCR 
"crowbar" shutdown; and under-voltage (U.V.) circuit 
which can be used to monitor either the output or to 
sample the input line voltage; and a third op 
amp/comparator usable for current sensing (C.L.) are all 
included in this IC, together with an independent, 
accurate reference generator. 

Both over and under voltage sensing circuits can be 
externally programmed for minimum time duration of 
fault before triggering. All functions contain open 
collector outputs which can be used independently or 
wire-or'ed together, and although the SCR trigger is 
directly connected only to the over voltage sensing 
circuit, it may be optionally activated by any of the other 
outputs, or the outputs from additional external 
comparators like the SG1 39/239/339 for multiple-output 
monitoring. The O.V. circuit also includes an optional 
latch and external reset capability. 

The current sense circuit may be used with external 
compensation as a linear amplifier or as a high-gain 
comparator. Although nominally set for zero input offset, 
a fixed threshold may be added with an external resistor. 
Instead of current limiting, this circuit may also be used as 
an additional voltage monitor. 

The reference generator circuit is internally trimmed to 
eliminate the need for external potentiometers and the 
entire circuit may be powered directly from either the 
output being monitored or from a separate bias voltage. 

The SG1543 is specified for operation over the full 
military temperature range of -55°C to +125°C, while the 
SG2543 and SG3543 are designed for commercial 
applications of 0°C to +70° C. 



BLOCK DIAGRAM 



SENSE ©" 




OFFSET/COMP 



FEATURES 

• Over-voltage, under-voltage, and current 
sensing circuits all included 

• Reference voltage trimmed to 1% accuracy 

• SCR "Crowbar" drive of 200 mA 

• Programmable time delays 

• Open-collector outputs and remote 
activation capability 

• Total standby current less than 10 mA 



CHIP LAYOUT 




CONNECTION DIAGRAM 

TO-1 16 CERDIP PACKAGE 



U.V, INDICATE 


[ 




] U.V. DELAY 


C.L. N.I. INPUT 


c 




] U.V. INPUT 


C.L. INV INPUT 


c 


11 6 


"j O.V. INPUT 


OFFSET/COMP 


: 




] O.V. DELAY 


C.L. OUTPUT 


c 


13 4 


] O.V. INDICATE 


GROUND 


c 




^ BESET 


v REF 


c 


15 . 2 


] REMOTE ACTIVATE 


v,„ 


L 


„ n , 


~J SCR. TRIGGER 



116 



ADVANCE DATA 



POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT 



SG1543 / SG2543 / SG3543 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Input Supply Voltage 




40V 


Sense Inputs 




V||\j-1.5V 


SCR Trigger Current 




300 mA 


Indicator Output Voltage 




40V 


Indicator Output Sink Current 


50 mA 


Power Dissipation (Package 
Derate Above 25°C 


Limitation) 1000mW 
8.0 mW/oc 



Operating Temperature Range 

SG1543 

SG2543/3543 
Storage Temperature Range 



-550Cto+125QC 

0OC to +70OC 

-65OCto+150OC 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(Unless otherwise stated, th is specifications apply f or T j = -55° C to + 1 25° C for the SG 1 543 and 0° to +70° C 
for the SG2543 and SG3543; and for V|N = 5 Volts to 15 Volts.) 



PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


SG 1543/2543 


SG3543 


UNITS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


Input Voltage 


Ta =25°C 


4.5 


- 


40 


4.5 


- 


40 


Volts 


Supply Current 


V||\| = 40V, Outputs Open 


- 




10 


- 




10 


mA 


REFERENCE SECTION (pin 15) 


Output Voltage 


V|N = 10V,Tj = 25OC 


2.48 


2.50 


2.52 


2.48 


2.50 


2.52 


Volts 


Output Voltage 




2.45 


- 


2.55 


2.45 


- 


2.55 


Volts 


Line Regulation 


V|N = 5to30V 


- 




10 


- 




10 


mV 


Load Regulation 


IrEF = 0to 10mA 


- 




10 


- 




10 


mV 


Short Circuit Current 


V RE F = 


12 




25 


12 




25 


mA 


SCR TRIGGER SECTION (Pins 1, 2, 3) 


Peak Output Current 


v = o 


100 


200 


300 


100 


200 


300 


mA 


Peak Output Voltage 


lO = 100 mA 


(V |N -2V) 


- 


- 


(V lN -2V) 


- 


- 


Volts 


Output Off Voltage 


V|N = 40V 


- 





0.1 


- 





0.1 


Volts 


Propagation Delay 


V|N = 10V,VoD=100mV 
IO= 100mA,Tj = 25°C 














MS 


Output Current Rise Time 














mA/ M s 


Remote Activate Current 


V|N = 15V,Pin2 = 0V 




0.5 






0.5 




mA 


Remote Activate Voltage 


Pin 2 Open 


0.5 




6 


0.5 




6 


Volts 


Reset Current 


V|N = 15V, Pin 3 = 0V 




0.5 






0.5 




mA 


Reset Voltage 


Pin 3 Open, Pin 2 = 0V 


0.5 




6 


0.5 




6 


mA 


COMPARATOR SECTION (Pins 6 # 7, 10, 11) 


Input Voltage Range 







- 


(V |N -15) 





- 


(V |N -1-5) 


Volts 


Input Offset Voltage 


RS = 


- 


5 


- 


- 


5 


- 


mV 


C.L. Offset Adj. 


lOkftfrom Pin 12-14 




50 






50 




mV 


Input Bias Current 




- 


100 




- 


100 




nA 


Delay Charging Current 






200 






200 




juA 


Ind. Output Leakage 
Current 


Vo = 30V 


_ 




100 






100 


nA 


Ind. Output Saturation 
Voltage 


lO = -10mA 


_ 


0.2 


0.4 


_ 


0.2 


0.4 


Volts 


Current Limit A\/OL 


RO = 2ktoV||\| 


_ 


10 


_ 


_ 


10 


_ 


V/mV 


Propagation Delay 
' (OV/UV) 


V|N@10V,Tj = 25°C 
V verdrive= 100 mV 
RO = 2ktoV|N,Tj = 250C 


_ 




_ 


_ 




_ 


MS 


Propagation Delay (C.L.) 


- 




- 


- 




- 


juS 



117 



APPLICATIONS 



TYPICAL APPLICATION 



FROM POWER SUPPLY 




SENSING MULTIPLE SUPPLY VOLTAGES 



— »- TO SG139 COMPARATORS 




ADDITIONAL 
POSITIVE ^_ 
SUPPLY 



NEGATIVE 
SUPPLY - 
VOLTAGE 



SG 139 QUAD COMP. 






MASTER POWER SUPPLY 
"" CONDITION INDICATOR 



INPUT LINE MONITOR 




u - : 



OVERCURRENT SHUTDOWN 



MAIN SUPPLY BUSS -^— 



BIAS VOLTAGE - 



-®- 



\1 [X 

i ©-(io>-®- - <\ 




@--<p--<3>- 



/7777 | 



118 



PRECISION 2.5 VOLT REFERENCE 



SG1503 / SG2503 / SG3503 



DESCRIPTION 

This monolithic integrated circuit is a fully self-contained 
precision voltage reference generator, interally trimmed 
for ±1% accuracy. Requiring less than 2 mA in quiescent 
current, this device can deliver in excess of 10 mA with 
total load and line induced tolerances of less than 0.5%. In 
addition to voltage accuracy, internal trimming achieves a 
temperature coefficient of output voltage of typically 
10 ppm/°C. As a result, these references are excellent 
choices for application to critical instrumentation and D 
to A converter systems. The SG1503 is specified for 
operation over the full military temperature range of 
-55° C to +125°C, while the SG2503 and SG3503 are 
designed for commercial applications of 0°C to +70° C. 



FEATURES 

• Output voltage trimmed to ±1% 

• Input voltage range of 4.5 to 40V 

• Temperature coefficient of 10 ppm/°C 

• Quiescent current typically 1.5 mA 

• Output current in excess of 10 mA 

• Interchangeable with MC1503 and AD580 



ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Input Voltage 
Power Dissipation 

Derate Over 25°C 



4.5 - 40V 

600 mW 

4.8 mW/oc 



Operating Temperature Range 

SG1503 

SG2503/3503 
Storage Temperature Range 



-55oCto+125QC 

0°C to +70OC 

-65QCto +150OC 



CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 



CHIP LAYOUT 




H : 050 H 



M 


or Y PACKAGE 




T-PACKAGE 




MINIDIP 


7} N.C. 


TOP VIEWS 


TO-39 


N.C. [? 




Gnd 


N.C. (? 




3] Gnd 




© 


N.C. (7 




H V IN 




Voy 


N.C. Q[ 


n 


3 VoUT 




V|N 



119 



PRECISION 2.5 VOLT REFERENCE 



SG1503 / SG2503 / SG3503 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(Input Voltage = 15V, l|_ = mA, Ta = Operating Temperature Range unless otherwise stated.) 



PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITIONS 


SG1503/2503 


SG3503 




MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


Output Voltage 


T A = 250C 


2.485 


2.50 


2.515 


2.475 


2.50 


2.525 


Volts 


Input Voltage Range 


T A = 250C 


4.5 


- 


40 


4.5 


- 


40 


Volts 


Input Voltage Range 


Over Operating Temperature 


4.7 


- 


40 


4.7 


- 


40 


Volts 


Line Regulation 


V|N = 5to 15V 


- 


1 


3 


- 


1 


3 


mV 


Line Regulation 


V|N = 15to40V 


- 


3 


5 


- 


3 


10 


mV 


Load Regulation 


nlL= 10 mA 


- 


3 


5 


- 


3 


10 


mV 


Load Regulation 


A«L= 10mA,V|N = 30V 


- 


4 


8 


- 


4 


15 


mV 


Temperature Regulation 


-550to+1250C 


- 


15 


20 


- 


- 


- 


mV 


Temperature Regulation 


CPC to +7CPC 


- 


2.5 


5 


- 


5 


10 


mV 


Quiescent Current 


V| N = 40V 


- 


1.5 


2.0 


- 


1.5 


2.0 


mA 


Short Circuit Current 




15 


20 


30 


15 


20 


30 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 


f = 120Hz,T A = 25OC 


- 


76 


- 


- 


76 


- 


dB 


Output Noise 


B.W.= 10 kHz, Ta = 25QC 


- 


100 


- 


- 


100 


- 


MV r ms 


Stability 




- 


250 


- 


- 


250 


- 


MV/kHr 



OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE 



RIPPLE REJECTION 

















2.520 




V| N * 15V 
io = o 




























2,480 





























V|N = 15V 
AV|N = 10V 












T A = 


250C 





























































fiiucon General. 



Frequency - Hertz 



Data subject to change without notice. 



120 



■ 






fer 



fcJUM 



MAIL TO ► 



This catalog belongs to: 






IHHI 






bSHH 



- v -. ■• • - 



KSh£0^1tK 



GiLicon GeneraL 



THE IC REGULATOR LEADER 

11651 Monarch Street • Garden Grove, CA 92641 • (714) 892-5531 • TWX: 910-596-1804 • Telex: 69-2411